Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

Savills PLC Annual Report 2025

Apr 30, 2026

4850_10-k_2026-04-30_efb69a7f-a117-46af-9131-54ba505aa934.html

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

Savills PLC

213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800WXICGMBWHTA933 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares

Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Positioned

for growth

IR.SAVILLS.COM

Balance (non-transactional)*

62

%

(2024: 64%)

Underlying profit**

£145.3

m

(2024: £130.4m)

Revenue

£2,550.9

m

(2024: £2,404.0m)

Reported profit after tax

£73.6

m

(2024: £52.9m)

Dividends

33.8

p

(2024: 30.2p)

Reported earnings per share

52.0

p

(2024: 39.4p)

Underlying earnings per share**

77.2

p

(2024: 66.2p)

Operating cash generation

£172.3

m

(2024: £158.6m)

*

Defined as the % of Group revenue derived from non-transactional revenue streams. See Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators on page 27 for further information.

**

Underlying profit is an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the Group. Underlying EPS is also an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the Group.

Underlying EPS is calculated using the underlying profit after tax measure, with the weighted average number of shares remaining the same as the GAAP measure. Refer to Note 11 and Note 15.2 to the financial

statements for further explanation of underlying profit measures.

Savills is a

global

real estate

services provider.

Offering a broad range of specialist

advisory, management and transactional

services to clients all over the world.

HIGHLIGHTS

CONTENTS

OVERVIEW

02

What we do

03

Savills at a glance

GOVERNANCE

70

Chair’s Introduction

73

Governance overview

73

Applying the principles of the 2024

UK Corporate Governance Code

75

Governance at a glance

76

Board of Directors

79

Group Executive Board

81

Corporate Governance statement

81

Governance framework

83

Culture and values

85

Stakeholder engagement

88

Section 172(1) statement

91

Policies and practices

92

Division of responsibilities

STRATEGIC REPORT

04

Chair’s statement

08

Chief Executive’s review

16

Savills Group strategy

20

Market review

24

Our business model

26

Key performance indicators

28

Financial review

31

Principal and emerging risks and

uncertainties facing the business

40

Responsible business

54

Disclosure statements

54

Non-financial and sustainability

information statement 2025

55

Task Force on Climate-Related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2025

69

Viability statement

94

Nomination and Governance

Committee Report

102

Audit, risks and internal controls

102

Audit Committee Report

114

Directors’ Remuneration Report

114

Annual statement

118

Remuneration Policy

121

Annual Report on Remuneration

141

Directors’ Report

146

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the financial statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

147

Independent Auditor’s report

159

Consolidated income statement

160

Consolidated statement of

comprehensive income

161

Consolidated statement of

financial position

162

changes in equity

164

Consolidated statement of cash flows

165

Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

257

Company statement of financial position

258

Company statement of changes

in equity

260

Notes to the Company

financial statements

273

Appendices

275

Shareholder information

READ MORE ON PAGE 24

READ MORE ON PAGE 83

READ MORE ON PAGE 81

READ MORE ON PAGE 26

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

PROMOTING A POSITIVE AND

INCLUSIVE CULTURE

LEADERSHIP AND

COMPANY PURPOSE

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

01

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2025

GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT

OVERVIEW

WHAT WE DO

700+

Offices and associates

42,000+

Staff

We provide best-in-class insights

and advice to help individuals,

businesses and investors make

better property decisions.

Helping people

thrive

through

places and spaces

We

listen

We

empower

We

challenge

We

collaborate

WHY (OUR PURPOSE)

HOW (OUR VALUES)

IN 2025, WE CELEBRATED 170 YEARS OF SAVILLS

02

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2025

OVERVIEW

SAVILLS AT A GLANCE

Our vision is to be the real estate

advisor of choice in the markets

we serve. We do not wish to be the

biggest, just the best.

£332.4

m

Revenue

(2024: £314.9m)

£1,501.8

Revenue

(2024: £1,386.5m)

EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA (‘EMEA’)

NORTH AMERICA

ASIA PACIFIC

£716.7

Revenue

(2024: £702.6m)

65

Offices

(2024: 57)

196

Offices

(2024: 191)

46

Offices

(2024: 41)

28,189

Employees

(2024: 28,430)

13,675

Employees

(2024: 13,040)

999

Employees

(2024: 980)

At the forefront of the real estate industry and with

over 42,000 professionals working collaboratively

across our global and local networks, we offer a

huge range of services and specialist expertise to

ensure our clients achieve the best outcomes.

Transaction Advisory

The Transaction Advisory business stream comprises

commercial, residential, leisure and agricultural

leasing, tenant representation and investment

advice on purchases and sales.

SEE PAGES 10 TO 12

Property and Facilities Management

Management of commercial, residential,

leisure and agricultural property for owners.

Provision of a comprehensive range of services to

occupiers of property, ranging from strategic advice

through to project management and all services

relating to a property.

SEE PAGE 13

Investment Management

Investment management of commercial and

residential property portfolios for institutional,

corporate or private investors, on a pooled or

segregated account basis.

SEE PAGE 15

Consultancy

Provision of a wide range of professional property

services including valuation, project management

and housing consultancy, environmental consultancy,

landlord and tenant, rating, development, planning,

strategic projects, corporate services and research.

SEE PAGE 14

Where our expertise lies

Our global size and strength

We have an international network of over 700 offices

and associates and over 42,000 staff throughout the

UK, Asia Pacific, the Americas, Continental Europe,

Africa and the Middle East, offering a broad range of

specialist advisory, management and transactional

services to clients all over the world.

Demonstrating geographic

and business diversity

£2.6

bn

Group revenue

28%

13%

59%

03

OVERVIEW

CHAIR’S STATEMENT

Stacey

Cartwright

Chair

Strong performance

highlighting Group’s resilience

and accelerating

strategic momentum.”

Results overview

Group revenue increased by 6% to

£2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn), representing

growth of 8% on a constant currency*

basis. The Group’s Transactional

businesses delivered revenue growth of

4% during the year, despite challenging

market conditions, particularly in Q2 and

Q3, driven by heightened geopolitical

and economic uncertainty. During this

period, transaction pipelines continued

to build globally as many investors and

occupiers deferred completion decisions

while maintaining work in progress.

As market sentiment improved, the

Group delivered a very strong close to

the year in Q4.

The Group’s Less Transactional

businesses of Consultancy, Property and

Facilities Management and Investment

Management grew revenue by 7.5% in

aggregate, with Consultancy delivering

particularly strong growth of 11%.

The Group’s underlying profit increased

by 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m), with

the margin increasing by 30bps to 5.7%

(2024: 5.4%). The Group’s reported

profit before tax increased by 14% to

£101.0m (2024: £88.3m), representing a

reported pre-tax profit margin of 4.0%

(2024: 3.7%). Currency movements in

the year reduced revenue by £34.6m,

underlying profit by £0.9m and reported

profit before taxation by £0.4m.

*

Constant currency is an alternative performance measure used to assess the performance of the

Group. Revenue and underlying profit for the year are translated at the prior year exchange rates

to provide a constant currency comparison. Refer to the appendices to the financial statements for

further explanation of this measure.

04

OVERVIEW

§

Group revenue up 6% to £2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn)

§

Underlying profit before tax increased 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m)

§

Reported profit before tax, after exceptional costs, increased 14% to £101.0m

(2024: £88.3m)

§

Underlying basic EPS up 17% to 77.2p (2024: 66.2p); reported basic EPS up 32%

to 52.0p (2024: 39.4p)

§

Aggregate proposed final and supplementary dividends of 26.4p (2024: 23.1p),

giving a total distribution for the year of 33.8p (2024: 30.2p), up 12%

Net cash as at 31 December 2025 of £167.7m (2024: £176.3m)

Underlying profit in the Transactional

businesses increased by 13%, reflecting

inherent operational gearing and the

benefits of restructuring undertaken in

prior periods in certain markets.

The Group’s strength across its Less

Transactional service lines continued

to provide a resilient earnings stream

delivering a 15% increase in underlying

profit. The strong revenue performance

of our Consultancy business flowed

through to the bottom line with a 19%

increase in underlying profit. Savills

Investment Management delivered a 38%

increase in underlying profit, with some

signs of market recovery and the benefit

from cost saving initiatives in the prior

year coming through.

The Group delivered increased revenues

and underlying profit across all three

regions, EMEA, Asia Pacific and North

America, with the Continental Europe

and Middle Eastern business, which

has been the focus of significant

management action, delivering a marked

improvement for the second consecutive

year, reporting a break-even position in

2025 (2024: £7.4m underlying loss).

In response to the further challenges faced

during the year, the Group implemented

additional restructuring initiatives,

particularly within the German business

and in Mainland China. The Group

recognised restructuring costs of £30.5m

during the year (2024: £17.2m).

The Group continued to maintain a

strong liquidity position with net cash

(cash and cash equivalents net of

borrowings and overdrafts) of £167.7m

at year-end (2024: £176.3m).

Market conditions

Overall, global commercial property

investment rose by 15% in 2025, driven

in large part by the US, the world’s

largest market, which recorded a 20%

increase during the year. Elsewhere,

market conditions were less favourable,

with macroeconomic headwinds and

geopolitical uncertainty, in particular

the imposition of US tariffs, weighing on

investor and occupier sentiment. By the

end of Q3, the US was still the only market

to record year-on-year transaction volume

growth. However, recovery in EMEA and

parts of Asia Pacific was manifested in a

marked increase in investment volumes

during the fourth quarter.

In the UK, commercial property

investment showed modest growth

during the year, supported by improved

activity in the office and industrial

sectors, while London remained the

leading global destination for cross-

border capital. Residential market

conditions were more subdued, with

cautious buyer sentiment and ongoing

tax-related uncertainty ahead of the

Autumn Budget weighing on activity at

the prime end of the market. That said,

the Budget ultimately delivered the

‘least worst’ outcome for this market,

contributing to a significant surge in

completions in December.

2025 Highlights

Across Europe, investment activity

improved gradually during the year

as institutional capital returned, while

occupiers continued to favour high-

quality, ESG-compliant assets. In contrast,

non-core locations experienced further

softening, underlining the trend for

markets to polarise between Prime Grade

A and Secondary stock. The German

market, down more than 50% from

its pre-covid levels, continued to face

challenging conditions.

In the Middle East, market conditions

remained supportive, with residential

and office activity in the UAE benefiting

from strong inflows of high-net-

worth individuals and a favourable

business environment.

In North America, where the Group’s

business is predominantly focused on

leasing for occupiers, office leasing

activity strengthened during the year,

supported by stricter return-to-office

mandates and sustained demand for

high-quality, best-in-class space.

Business development

Savills continues to focus on the

strategic development of the Group

and on enhancing its client offering.

Supported by the Group’s strong balance

sheet, these initiatives position Savills well

as global markets continue their recovery.

During the year, the Group strengthened

its market-leading position in Ireland

and further deepened its expertise

through the acquisition of the well-

established and highly regarded

commercial property agency, Osborne

King & Megran Ltd (‘Osborne King’),

in April 2025.

05

In North America, the Group acquired

Richard L. Hoffman & Associates Inc.,

a leading management consultancy,

together with Compustall Services Inc.,

a technology relocation services provider

(‘Hoffman’). These acquisitions represent

a further expansion of the Group’s

integrated service platform, enabling

Savills to offer clients a single, seamless

solution for the planning and delivery of

complex workplace transitions across

multiple sectors and geographies.

In December, the Group acquired an

initial 70% interest in K&T Investment

Pte Ltd (‘Alpina’), a leading mechanical

and electrical engineering consultancy

in Singapore. This, together with the

Group’s existing Property and Facilities

Management capabilities, enables Savills

to provide a fully-integrated Facilities

Management service to both public and

private sector clients in that market.

Technology

Technology remains a key focus for the

Group, and we continue to benefit from

investments made through Grosvenor

Hill Ventures globally, as well as our

own digital programmes. We continued

to invest in our proprietary technology

platforms, including enhanced property

management systems in Mainland

China and Germany, supporting future

performance in these markets. Significant

investment in technology also underpins

our leading UK residential sales and

lettings business, ensuring we remain at

the forefront of service and efficiency.

CHAIR’S STATEMENT

continued

Within Savills Earth, our sustainability

consultancy, we launched the Savills

Carbon Pioneer tool, which enables

rapid, early-stage assessments of

an asset’s net zero potential and

decarbonisation pathway, providing

clients with actionable insights to

support their sustainability ambitions.

Our AI strategy encompasses all

our service lines. The core of our

development is to apply AI to our

proprietary data and core workflows,

built from decades of transactions,

research, and on-the-ground expertise.

In so doing we are able to process

complex market information more

efficiently and surface insights more

quickly. This enables our experts to

focus on what matters most: judgement,

strategy, and delivering outcomes that

truly benefit our clients. Because our AI is

grounded in real activity and local market

nuance, not abstract models, our advice

is faster, deeper, and tailored, giving

clients a perspective that combines

rigorous evidence with practical insight.

We are in the early to mid- phase of

developing these tools, having invested

significant time and money over the last

5 years accumulating and curating data

feeds from our own and external sources.

Looking ahead, AI will play an

increasingly central role in delivering

proactive, tailored advice, helping us spot

opportunities sooner and align insights

more closely with each client’s objectives.

Throughout this evolution, human

oversight and clear governance remain

at the heart of how we work. AI enhances

the expertise of our professionals; it does

not replace it. The outcome is smarter,

more informed decisions, delivered with

the rigour, accountability, and trust that

our clients have come to expect.

Board

As announced in April, Mark Ridley

retired on 31 December 2025 after

29 years with Savills, including seven as

Group Chief Executive. The Board thanks

him for his significant contribution, and

he will continue to support the business

in a senior advisory role for a period of

up to 18 months.

Simon Shaw succeeded Mark as Group

Chief Executive on 1 January 2026.

Simon joined Savills as Group Chief

Financial Officer in 2009 and will lead

the Group through the next phase of its

global development.

Nick Sanderson joined as Group Chief

Financial Officer on 9 February 2026

and was appointed as a Director with

effect from 12 March 2026. He was

formerly Chief Financial and Operating

Officer of Great Portland Estates plc,

a FTSE 250 central London REIT.

Dividends

An interim dividend of 7.4p per share

(2024: 7.1p), amounting to £10.1m was

paid on 29 September 2025, and a final

ordinary dividend of 15.7p per share

(2024: 14.5p) is recommended, making

the ordinary dividend 23.1p per share for

the year (2024: 21.6p). A 24% increase in

the supplemental dividend to 10.7p per

share (2024: 8.6p) is declared, reflecting

the improved underlying performance

of our global Transaction Advisory

business. Taken together, the ordinary

and supplemental dividends comprise

an aggregate distribution for the year of

33.8p per share, representing an increase

of 12% on the 2024 aggregate ordinary

and supplemental dividend paid of 30.2p.

Subject to Shareholder approval of the

proposed final dividend at the AGM

on 13 May 2026, the aggregate final

and supplementary interim dividends

of 26.4p will be paid on 18 May 2026

to Shareholders on the register at

10 April 2026.

06

Climate:

We work to minimise our

impact and are committed to reducing

our carbon emissions to net zero by

2040. From decarbonisation pathways

to sustainable design consultancy, we

strive for a sustainable transition.

In 2025, we were pleased that our

CDP (formally the ‘Carbon Disclosure

Platform’) score improved to ‘A-‘

(from ‘B’ in 2024). In addition, Savills

greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) Scope 1 and

2 target of 72% reduction by 2030

is on track with a reduction as at the

end of 2025 of 37.4% against the

2019 baseline.

Savills IM Assets under Discretionary

Management also reduced emissions

in 2025, with a 14% decrease from

2024. Despite this progress, there

is still much to do, and we remain

committed to progressing our path

to decarbonisation.

SEE PAGE 42

Community:

People are at the heart

of our business. We aim to create a

lasting positive social impact on the

local communities in which we work

through the way we engage with them,

the work we do and the charitable

initiatives we run to support them.

Every employee is encouraged

to provide social value through

volunteering, fundraising or pro bono

activity. Over 12,700 voluntary hours

including 468 pro-bono hours were

given during the year across Savills.

In addition, £1.5m was donated by

the Group and combined Regional

Businesses to charities and over 580

charitable causes were supported

globally. A particular highlight was

Savills Hong Kong who raised over

£195,000 for victims affected by the

tragedy at the Tai Po residential block.

SEE PAGE 46

Culture:

We actively foster an inclusive

workplace – aiming to attract diverse

talent, develop and support our people,

and always lead by example.

145 Diversity and Inclusion events were

held across our global office network

during the year. Savills remains

committed to workplace mental

health and were pleased to also host

137 mental health events globally in

2025. Savills Sustainability activities

were recognised by over 51 different

award events globally, of these 16 were

awarded for culture-related activities.

SEE PAGE 48

People

The Board would like to express its

sincere gratitude to all our employees

for their exceptional dedication and hard

work throughout the past financial year.

Despite challenging markets, particularly

in Q2 and Q3, the Group delivered a

strong performance. The commitment of

our people was vital to this achievement.

As we look forward, the Board is

confident that our ambition and our

ability to ‘be extraordinary’ together will

drive our growth in 2026 and beyond.

Summary and outlook

The Group’s improved performance

in 2025 reflects the continued

robust earnings provided by its Less

Transactional businesses, together

with the benefit of inherent operating

leverage as global transactional markets

partially recovered.

We start the year with good transactional

pipelines in most geographies and an

expectation of progressive growth in

global activity over the course of the year

which, supported by our strong portfolio

of Less Transactional business lines,

positions the Group well for continued

recovery in its financial performance.

Stacey Cartwright

Chair

12 March 2026

Sustainability in real estate

07

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

Simon Shaw

Group Chief

Executive

The key components of our business

strategy to support this vision include:

A relentless commitment to delivering

the highest standards of client service

Scale and diversification with broad

service lines and global reach across

key markets

Market leadership in core segments

Maintaining a culture of performance,

collaboration and incentivisation of

the highest-quality people

A disciplined approach to the

deployment of the Group’s capital

Key operating highlights

Group Revenue increased by 6%

(8% in constant currency) to £2.6bn

(2024: £2.4bn), with year-on-year

revenue growth reported across all

four business areas

Transactional business delivered a 4%

increase in revenue and 13% increase

in underlying profit

Core UK business showed resilience in

challenging market conditions

Strong growth in certain non-UK

residential markets, particularly the

Middle East

Less Transactional business delivered

a 7.5% increase in revenue and 15%

increase in underlying profit

Consultancy revenue up 11% with

strength across all regions, Property and

Facilities Management revenue up 6%

Investment Management delivered a

strong improvement in profitability with

margin increasing to 15% (2024: 11%)

Significant improvement in our

Continental Europe and Middle

Eastern business, with revenue

up 18% and a break-even position

(2024: £7.4m underlying loss)

Our vision is to be the real estate advisor of choice in

the prime commercial and residential markets we serve,

recognised for market leadership and the quality of our

insights and advice. We support investors, businesses and

individuals to optimise their real estate performance across

the full investment and occupational lifecycle.”

08

Our performance in the year

Savills business and geographic diversity were key to achieving the year’s results.

Our performance by business line was as follows:

Revenue £m

Underlying profit/(loss) £m

2025

2024

% change

2025

2024

% change

Transaction Advisory

966.2

929.6

4

47.1

41.6

13

Property and Facilities

Management

943.3

888.1

6

52.2

49.2

6

Consultancy

546.6

492.3

11

47.5

39.9

19

Investment Management

94.8

94.0

1

13.9

10.1

38

Unallocated

n/a

(15.4)

(10.4)

n/a

Total

2,550.9

2,404.0

6

145.3

130.4

11

Overall, our Commercial and Residential Transaction Advisory business revenue

represented 38% of Group revenue (2024: 39%) and delivered revenue growth of

4% year-on-year despite continued market volatility. Of this, Residential Transaction

Advisory represented 12% of Group revenue (2024: 11%). Our Property and Facilities

Management businesses continued to perform well, growing revenue by 6% year-

on-year and representing 37% of Group revenue (2024: 37%). Our Consultancy

businesses increased revenue by 11% and represented 21% of revenue (2024: 20%).

Investment Management saw a 1% increase in revenue and represented 4% of Group

revenue (2024: 4%).

Our performance by region is set out below:

Revenue £m

Underlying profit/(loss) £m

2025

2024

% change

2025

2024

% change

EMEA

1,501.8

1,386.5

8

121.2

107.9

12

Asia Pacific

716.7

702.6

2

33.6

29.6

14

North America

332.4

314.9

6

5.9

3.3

79

Unallocated

n/a

(15.4)

(10.4)

n/a

Total

2,550.9

2,404.0

6

145.3

130.4

11

The EMEA business increased revenues by 8% and represented 59% of Group revenue

(2024: 58%), with the UK business increasing revenues by 6% and representing 40%

of Group revenue (2024: 40%). Our Asia Pacific business represented 28% of Group

revenue (2024: 29%) with our North American business representing 13% of Group

revenue (2024: 13%).

In North America and Continental Europe and the Middle East, improvements in

revenue together with the benefits of restructuring in the prior year substantially

improved profitability. Further restructuring was conducted during the year in

specific countries including Germany and China where the market outlook dictated

the need for further cost reduction.

People

Savills continues to invest in our people, helping them to be the best version of

themselves by providing an environment in which they can be their whole selves

and thrive.

Emphasising this commitment to driving inclusive growth and sustainability, Savills

UK retained its position in the Top 50 of the Social Mobility Employer Index 2025,

was ranked 2nd at the ‘RateMyPlacement’ undergraduate work experience awards,

12th on ‘Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List’ and retained its position as The Times

Graduate Employer of Choice for Property for the 19th consecutive year.

In Asia Pacific, Savills Australia won the Wellbeing Award at the Real Estate Institute

of Victoria Awards for Excellence and Savills Hong Kong was recognised through

15 awards, each reflecting outstanding project work with clients over the year.

Savills North America secured 8 awards including: Women’s Leadership award;

Women of Influence award; New Generation award; Top Young Professionals award;

Influencers in CRE technology and the Power Leaders in real estate award.

Savills IM was named ‘ESG Team of the Year’ at the Unlock Net Zero Awards and

Savills IM’s Charities Property Fund team also accepted two awards at AREF and

Charity Time Awards. Savills Earth’s Social Value team contributed to the ‘Excellence

in Community Engagement – Regeneration’ award at Property Week’s ESG

Edge Awards.

These awards are a testament to the strength of our people and their focus on

excellent client service, and I thank them for their continued commitment, loyalty

and hard work which is fundamental to our continued growth.

09

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

continued

The Savills Group advises

on commercial, residential,

rural and leisure property.

We also provide corporate

finance advice, investment

management and a range

of property-related

financial services.

Operations are conducted

internationally through four

business streams.

Commercial Transaction

Advisory

Overall, global real estate investment

increased by 15% in 2025, driven largely

by the United States, the world’s largest

market, which recorded a 20% year-on-

year increase and to which Savills has

very little current exposure. Elsewhere,

investment trends were more mixed,

with geopolitical developments weighing

on market momentum in certain regions

during the second and third quarters.

EMEA

Overall, commercial real estate

investment volumes in EMEA were 12%

higher in 2025. Within the core markets,

performance varied by country, with the

strongest growth recorded in France and

Sweden, and the UK, Spain, Netherlands

and Italy all delivering year-on-year

growth. Whilst the German market also

recorded growth, market conditions

remain challenging and investment levels

are significantly below historic averages.

Our EMEA Commercial Transactional

business delivered an increase in

revenue of 9% (same growth in constant

currency) to £268.0m (2024: £245.6m),

driven by a strong performance from

our market-leading UK business, which

reported an 12% increase in revenues to

£163.3m (2024: £146.3m).

The Group’s Transactional business,

which provides capital and leasing

advisory services to commercial and

residential owners and occupiers,

performed well despite the challenging

market conditions of Q2 and Q3 in

particular. Overall the Transactional

business reported a 4% increase (6%

in constant currency) in revenue to

£966.2m (2024: £929.6m). Underlying

profit increased by 13% to £47.1m

(2024: £41.6m), highlighting the

operating leverage within the business

and the benefits from restructuring

in the prior year.

Our Global Residential Transactional

business was key to driving this

improved performance with revenue

up 9% (10% in constant currency)

to £293.6m (2024: £269.7m), and

underlying profit increasing 40%

to £22.2m (2024: £15.9m), with

strengthened performance from both

our EMEA and Asia Pacific regions.

The Commercial Transactional business

increased revenue by 2% (4% in constant

currency) to £672.6m (2024: £659.9m),

with underlying profit slightly reduced

to £24.9m (2024: £25.7m), primarily as

a result of geographical mix and the

impact of investment in the business,

particularly in Asia Pacific.

Rest of Group

£929.6m

£966.2m

2024

2025

Underlying profit

£47.1

+13%

YOY change

Revenue

£966.2

+4%

YOY change

£41.6m

£47.1m

Contribution

to Group

revenue (%)

38%

62%

10

The UK experienced trends in 2025

broadly consistent with other global

commercial real estate markets. Strong

momentum entering the year was

followed by a pause in activity during

the second quarter, which extended into

the third, as investors and occupiers

assessed the implications of the

imposition of US tariffs, alongside other

unforeseen geopolitical developments.

During this period, our UK business

continued to work closely with clients,

building a robust transactional pipeline.

As investor confidence and appetite

to transact began to improve, activity

accelerated markedly in the fourth

quarter, resulting in the strongest final

quarter for the UK market since 2001.

Well positioned to capture this recovery,

our UK business delivered a very strong

finish to the year.

At a sector level, the most notable shift

in 2025 in the UK was the recovery of the

office market. Office investment volumes

reached their highest level since 2022,

re-establishing the sector as the largest

contributor to overall transaction activity.

Key areas of growth for our UK business

in 2025 included Industrial and Logistics,

reflecting strong demand for data centre

infrastructure and general manufacturing

space, alongside Healthcare and Hotels.

Our developing Real Estate Investment

Banking platform also performed well,

completing a number of significant

financing transactions during the year.

In the occupational markets across

EMEA, office take-up was slightly up year

on year, and logistics take-up was slightly

down on the previous year. Both sectors

continued to experience upward pressure

on prime rents throughout the year.

In Continental Europe, our market-

leading Spanish business delivered

a very strong performance, with

commercial transactional revenues

increasing by over 30% during the

period and profitability improving.

Our French and Portuguese businesses

also delivered strong top-line growth

over the year.

In contrast, our German business

continued to face more challenging

market conditions, and we implemented

further restructuring initiatives in 2025.

The benefits of restructuring undertaken

in prior years became increasingly

evident, contributing to reduced losses,

and we expect this positive momentum

to continue into the current year.

Overall our EMEA Commercial

Transactional business delivered an

underlying profit up 5% to £16.2m

(2024: £15.5m).

Asia Pacific

Overall, commercial real estate

investment volumes in Asia Pacific were

up 7% in 2025. Mainland China continued

to weigh on the regional performance,

with investment volumes down 13% year-

on-year and activity subdued across

all sectors.

Against this backdrop, our own

transaction volumes improved toward

the end of the year, with increased

activity in late Q4. Hong Kong

showed more momentum, although

office oversupply persists; investor

interest in Japan remained strong; the

Australian market showed progressive

improvement, albeit our performance

was temporarily masked by significant

business investment during the year;

while momentum continued to build

in South Korea.

For the Group, Asia Pacific Commercial

Transactional revenue was down

12% (9% in constant currency) year-

on-year to £113.6m (2024: £129.8m).

Revenues from leasing activities were

up in the year which was more than

offset by a 20% decline in revenues

from capital transaction activities as

a result of reduced activity in Japan

and mainland China. Our business in

Hong Kong delivered over 40% revenue

growth reflecting a lower interest rate

environment and somewhat improved

investor sentiment.

We have invested in our Commercial

Transactional business in Australia,

making several strategic team hires

during the year. This well positions us

to establish a market-leading position

and capture the opportunities in this

attractive and growing market.

Overall, the Asia Pacific Commercial

Transaction business delivered an

underlying profit of £3.1m (2024: £6.7m).

North America

The US investment market continued

to lead the global recovery and

showed strong growth in the year

with volumes up by 20%. Whilst the

Group’s exposure to capital markets

activity there is currently limited, our

small, New York focused team had a

record year completing some high-

profile assignments.

Our core business in North America

advises on occupier leasing, with a

focus on the office sector, alongside

increasing activity in logistics and

mandated global occupier services.

Overall, Commercial Transaction revenue

in North America increased by 2%

(5% in constant currency) to £291.0m

(2024: £284.5m). While the number of

office leasing transactions increased

during the year, lower average deal sizes

resulted in a 3% decline in office leasing

revenues. Industrial leasing delivered

strong growth, supported by a small

number of large transactions. In addition,

our Global Occupier Services business

continued to grow, with revenues

increasing by 12% in North America.

Overall, the North American business

increased underlying profit by 60% to

£5.6m (2024: £3.5m).

11

Residential Transaction Advisory

The Residential Transactional business

saw strong revenue growth, up 9%

(10% in constant currency) to £293.6m

(2024: £269.7m), with underlying

profit increasing by 40% to £22.2m

(2024: £15.9m).

EMEA

The UK remains the Group’s core

residential market, accounting for 68%

of Residential Transactional revenues

in the year (2024: 77%). UK Residential

Transactional revenue decreased by

4% to £199.7m (2024: £207.6m), while

underlying profit decreased by 9% to

£18.1m (2024: £19.8m).

The UK’s Prime residential markets

were adversely affected by heightened

uncertainty, with speculation over the

introduction of a wealth tax on higher-

value properties a contributing factor

to a significant slowdown in activity

during the second and third quarters

ahead of the delayed Autumn Budget.

Total market transactions with a value

of £1m+ were broadly stable in the

year, with £5m+ transactions in London

down 11%. We saw pricing pressure, with

Prime London pricing down 2.2% in the

year and down by 3.9% elsewhere in

the country.

Following the Budget, and with greater

certainty for buyers, transaction activity

picked up sharply at the end of the

year and our residential business saw

a strong end to the year, with a high

volume of completions. It is expected

that the introduction of the High Value

Council Tax Surcharge in 2028 will have

limited direct impact on prime residential

markets, and so far we have seen the

post-Budget positive momentum carry

through into 2026.

For our UK Residential business, second-

hand market transactions were down

1%, with a 7% reduction in London and

1% growth outside of the capital. The

average transaction value reduced by 7%

to £1.4m, with an 8% reduction in London

and 4% decline in the regions. Revenue

from the sale of new homes in the UK

reduced 7% in the year, reflecting a 15%

decrease in the number of exchanges.

Elsewhere in EMEA, the Group’s Middle

East residential business delivered a

very strong performance in 2025, with

revenues increasing by over 80% to

£48.4m (2024: £26.7m). The Group

made a number of key leadership

hires at the start of 2024 and has

continued to invest in the platform

since, supporting rapid expansion and

headcount growth from 15 to c. 250

brokers. The performance in the year

was underpinned by strong underlying

market conditions and continued

gains in market share.

In particular, the business saw strong

momentum in development sales,

with the team successfully launching a

number of new residential developments.

Our residential business in Italy

continued to benefit from prior

investments in people and infrastructure,

delivering strong revenue growth in

2025, driven primarily by our operations

in Rome and Milan.

Another highlight was the strong

performance of the Group’s residential

business in Verbier, which was acquired

at the start of 2024 and has quickly

contributed positively to overall results.

Revenues from the Group’s Residential

Transactional business in Asia Pacific

increased by 13% (17% in constant

currency) to £19.5m (2024: £17.2m).

This growth reflects both the full-year

contribution of the Group’s Indian

business, which became a subsidiary

of the Group in mid-2024, and revenue

increases across Australia and Vietnam.

In Australia, performance was supported

by a combination of market growth and

market share gains, while in Vietnam,

the establishment of a new residential

team contributed to increased revenues

during the year.

Revenues remained broadly stable

across mainland China and Hong

Kong, however, we saw a significant

improvement in underlying profitability

in these countries reflecting the benefits

from our restructuring initiatives in 2024

coming through.

Overall, the region delivered a return

to underlying profit in 2025 of £2.6m

from an underlying loss of £0.9m in the

prior year.

continued

12

In Germany, strong revenue growth

came from new client wins, with

the business reporting a break-even

performance, a significant turnaround

from the losses recorded in 2024. This

improvement in profitability reflects

the impact of new leadership and the

benefits of restructuring initiatives

implemented in 2024. Following further

restructuring measures in H2 2025 within

the Facilities Management platform,

we anticipate continued profitability

improvement in the current year.

In Spain, the business delivered strong

growth in both revenues and profit,

reflecting contract wins and the full-

year contribution from the acquisition of

Medasil Desarrollos S.L, a leading manager

of residential, co-living, and Build-to-

Rent properties.

Our Middle East business saw good

growth with contract wins in Egypt

and KSA.

Overall, the region delivered a 13%

increase in underlying profit in 2025

to £29.7m (2024: £26.3m).

Our Property and Facilities

Management businesses continued to

perform well, with revenues growing

by 6% (8% in constant currency) to

£943.3m (2024: £888.1m), within the

range of our expected overall growth

rates for the business. The Group’s total

area under management increased by

5% to 2.79bn sq ft (2024: 2.67bn sq ft).

Underlying profit increased by 6% to

£52.2m (2024: £49.2m).

EMEA

In EMEA we saw revenues increase by

10% to £480.0m (2024: £436.5m); same

growth in constant currency.

The UK, which accounts for around 76%

of EMEA revenues, delivered strong

revenue growth across both property

management and facilities management.

The square footage under management

increased by approximately 7% to

673m sq ft (2024: 630m sq ft), with

the business maintaining its market-

leading position across all sectors. The

UK business experienced some margin

pressure due to higher employee costs,

specifically reflecting the increase in

the employer’s national insurance rate

effective from April last year, and lower

income from treasury operations.

In Asia Pacific revenue increased by 3%

(6% in constant currency) to £463.3m

(2024: £451.6m). Underlying growth

was somewhat masked by the mainland

China business exiting some secondary

and tertiary markets in both 2024 (full

year effect) and 2025.

There was strong growth in revenue

and profit in Singapore driven by both

contract wins and the acquisition of

a 70% interest in Alpina, a leading

mechanical and electrical engineering

consultancy, towards the end of

the year. This acquisition enables

the Group to offer a fully integrated

Facilities Management (‘IFM’) service,

better meeting the needs of clients.

The business also saw strong revenue

growth in South Korea.

Market conditions remained relatively

challenging in mainland China and Hong

Kong, with both businesses experiencing

revenue declines. During H2 2025, the

Group undertook further restructuring

and systems investment in the region,

which is expected to deliver operational

benefits in 2026.

Overall, the region saw a modest decline

in reported underlying profit in 2025

£22.5m (2024: £22.9m), with underlying

profit slightly up on prior year on a

constant currency basis.

Property and Facilities Management

Rest of Group

£888.1m

£943.3m

Underlying profit

£52.2

+6%

£943.3

+6%

£49.2m

£52.2m

Property and Facilities

Management

Contribution

to Group

revenue (%)

37%

63%

13

continued

In Germany, consultancy revenues

declined during the year, with our

valuation practice affected by lower

levels of transactional activity in

the market.

Underlying profit in the region

increased by 8% to £42.7m (2024:

£39.6m), with margins improving to

11.0% (2024: 10.9%).

The Group’s consultancy business in

Asia Pacific saw revenues increase 18%

(24% in constant currency) to £115.8m

(2024: £97.8m).

Project Management was a key revenue

driver across the region during the

year, with the Merx business, which

operates across Asia Pacific, delivering

particularly strong growth. Revenues

from Valuations across the region

were broadly stable.

The Group also benefitted from a full

year of consolidation of the Indian

business, in which a majority interest

was acquired in H2 2024. India is now

the largest contributor to consultancy

revenues in the region.

In mainland China, where both

Development Consultancy and

Valuations continued to be negatively

affected by a weak transactional

market, the effect of the prior period’s

restructuring initiatives showed through

in a significant reduction in losses for

the period despite a revenue reduction

of 25% year-on-year.

Our Consultancy business which

provides a range of services including

Valuations, Development, Planning,

Building and Project Consultancy

(‘BPC’) and Sustainability, had a

strong year. Revenue increased by 11%

(12% in constant currency) to £546.6m

(2024: £492.3m), with underlying

profit increasing by 19% to £47.5m

(2024: £39.9m).

EMEA

In EMEA, consulting delivered a 7%

(same in constant currency) growth in

revenue to £389.4m (2024: £364.1m).

In the UK, we saw good growth

across all service lines during the year,

with revenue increasing by 7%. The

Government’s renewal of planning

policy and continued focus on safe

and sustainable housing created

opportunities across a number of

consultancy service lines. Growth

within the Savills Earth business was

driven by work related to solar energy,

while the Rural consultancy business

saw increased estate planning activity,

reflecting changes to inheritance tax

treatment of agricultural property.

The Group’s consultancy businesses in

Spain delivered a strong performance,

with significant growth in both revenues

and profit, reflecting positive market

conditions, continued strength in

Valuations, and the expansion of the

Agriculture Consulting team. In the

Middle East, BPC performed well and

the business experienced solid growth

in Czech Republic and Italy.

Meanwhile in Hong Kong, revenues

were stable, with a significant increase

in profitability year-on-year.

Overall, underlying profit increased

significantly to £4.5m (2024: £0.5m).

Our North American consultancy

business comprises complex project

management consultancy, location

strategy and workplace solutions advice.

Revenue increased 36% (40% in constant

currency) to £41.4m (2024: £30.4m).

Our Location Strategy Practice saw

strong revenue growth driven by the

positive impact of some very significant

mandates executed during the year. In

addition, the Group acquired Hoffman,

a specialist move management and

relocation consultancy based in New

York in H2 2025, which contributed

to revenue growth. Our complex

project management consultancy

experienced an 11% decline in

revenue in the year reflecting the

timing of project completions and a

delayed commencement on a major

assignment, which also impacted its

margin during the year.

Overall the North American Consultancy

business delivered an underlying profit

of £0.3m, up from an underlying loss of

£0.2m in the prior year.

£492.3m

£546.6m

£47.5

+19%

£546.6

+11%

£39.9m

£47.5m

to Group

21%

79%

14

The Investment Management business

raised £2.3bn of capital in 2025 (2024:

£2.0bn), delivering a strong result in a

market which only started to experience

an improvement in demand for ‘core’

investment product in the last quarter

of the year.

Key highlights included the launch of

the business’ first Asia Pacific mandate

with a global strategic client, a new

joint venture with Electricite de France

(‘EDF’) in the Group’s key Living

sector, and the launch of the DRC SIM

Tactical Debt Opportunities strategy.

The business also continued to build

momentum in Southern Europe where

capital raised on Italian mandates

reached approximately £1.5bn during

the year.

As at Q3 2025, 70% of discretionary

management products (by AUM)

continued to exceed their respective

fund target or benchmark returns

since inception.

Simon Shaw

Group Chief Executive

The Investment Management business

delivered a 1% increase in revenues

to £94.8m (2024: £94.0m), with

underlying profit increasing by 38%

to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m).

Transaction fees increased, reflecting

a modest rebound in transaction and

asset management activity despite

continued challenging conditions for

‘core’ investment products through

most of the year. There were lower

performance fees during the year, and

base management fees decreased

marginally as a result of cumulative

reductions in asset values since early

2023. Totalling £80.3m (2024: £81.1m),

base management fees represented 85%

of gross revenues (2024: 86%).

Underlying profit increased by 38%

to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m) following

favourable movements on co-investment

holdings as markets began to recover,

together with the cumulative effect

of cost savings from initiatives

implemented in 2024.

Under INREV reporting standards,

Assets Under Management (‘AUM’),

including undrawn commitments,

increased to £22.9bn (2024: £21.7bn),

driven by net inflows, higher valuations

and favourable FX movements.

£94.0m

£94.8m

£13.9

+38%

£94.8

+1%

£10.1m

£13.9m

to Group

4%

96%

15

SAVILLS GROUP STRATEGY

Our strategy for 2026 and the coming years

builds on these strong foundations, while

sharpening our focus on those areas where

we see the greatest potential for sustainable

growth, margin improvement and value

creation, alongside a general emphasis

on improving operational efficiency and

profitability across the Group.

Since the late 1980’s, Savills has built

a successful international Investment

Agency, assisting clients with the

acquisition and disposal of land and

property around the globe. We have

established strong market positions

across the core real estate classes

in many markets, including Office,

Multifamily, Retail, and Industrial

& Logistics.

Cognisant of the evolving needs of our

clients, we more recently launched our

REIB business (Savills Capital Advisors,

part of our Operational Capital Markets

business) as an organic strategy to

create a comprehensive financing and

M&A capability, first within Savills EMEA.

This has initially focused on the broader

residential sector – Multifamily, Build-

to-Rent (BTR), Purpose-Built Student

Accommodation (PBSA), and related

asset classes.

The Group operates in attractive markets and benefits from a highly

regarded brand, a strong client franchise and deep sector expertise

Accordingly, the Group’s five key strategic priorities

are detailed opposite.

1

In 2025, we began extending this

capability into Asia Pacific, starting in

Singapore as a step towards globalising

the business.

REIB is typically focused on larger

single-asset, portfolio and M&A

transactions, where the combination

of scale and complexity generally

commands higher fees and thus

improved margins. The debt advisory

element of REIB also generates longer

term repeatable income streams

reflecting the ongoing requirement for

real estate financing and refinancing

advice across the typical ownership

and loan life-cycle.

This strategy supports the Group’s

target to improve the underlying profit

before tax margin of its Transaction

Advisory businesses to 10%+ (2025:

4.9%) over the medium term.

Savills aims to meet the full breadth of

client needs by delivering excellence as

a premium cross-sector, international

real estate advisor, with the capability

to provide first-class advice on any

type of capital or leasing transaction

or financing.

This is complemented by our full

range of market leading property-level

services including Consultancy and

Property and Facilities Management,

which together with our Investment

Management business comprise our

Less

Transactional portfolio

of service lines.

BUILD ON GROUP’S CAPITAL

TRANSACTION ADVISORY

CAPABILITY TO ESTABLISH

A SCALABLE REAL ESTATE

INVESTMENT BANKING

(‘REIB’) OPERATION

16

3

Building on its core strength in EMEA,

market-leading positions in selected Asia

Pacific locations, and its high quality

occupier-focused business in North

America, the Group will continue to build

on its service offering and deepen its

presence in markets where a proprietary

presence is compelling; in other evolving

markets or those where the group needs

a local presence for specific services

only (for example portfolio valuation

or local tenant representation), then

we will achieve coverage through

minority interests or joint ventures

with local partners.

In the US, Savills’ focus is on continuing

to build the scale and profitability of our

existing occupier-focused business with

a significant element of large, complex

advisory assignments. Having invested

in a high quality platform to support this

model, which is capable of underpinning

significant growth, we are focused

on revenue generation and sector

diversification. A key element of this is

to broaden our historic sector focus on

office into industrial & logistics and retail,

mainly through recruitment and bolt-

on acquisitions.

In Asia Pacific, the Group is focused

on developing its core markets in

Australia, Japan and India over the short,

medium and long term respectively

into meaningful contributors to group

performance. In the Sino-markets, our

leading businesses in Hong Kong and

Mainland China, will continue to reinvest

their strong local cash generation

into operating efficiencies, principally

through technology and automation

where relevant.

Elsewhere in the APAC region Savills

will continue to build on its established

strengths in Singapore and Korea both a

local markets and conduits for globally

active investment capital. In addition we

will maintain our strong positions in the

longer term high potential economies of

Vietnam and Malaysia.

2

Our Less Transactional businesses –

Property & Facilities Management,

Consultancy, and Investment

Management – remain at the core of the

Group. These service lines address the

critical needs of our owner, investor, and

developer clients and provide essential

property-level services that help drive

asset performance. We continue to

target steady growth in revenues and

profits from these business areas through

organic growth supplemented by

selective investment in new geographies

and complementary service lines.

The Group’s best-in-class property-

level services help to deepen client

relationships and, through the

management and analysis of extensive

data, enable Savills to provide valuable

insight and advice from individual assets

through to portfolios.

The Group is targeting revenue growth

of c. 10% p.a. for its Less Transactional

businesses over the medium term, with

a high single digit to low double digit

margin for Consultancy, and a mid

single digit margin for Property and

Facilities Management.

DRIVE THE CONTINUED GROWTH

AND GEOGRAPHICAL COVERAGE

OF OUR LESS TRANSACTIONAL

BUSINESSES THROUGH

ORGANIC GROWTH AND

SELECTIVE INVESTMENT

In Southern Europe, Savills will continue

to build on its leading broad based

business in the Iberian peninsula and

improved market position in Italy. In

Northern Europe, having carried out

significant restructuring in recent times,

particularly in the two largest European

markets of Germany and France, the

group has two aims as those markets

recover; the first is to continue to

build scale in Property Management

such that over time the European

business as a whole develops a similar

sustainably profitable base as that which

supports APAC and the UK. This will

be supplemented by a growing suite

of consultancy services such as Project

Management, building consultancy

etc and finally, we will make selective

recruitment into the transactional

businesses (both leasing and capital

transactions) across the principal real

estate subsectors.

In the Middle East, we will continue to

improve the breadth of our services

lines in both transactional activity and

consultancy, alongside investment in

our technology platform to enable scale

and improved profitability for this well

positioned regional business.

CONTINUE TO BROADEN THE BUSINESS AND IMPROVE PROFITABILITY OF SAVILLS INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

17

SAVILLS GROUP STRATEGY

continued

4

5

Savills is differentiated among leading

global real estate services advisors by

its long-established strength in prime

residential agency and development

consultancy, complemented by deep

commercial real estate capability. This

combination supports a strong track

record in advising on major mixed-use

schemes across multiple markets, which

the Group will continue to leverage

and develop.

In recent years, the Group has expanded

its international prime residential agency

platform through targeted acquisitions

and organic growth in Spain, Italy,

the South of France, Switzerland and

the Middle East, and this global prime

market growth strategy will continue.

Further enhancement of the Savills

Private Office will deepen relationships

with the private wealth and family

office sector, enabling the Group to

originate and deliver a broader range

of appropriate real estate investment

opportunities, in addition to super-

prime residential, for this increasingly

important client segment globally.

EXPANSION OF GLOBAL PRIME

RESIDENTIAL ADVISORY

GROWTH OF SAVILLS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (‘SAVILLS IM’) AS AN

INVESTMENT AND OUTSOURCED ASSET MANAGER

Savills IM comprises a strong EMEA and

growing Asia Pacific platform offering

discretionary investment management,

JV partnerships, and outsourced

asset management services across

both real estate debt and equity. The

platform is predominantly focused on

a core investment strategy, targeting

sustainable, long-term returns derived

from the active management of

high-quality, income-producing real

estate assets.

The strategy is to continue scaling the

platform to support the delivery of

high-conviction discretionary funds

and mandate-based products. Whilst

Savills IM has strong capability across

all sectors including retail and office, it

has a strong focus on clearly defined

sectors of expertise, including Living,

Logistics, and development and

construction finance.

In parallel, and building on Savills

IM’s established strengths as an asset

manager and local operating partner

in Southern Europe, the business will

deliver a high-quality asset management

service for non-discretionary private

equity investments. In addition, Savills

IM will selectively explore market

opportunities in North America where

these capabilities can be deployed

effectively. The overarching plan is

to deliver a growing earnings stream

with pre-tax profit margins in excess

of 20% as a result of the consistent

delivery of high quality long term

investment performance.

The Group is targeting an improvement

in the margin of its Investment

Management business to 20%+ (2025:

14.7%) over the medium term.

18

In line with these strategies, Savills

will continue to maintain proprietary

positions in most major markets. In

addition, in markets that are non-core in

the near term but demonstrate potential

for long-term growth, the Group will take

minority holdings through franchise or

associate arrangements. This approach

provides strategic flexibility, enabling

Savills to maintain a ‘capital-light’ yet

meaningful presence in emerging

markets, while preserving the ability

to use its global reach in support of

client interests.

Capital allocation

As the Group seeks to deliver returns

ahead of its cost of capital, including

healthy cash returns to shareholders

through its’ long-standing distribution

policy, Savills’ philosophy is to maintain

a consistently strong balance sheet.

This provides protection during periods

of significant market downturn, whilst

retaining the financial flexibility to take

advantage of compelling acquisitions in

line with its strategy.

The Group typically operates with low

financial leverage; the debt we do take

on is generally underpinned by our

resilient less transactional earnings.

Under most circumstances we would

target net debt/EBITDA at our financial

year end of c.1x or less.

On occasions, we will accept more

material net indebtedness, such as to

finance a highly compelling and cash-

generative acquisition, where both

the indebtedness will be repaid over a

relatively short period of time through

operating cashflow, and the Group’s

distribution policy is maintained.

The Group is focused on delivering

organic growth through leveraging

our capital light model and ongoing

investment in our platform, people and

innovation. In addition, our targeted

approach to M&A is underpinned by

ensuring strong strategic, cultural and

service line fit, whilst securing financially

compelling returns.

Dividend Policy

In response to the Global Financial

Crisis, the Group recognised that its

conventional ordinary dividend policy

was structurally unable to withstand a

severe impairment in transactional real

estate markets without being cut and

therefore impairing the ability of some

income funds from investing. To address

this, the Group developed a ‘bifurcated’

dividend policy, designed to protect

the progressive ordinary dividend from

reduction under most foreseeable

market conditions, while maintaining the

ability to distribute transaction-related

profits efficiently.

The bifurcated dividend policy

will continue and is based on the

following principles:

Progressive Basic Ordinary

Dividend –

Paid broadly 1/3

interim and 2/3 final, supported

by the Group’s maintainable

‘Less Transactional’ earnings.

Since inception in 2010, the Basic

Ordinary Dividend has grown at

2.2 times CPI inflation.

Supplemental Interim Dividend –

Declared and paid alongside the

final ordinary dividend each year,

supported by the performance of

the Transaction Advisory business.

This allows the periodic volatility of

transactional earnings to be more

readily reflected in the associated

shareholder distribution.

Maximum Overall Distribution –

Capped at the higher of 1.5x cover

on statutory EPS or 2.0x cover on

underlying EPS.

19

NORTH AMERICA

The North American office sector

continued its gradual post pandemic

recalibration, supported by stricter

return-to-office mandates and sustained

demand for best-in-class space. Annual

leasing activity rose 13.5% year over year

across US and Canadian gateway markets

in 2025. Industrial markets meanwhile

faced shifting trade policy, prompting

users to take a wait-and-see approach,

though by year-end US industrial vacancy

stabilised at 8.2% after 13 consecutive

quarters of increases. Net absorption

remained positive as the US warehouse

tenant base continued to expand.

We advised Brookfield Properties

on their lease extension at Battery

City Park in downtown Manhattan.

Brookfield Properties extended

the ground lease for its Brookfield

Place, a 9.4-million-square-foot

office and retail complex located in

Battery Park City. The agreement

secures Brookfield Properties’

ongoing investment in Lower

Manhattan for nearly another

century and extends the ground

lease term from 2069 to 2119.

Brookfield Place, New York

MARKET REVIEW

20

Investment activity in Europe saw

gradual improvement in 2025, supported

by the return of large institutional

buyers and renewed interest in scaled

deployment. Occupiers focused on

consolidation, prioritising efficiency,

flexibility and high-quality ESG

compliant assets, reinforcing a clear

flight to quality across sectors. Vacancy

continued to rise in non-core areas,

reinforcing market polarisation. In

the Middle East, the UAE’s residential

and office markets were supported

by rising HNWI inflows and business

friendly policies.

Savills France supported

Restoration Hardware in

opening its first flagship store in

France on the Champs-Elysées,

with the Retail team leading

the search and the Project

Management team overseeing

the project delivery.

Paris, France

2025 began with a sense of optimism that the

positive late-2024 momentum would carry forward

as the sector started to benefit from lower interest

rates and a more stable pricing environment.

However, US President Trump’s tariff announcement

stalled the real estate recovery mid-year as investors

adopted a cautious, wait-and-see approach. Where

capital was deployed, it targeted mispriced, well-

located income-producing assets and selective value-

add opportunities. Occupational markets remained

resilient, with demand for high-quality, efficient space

sustaining rental growth and underpinning the early

stages of capital value recovery.

Manage to Green – Stuttgart, Germany

After completing an energy audit, Savills IM

launched a ‘manage to green’ programme at

Friedrichs-Carree in 2024 aiming to cut CO₂

emissions, as well as electricity and maintenance

costs. The project’s technical advisors report

expected reductions in operating costs by 60%

and carbon emissions by 54%.

21

UK

In the UK, commercial property investment turnover

rose 1% year-on-year in 2025, marking the strongest

performance since 2022, with the largest increases

in the office and industrial sectors. London retained

its position as the world’s most active market for

cross-border investment. In the office occupational

markets, take-up was constrained by low levels of new

completions, with a shortage of prime space driving

rental growth. In the residential sector, relatively fragile

buyer sentiment resulted in a price-sensitive housing

market despite four interest rate cuts. The top end of

the market was particularly affected by an extended

period of pre-budget speculation surrounding potential

changes to the taxation of high-value homes.

MARKET REVIEW

Savills Healthcare Valuations team

are delighted to have advised Song

Capital on the £210m re-financing of 11

luxury care homes, with over 800 beds,

operated by Hamberley Care Homes.

UK – Commercial

Cross Deep, a riverside home in

Twickenham, SW London came to market

for only the second time in 100 years.

Built in the 1690s, the nine bedroom

property has over 8,500 sq. ft of

accommodation and retains much

of its incredible character.

The buyer was drawn to the opportunity

to update and create a family home.

Cross Deep, Twickenham

22

ASIA PACIFIC

Asia Pacific investment turnover held broadly

steady in 2025, with declines in China offset by

stronger performance elsewhere in the region.

Japan continued to draw robust investor interest,

supported by exceptionally tight occupational

markets, while Australia recorded solid demand

across prime office, retail, and logistics. In

South Korea, major transactions and a limited

development pipeline underpinned buoyant office

activity in Seoul. Across occupational markets,

Grade A office demand strengthened, and retail and

logistics sectors benefited from rising consumer

spending, a rebound in tourism, and ongoing

supply-chain diversification.

Hotel Miramar is a 16-storey property overlooking the Singapore River, with

approximately 100,000 sq ft of unutilised GFA.

The local family owner has operated it for five decades and sought a

discreet sale to protect staff morale while maximising value, with 43 years

remaining on the lease.

Hotel Miramar, Singapore

23

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

The model below illustrates in simple terms how we

create Shareholder value through improving the strength

of our premium brand, and through the delivery of

profits and dividends to Shareholders. We treat every

client as an individual and take time to understand what

they need and how we can best service them.

With more than 42,000 professionals

dedicated to commercial and prime

residential real estate across 70

countries, we have the expertise to

bring a client’s vision to life.

Our people are key to delivering

excellent service to our clients and

achieving our objectives and the culture

ingrained in our business is what sets

us apart, guiding the way our people

behave to bring our clients the best

possible service.

We have built our brand and

reputation on the quality of our

people, relationships, resources and

processes. Savills has a strong and

well-embedded culture, founded on an

entrepreneurial approach and on our

values and operational standards. All

that we do is underpinned by strong

governance, a disciplined approach to

risk management and high standards

of responsibility, which supports

the sustainable development of our

business. More detail of our governance

structure, policies and practices can

be found later in this Annual Report

on pages 70 to 113.

We are committed to delivering the

highest levels of client service and

creating long-term relationships with

our clients. We are committed to

adding value while always honouring

our responsibility to protect the

environment, support local communities

and foster an inclusive culture. Whether

our client is a corporate business

looking to expand, an investor seeking

to sustainably optimise their portfolio or

a family trying to find a new home, we

bring a truly personal approach to every

project, delivering best-in-class insights

and advice to help our clients make

better property decisions.

24

1

OUR RESOURCES &

RELATIONSHIPS

2

4

VALUE-CREATION

OUTSTANDING PEOPLE

Local knowledge

Entrepreneurial approach

LONG-TERM CLIENT

RELATIONSHIPS

Client care programmes

High-quality service

FINANCIAL

Prudent capital structure

Strong cash generation

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Market intelligence

Brand and reputation

SHAREHOLDERS

33.8

p

Dividends

£73.6

Reported profit

after tax

52.0

p

Reported earnings

per share

£145.3

Underlying profit

77.2

Underlying earnings

per share

PEOPLE

Develop talent

Employee engagement

Diversity and inclusion

CLIENTS

High-quality service –

Client relationship

Client care – Client relationship

management team

COMMUNITY

Reduce environmental impact –

Carbon emission reduction

Community investment – Community

engagement programmes

OUR GLOBAL VALUES

We listen –

We put our clients at the

heart of everything we do. We listen

to our clients’ unique needs and take

time to understand their aspirations,

responding with bespoke solutions

to help them achieve their goals

We empower –

Our experts

pioneer new approaches, bringing

fresh ideas and informed insights

to the table

We challenge –

We are always

open and honest in our views,

constructively challenging our

clients and each other in the

pursuit of the best results

We collaborate –

We collaborate

with our clients to build personal,

lasting relationships, uniting diverse

perspectives and expertise across

our global and local networks

Strong Board and management

High standards of governance

DISCIPLINED APPROACH TO RISK

Risk mitigation to limit exposure to

any one market or economy

DEFENSIVE,

SCALE BUSINESS

CYCLICAL HIGH-MARGIN

BUSINESSES

37

%

Property and

facilities

management

26

%

Commercial

transactions

21

%

12

%

Residential

transactions

4

Investment

management

REVENUE BY BUSINESS

3

UNDERPINNED BY

25

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

£2,404.0m

£2,298.3m

£2,550.9m

£2,238.0m

2022

2023

£2,550.9

The measure

Revenue growth is the increase in revenue

year-on-year.

The target

To deliver growth in revenue from

expansion both geographically and by

business segment.

5.4%

7.2%

5.7%

4.2%

2022

2023

Underlying profit margin

5.7

The measure

Profitability after all operating costs but

before the impact of significant non-

operational costs and taxation.

The target

To deliver growth in operating margin

by improving the efficiency with which

services are offered.

£158.6m

£164.0m

£172.3m

£18.8m

2022

2023

Cash generation

£172.3

The amount of cash the business has

generated from operating activities.

To maintain strong cash generation

to fund working capital requirements,

Shareholder dividends and strategic

initiatives of the Group.

Underlying earnings per share

77.2

Earnings per share (‘EPS’) is the measure

of profit generation. Underlying EPS is

calculated by dividing underlying profit by the

weighted average number of shares in issue.

To deliver progressive, sustainable growth in

underlying EPS to enhance Shareholder value.

FINANCIAL

£130.4m

£164.6m

£145.3m

£94.8m

2022

2023

Underlying profit

£145.3

Underlying profit growth is the increase/

decrease in underlying profit year-on-year.

To deliver sustainable growth in

underlying profit.

£52.9m

£119.8m

£73.6m

£39.5m

2022

2023

Reported profit after tax

£73.6

Reported profit after tax growth is the

increase/decrease in reported profit after

tax year-on-year and over a longer term.

To deliver sustainable long-term growth in

reported profit after tax.

39.4p

87.0p

52.0p

30.0p

Reported earnings per share

52.0

Reported EPS is the measure of reported

profit generation and is calculated by

dividing reported profit after tax by the

weighted average number of shares in issue.

To deliver long-term growth in reported

EPS to enhance Shareholder value.

66.2p

94.9p

77.2p

55.1p

26

2,666.1m

2,472.1m

2,791.9m

2,635.1m

Property under management

(million sq ft.)

2,791.9

Total square footage property under

management.

To progressively increase the global square

footage under management.

£21.7bn

£22.1bn

£22.9bn

£22.1bn

Assets under management

£22.9

bn

Growth in assets under management of our

investment management business, Savills

Investment Management.

To increase the value of investment

portfolios through portfolio management,

new mandates and the launch of new funds.

63.8%

59.5%

62.1%

65.5%

Balance

(% non-transactional income)

62.1

Revenue by type of business.

To maintain a healthy balance of

transactional and less or non-transactional

business revenues.

58.0%

58.4%

58.1%

57.9%

Geographical spread

(% non-UK)

58.1

Geographical diversity is measured by the

spread of revenues by region.

To progressively balance the Group’s

geographical exposure through expansion

in our chosen geographic markets.

NON-FINANCIAL

27

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Profit margin

The Group’s underlying profit margin

increased by 30bps to 5.7% (2024:

5.4%), see Note 11 and Note 15.2 for

further explanation of underlying profit

measures. From a trading perspective,

this principally reflected improved

performance year-on-year, despite

limited market volume improvement,

in our higher margin transactional

businesses, primarily from our growing

residential transactional business. In

addition, our non-transactional business

lines delivered strong performances, with

an improved margin in the investment

management business.

Reported pre-tax profit margin increased

to 4.0% (2024: 3.7%).

Taxation

The tax charge for the year decreased

to £27.4m (2024: £35.4m), representing

an effective tax rate on reported profit

before tax of 27.1% (2024: 40.1%).

The Group’s effective reported tax rate

is higher than the UK tax of 25% as a

result of the geographic distribution

of profits and disallowable expenses

largely arising from transaction-related

costs. The underlying effective tax rate

decreased to 25.1% (2024: 31.5%).

Transaction-related costs

During the year, the Group recognised

a transaction-related charge of

£3.6m (2024: £15.9m). These costs

primarily represent liabilities for

future consideration payments which

are contingent on the continuity of

recipients’ employment at the time of

payment (2025: £1.7m, 2024: £13.2m).

The reduction related to the reduced

volume of deferred consideration

obligations since the final payment

in respect of the acquisition of DRC

Capital in the prior year.

Transaction-related charges have

been excluded from the calculation of

underlying profit on a consistent basis

in line with the Group’s policy.

Restructuring costs

Reflecting continued market

challenges through Q2 and Q3, the

Group continued to review its cost

base during the year and implemented

further restructuring initiatives across

the business, particularly within the

German business and in mainland China.

This resulted in exceptional restructuring

costs of £30.5m (2024: £17.2m)

in aggregate.

These charges have been excluded

from calculation of underlying profit

on a consistent basis in line with the

Group’s policy.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share increased

32% to 52.0p (2024: 39.4p), reflecting

a 39% increase in reported profit after

tax. Adjusted on a consistent basis for

significant restructuring, transaction-

related costs, profits and losses on

disposals, certain share-based payment

adjustments, amortisation of intangible

assets arising from business combinations,

exceptional impairments and transaction-

related fair value gains and losses,

underlying basic earnings per share

increased 17% to 77.2p (2024: 66.2p).

Fully diluted earnings per share increased

by 33% to 49.3p (2024: 37.2p). The

underlying fully diluted earnings per share

increased 17% to 73.3p (2024: 62.5p).

£167.7

Cash and cash

equivalents, net

of borrowings

(2024: £176.3m)

52.0

Reported earnings

per share

(2024: 39.4p)

77.2

Underlying earnings

per share

(2024: 66.2p)

28

Dividends

An interim dividend of 7.4p per share

(2024: 7.1p), amounting to £10.1m was

paid on 29 September 2025, and a

final ordinary dividend of 15.7p per

share (2024: 14.5p) is recommended,

making the ordinary dividend 23.1p per

share for the year (2024: 21.6p). A 24%

increase in the supplemental interim

dividend to 10.7p per share (2024: 8.6p)

is declared, reflecting the improved

underlying performance of our global

Transaction Advisory business. Taken

together, the ordinary and supplemental

interim dividends comprise an aggregate

distribution for the year of 33.8p per

share, representing an increase of 12%

on the 2024 aggregate ordinary and

supplemental dividend of 30.2p.

Cash resources, borrowings

and liquidity

Cash and cash equivalents, net

of overdrafts in notional pooling

arrangements, at year-end increased

2% to £344.4m (2024: £337.2m).

Gross borrowings at year-end increased

to £176.7m (2024: £160.9m). These

principally comprise £120.0m (2024:

£150.0m) of 10 and 12 year fixed rate notes

(blended coupon of 3.2%) which were

issued in June 2018, following repayment

of the £30.0m 7 year fixed rate notes

in June 2025. £30.0m of the Group’s

£360.0m UK revolving credit facility

(‘RCF’) was drawn at the end of the

year (2024: undrawn), with the

RCF representing the major part of a total

of £414.6m (2024: £421.3m) of undrawn

borrowing facilities available to the Group.

The RCF matures in February 2030 and

has a current margin of 90bps. At the

year-end, cash and cash equivalents net of

borrowings was £167.7m (2024: £176.3m).

Cash is typically retained in a number

of the Group’s subsidiaries in order to

meet the requirements of commercial

contracts or capital adequacy. In addition,

cash in certain territories is retained to

meet future growth requirements.

The Group’s net inflow of cash is

typically greater in the second

half of the year. This is as a result

of seasonality in trading and the

major cash outflows associated with

dividends, profit-related remuneration

payments and related payroll taxes in

the first half. The Group cash inflow for

the year from operating activities was

£172.3m (2024: £158.6m). As previously

mentioned, this increase was due to

higher profits year-on-year.

With a meaningful proportion of

the Group’s revenue typically being

transactional in nature, the Board’s

strategy is to maintain low levels of

gearing, but retain sufficient credit

facilities to enable it to meet cash

requirements during the year and finance

the majority of business development

opportunities as they arise.

29

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Capital and

Shareholders’ interests

During the year, 1,467,700 (2024: 16,140)

new ordinary shares were issued on the

exercise of options by participants of

the Group’s Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’)

schemes and 18,959 (2024: 154,220)

of new ordinary shares were issued to

participants of the Group’s Performance

Share Plan (‘PSP’) schemes. It is the

Group’s policy to issue new ordinary

shares for such schemes only where it is

legally required to do so; for other equity-

related incentive schemes the Group

acquires existing shares in the market.

The total number of ordinary shares in

issue (before the impact of shares held

by the Trusts) at 31 December 2025 was

146,046,938 (2024: 144,560,279).

Savills Pension Scheme

The funding level of the defined

benefit Savills Pension Scheme in the

UK, which is closed to future service-

based accrual, remained stable during

the year, with gains from lower RPI

inflation broadly offset by losses from

updated mortality assumptions and

other experience impacts. The plan was

in a surplus position of £10.2m at the

year-end (2024: £9.9m surplus).

Net assets

Net assets as at 31 December 2025

were £804.4m (2024: £777.8m). This

movement reflects primarily the Group’s

profit for the year and the issue of

shares following the vesting of the SAYE

scheme during the period, offset by

primarily purchases of treasury shares,

foreign exchange movements and

dividend payments.

Key performance

indicators (‘KPIs’)

The Group uses a number of KPIs to

measure its performance and review

the impact of management strategies.

These KPIs are detailed under the Key

Performance Indicators section on

pages 26 and 27. The Group continues

to review the mix of KPIs to ensure that

these best measure its performance

against its strategic objectives, in both

financial and non-financial areas.

Financial policies and

risk management

The Group has financial risk management

policies which cover financial risks

considered material to the Group’s

operations and results. These policies

are subject to continuous review in light

of developing regulation, accounting

standards and practice. Compliance with

these policies is mandatory for all Group

companies and is reviewed regularly by

the Board. Refer to Note 6 to the financial

statements for further information on

financial risk management.

Treasury policies and objectives

The Group Treasury policy is designed

to reduce the financial risks faced

by the Group, which primarily relate

to funding and liquidity, interest rate

exposure and currency rate exposures.

The Group does not engage in trades

of a speculative nature and only

uses derivative financial instruments

to hedge certain risk exposures.

The Group’s financial instruments

comprise borrowings, cash and liquid

resources and various other items such

as trade receivables and trade payables

that arise directly from its operations.

Surplus cash balances are generally

held with A rated banks or better.

Interest rate risk

The Group finances its operations

through a mixture of retained profits

and borrowings, at both fixed and

floating interest rates. Borrowings issued

at variable rates expose the Group

cash flow to interest rate risk, which is

partially offset by cash held at variable

rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates

expose the Group to fair value interest

rate risk. Group policy is to maintain

at least 70% of its borrowings in fixed

rate instruments.

Liquidity risk

The Group prepares an annual funding

plan which is approved by the Board

and sets out the Group’s expected

financing requirements for the next

12 months. These requirements are

ordinarily expected to be met through

existing cash balances, loan facilities

and expected cash flows for the year.

Foreign currency

The Group operates internationally

and is exposed to foreign exchange

risks. As both revenue and costs in each

location are generally denominated in

the same currency, transaction-related

risks are relatively low and generally

associated with intra Group activities.

Consequently, the overriding foreign

currency risk relates to the translation

of overseas profits and losses into

sterling on consolidation. The Group

does not actively seek to hedge risks

arising from foreign currency translations

due to their non-cash nature.

The net impact of foreign exchange rate

movements during the year represented

a £34.6m decrease in revenue and a

£0.9m decrease in underlying profit.

Refer to Note 6.1 to the financial

statements and the appendices for

further information on foreign exchange

risk and movements during the year.

30

Heads of Group

functions

Key risks

:

Heads of Group

functions identify

the key risks

and develop

mitigation actions

Heads of operating

companies

Key risks:

Heads of operating

companies create

a register of their

principal risks and

mitigation actions

Plc Board

Audit Committee

Group Executive Board

Principal Business

Executive Committees

Group Risk Committee and Group

ESG Committee

Review and confirmation

Review and confirmation by

the Board.

Process

Risks and mitigation reviewed

by Audit Committee after

validation by the Group Risk

Committee and Executive

Boards/Committees.

Ongoing review and control

There is ongoing review of the

risks and the controls in place

to mitigate these risks.

Review and assessment

Group Director of Risk and

Assurance consolidates

the risks identified by the

Principal Businesses, functional

and Group risks to compile

the Group’s key risks. Any

significant programme/project

risks are also considered

and factored into the Group

Principal Risks.

The Savills Investment Management

business has its own comprehensive

and regulatory-compliant framework

for identifying and managing

risk, reporting to the Group’s Risk

and Audit Committees and Board.

Group Risk

Identifying and managing our risks

The Board determines the Group’s

appetite for risk in pursuit of strategic

objectives, and the level of risk that can

be taken by the Group and its operating

companies. Savills businesses worldwide

are responsible for executing their

activities in accordance with the risk

appetite set by the Board, complemented

by the Savills Code of Conduct, Group

policies and delegated authority limits.

Risk is assessed across the Group using

a systematic risk-management model

covering both external and internal

factors and the potential impact, timing

of impact, and likelihood of those

risks occurring. Risk Management is

embedded in all of Savills activities. Our

culture encourages staff engagement

to identify risks and opportunities. Risk

discussions are held at team, divisional

and regional level. Conclusions from

risk assessments are incorporated into

Risk Registers at Principal Business and

Group-level, which evolve to reflect

changes in identified principal risks

and the emergence of new risks and

uncertainties. Where it is considered

that a risk can be mitigated further,

responsibilities are assigned and action

plans are agreed. Principal risks are

those to which the Board and senior

management pay particular attention

and which could cause the delivery

of the Group’s strategy, results,

A robust framework for identifying and managing risk

financial condition or prospects to differ

materially from expectations.

Emerging risks are those which have

unknown components, the impact of

which could crystallise over a longer

period of time.

We aim to continuously strengthen our

risk management, with more dynamic

risk detection and visibility of the linkage

between risks across the Group.

The Group Director of Risk & Assurance

facilitates the risk assessment and

evaluation process with Group and

Principal/business unit management,

and challenges risk findings and the

internal control framework to ensure

that these are effective. Risk owners

periodically attend the Group Risk and

Audit Committees to present their in-

depth analysis of risks to ensure they are

aligned with an accepted risk tolerance.

Group policies and delegated authority

levels set by the Board provide the basis

against which potential risks are reviewed

and escalated to the appropriate level

within the Group, up to and including the

Board, for review and confirmation.

We have a clear framework for identifying

and managing risk, both at a financial,

operational and strategic level. Our risk

identification and mitigation processes

have been designed to be appropriate to

the ever-changing environments in which

we operate.

PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FACING THE BUSINESS

31

PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FACING THE BUSINESS

2. Group Executive Board

Responsibilities

Strategic leadership of the Group’s operations

Ensures that the Group’s risk management and other policies are implemented

and embedded

Monitors that appropriate actions are taken to manage material strategic risks and

key risks arising within the risk appetite set by the Board

Considers emerging risks in the context of the Group’s strategic objectives and the

global macro-economic and socio-political environment

Approves Group policies

Monthly/quarterly finance and performance reviews

Receives updates from the Group Risk Committee

Monitors the application of risk appetite and the effectiveness of risk

management processes. The Group Risk Committee and Board also consider the

Group’s overall risk appetite in the context of the negative impact that the Group

can sustain before the Group’s business model, future performance, solvency or

liquidity are threatened.

Actions

Review of risk management and assurance activities and processes.

3. Principal Business Executive Committees

Responsibilities

Responsible for risk management and internal control systems within the relevant

regions/businesses

Monitor the discharge of responsibilities by business units within the relevant

regions/businesses.

Actions

Review key risks and mitigation plans

Review results of assurance activities

Escalate key risks to Group Management and Group Executive Board and the

Plc Board.

Roles and responsibilities

The Board continuously reviews the Group’s principal risks and is supported in the

discharge of this responsibility by various committees, and in particular the Audit

Committee, the Group Risk Committee and the Group Executive Board.

The risk management roles and responsibilities of the Board, its Committees, and

business management are set out below, and all of these responsibilities have been

discharged during the year.

1. Board

Approves the Group’s strategy

Determines Group risk appetite in the context of the Group achieving its

strategic objectives

Establishes and monitors the Group’s systems of risk management and

internal control.

The Audit Committee supports the Board by monitoring risk and reviewing the

effectiveness of internal controls, including systems to identify, assess, manage

and monitor risks.

Actions

Receives regular reports on Internal and External Audit and other

assurance activities

Receives regular risk updates from the Principal Businesses

Determines the nature and extent of the principal Group risks and assesses

the effectiveness of mitigating actions

Annually reviews the effectiveness of risk management and internal

control systems

Approves the Group risk management policy.

“The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of risk

management and internal control. Risk management is

recognised as an integral part of the Group’s activities.”

32

1

Adverse market conditions,

macro-economic and

geopolitical issues.

2

Achieving the right market

positioning to meet the needs

of our clients.

3

Recruitment and retention of

high-calibre employees.

4

Reputational and brand risk.

5

Legal risk.

Failure or significant interruption

to IT systems causing disruption

to client service.

7

Operational resilience/

business continuity.

8

Business conduct.

9

Changes in the

regulatory environment/

regulatory breaches.

10

Acquisition/integration risk.

11

Environment and sustainability.

12

Strategic adoption of

new technologies.

In summary, the Group’s

principal existing and

emerging risks (not in order

of priority) are:

4. Heads of the Group functions and operating companies

Maintain an effective system of risk management and internal control within

their function/business unit.

Actions

Regularly review operational, project, functional and strategic risks as well as

emerging risks

Review mitigating controls, whether financial, operational or compliance, and

mitigation plans to address control gaps

Plan, execute and report on assurance activities as required by Regional or

Group Management.

The Group’s overall risk management framework is further enhanced by the

contributions of specialist groups, for example, the Group Information Security

Committee. As appropriate, certain businesses also have their own risk committees.

Savills continuously reviews and enhances its risk management process and seeks

advice from independent advisors where applicable.

Principal and emerging risks

The Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing

the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future

performance, solvency, liquidity and/or pose a material reputational risk. Our

consideration of these key risks and uncertainties relating to the Group’s operations,

along with their potential impact and the mitigations in place, is set out on pages

34 to 39. There may be risks and uncertainties other than those listed which may

also adversely affect the Group and its performance. More detail can be found in

the Audit Committee Report on pages 102 to 113.

We also conduct a formal exercise yearly to identify and assess emerging risks.

While assessing potential emerging risks we have considered our risk exposure

across a number of themes, e.g. finance and economics, geopolitical and security,

social, technological, climate and sustainability. Emerging risk and horizon scanning

are integrated as part of regular risk discussions and reported at both regional and

Group level.

33

Change from 2024:

Up  

Down  

Unchanged

Description

Mitigations

Change

from 2024

MARKET CONDITIONS, MACRO-ECONOMIC AND GEOPOLITICAL ISSUES

1

Strategic objective:

Geographic diversification/Financial strength

Global markets have seen sustained volatility, with geopolitical tensions and

macro-economic risk with the consequent impact on real estate values, resulting in

uncertainty in many sectors.

This macro-economic uncertainty could lead to a material contraction in real estate

transactional activity.

Political change could bring changes in policy focus and economic outlook with a

consequential impact on real estate transaction markets.

Despite inflation and interest rates reducing during 2025, given the broader geo-

political uncertainty there remains a risk of real estate market disruption and an

economic downturn resulting in a consequent adverse effect on Savills Group

earnings and/or our financial condition.

Savills operates in a number of countries where transactional business is the largest

component, increasing the level of risk in relation to earnings.

There is a currency risk from operating in a large number of countries.

As this is in an externally driven risk, the risk landscape is fluctuating with

wider economic interventions and geopolitical challenges.

Savills has a relatively resilient business model with a strong brand and focus

on excellence in client service.

Our strategy of diversifying our service offering and geographic spread mitigates

the impact on the Group of macro-economic downturns and weak transactional

market conditions in specific geographies, but this strategy cannot entirely

mitigate the overall risk to earnings. To manage these risks further, we maintain

a continuous focus on our cost-base and fee structures, and seek to improve

operational efficiencies.

Contingency plans are in place to enable us to respond quickly to market

information, economic trends and adverse events.

Continual monitoring of market conditions, market changes and other events,

against our Group strategy, supported by the reforecasting and reporting in all of

our businesses, are key to our ability to respond on a timely basis to changes in our

operating environment.

Our exposure to countries with economies which are currently weak is balanced by

our business in stronger markets. When considering new market entry we undertake

due diligence including the impact assessment of political and economic issues in

that particular country.

We manage currency risk in local operations through natural hedging and matching

revenue and costs in the same currency.

ACHIEVING THE RIGHT MARKET POSITIONING IN RESPONSE TO THE NEEDS OF OUR CLIENTS

2

Strategic objective:

Business diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Geographical diversification/Commitment to clients

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Competition could

lead to a reduction in market share, resulting in a decline in revenue. Failure to

respond to changing service requirements from clients, to innovate or execute on

transformational activities could impact profitability and market share. Our focus is

on retaining existing clients as well as engaging with new clients. Our service offering

continuously evolves and improves to meet the changing needs of our clients and

this will continue as changes to our clients’ real estate requirements change, as a

result of, for example, climate change.

To remain competitive in all markets and deliver return to investors, we continue to

promote and differentiate our strengths while focusing on providing the quality of

service that our clients require.

We continue to invest in the development of client relationships, our businesses and

people and associated systems/digital technology to support, enhance and extend

our client service offering.

34

Description

Mitigations

Change

from 2024

RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION OF HIGH-CALIBRE STAFF

3

Financial strength/Commitment to clients

We recognise that the current and future success of our business is dependent

on attracting, developing, motivating and retaining people of the highest quality.

Ineffective recruitment, people management or succession planning could impact

Savills delivering its strategic objectives.

We continue to invest in the development of our people and our learning and

development programmes across the business. Reflecting the change to working

patterns, Savills has maintained its flexible approach to office working while ensuring

that client service remains at the highest level. We focus on fostering a diverse and

inclusive culture across all our businesses which allows all our people to bring their

true whole selves to work and be the best they can be.

Our partnership-style culture and profit-sharing approach to remuneration are

combined with selective use of share-based and other rewards to incentivise and

retain our best people for the long-term benefit of the Group. We continuously

review our markets to ensure that reward packages remain competitive.

We aim to develop talent and promote from within. Our Diversity and Inclusion

strategy, health and wellbeing programmes and encouragement of charitable

activities and participation in the communities in which our businesses operate,

all combine to ensure that our businesses have an inclusive culture, provide our

employees with the ability to be the best they can be and maintain our ‘employer

of choice’ status.

REPUTATIONAL AND BRAND RISK

Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Commitment to clients

Savills is a strong, well-recognised and valued brand with an excellent reputation in

the markets in which it operates. The Group’s reputation could be damaged due to

an action or event that results in negative media/social media coverage.

We recognise the need to maintain this reputation by ensuring the quality of the

service we provide and as described below, requiring our people to operate to the

highest ethical standards.

We recognise that our brand strength is vital to maintaining market share in

established and new markets. A brand management programme is in place to

ensure the brand’s positioning and identity is clearly and consistently promoted.

Our social media policy is supported by guidance and training as well as ongoing

monitoring. All external statements have to be appropriately approved.

We recognise that the quality of the service we offer is vital to maintaining the

brand. We have in place policies, controls and processes to monitor the quality of

our client service to support our programme of continuous improvement.

The Group has well established Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’)

programmes as set out in Responsible business on pages 40 to 53 to support

our brand values.

35

Change from 2024:

Up  

Down  

Unchanged

Change

from 2024

LEGAL RISK

5

Financial strength/Commitment to clients

Failure to fulfil our legal or contractual obligations to clients could subject the

Group to action and/or claims from clients. The adverse outcome of such actions/

claims could negatively impact our reputation, financial condition and/or the

results of our businesses.

For example:

In accepting client engagements, Group companies are generally subject to

client duty of care obligations. Failure to satisfy these obligations could

result in claims being made against the relevant operating company.

In our Property and Project Management businesses, we may be responsible

for appointing or overseeing third-party contractors that provide construction

and engineering services. In addition, in our Property Management business, we

may be responsible for health and safety at site-level. Failure to discharge these

responsibilities in accordance with our obligations could result in brand damage

and/or claims being made against the operating companies.

In our valuation consultancy businesses, we can be subject to claims alleging,

in particular, the over-valuation of properties.

The Group has a range of policies in place including client acceptance, legal and

regulatory compliance, data protection, health and safety, procurement, contractor

management and valuation to mitigate contractual risk.

In particular we have Best Practice groups, policies, procedures and training which

are designed to deliver the relevant contractual obligations and thereby mitigate

against the risk of such actions/claims being made and where such claims occur, to

limit liability, particularly in relation to health and safety and consultancy services

such as valuations. Such policies are regularly reviewed.

The Group maintains professional indemnity insurance to respond to and mitigate

the Group’s financial exposure to any claims. As described below, our strong

emphasis on appropriate business conduct by all our employees, contractors and

associates further mitigates this risk.

FAILURE OR SIGNIFICANT INTERRUPTION TO OUR IT SYSTEMS CAUSING DISRUPTION TO CLIENT SERVICE

Major failures in our IT systems may result in client service being interrupted

or data being lost/corrupted causing damage to our reputation and consequential

client and/or revenue loss.

There is a risk that a third-party cyber-attack on our infrastructure by a malicious

individual or group could be successful and impact the availability of critical systems.

Specific back-up and resilience requirements are built into our systems.

Our critical infrastructure is set up so far as is reasonably practical to prevent

unauthorised access and reduce the likelihood and impact of a successful cyber-attack.

Our data centres are accredited to international information security standards. Our

IT strategy is to diversify our services utilising the cloud and hosting, in order to

avoid a single point of failure.

Penetration testing and vulnerability testing is carried out regularly.

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are in place to cover the residual

risks that cannot be mitigated.

We continuously review our resilience to cyber-attacks, implementing new systems

and procedures to address continuously evolving and ongoing cyber threats. Internal

and external assurance programmes provide maturity assessments applying the NIST

Maturity Framework and additional technical reviews of the security measures in place.

We continue to enhance security awareness through the use of learning programmes

and implementation of IT policies.

Cyber insurance cover is in place.

36

Change

from 2024

OPERATIONAL RESILIENCE/BUSINESS CONTINUITY

7

Significant non-IT events may affect continuity of service to clients, consequential

revenue loss and reputational damage.

Business continuity plans are in place across our businesses worldwide to enable us

to respond to external incidents which threaten the continuity of our operations.

Continuity plans encompass a range of events that could impact on our people or

buildings such as pandemics, terrorist events and natural disasters.

As with most other large international businesses, remote working capabilities are

robust. We have teams and processes dedicated to crisis management, disaster

recovery and the implementation of business continuity plans that ensure that these

can be activated across key teams at short notice if so required.

BUSINESS CONDUCT

8

Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Commitment to clients

Significant non-IT events may affect business continuity. We operate in international

markets that may present business conduct-related risks involving, for example,

fraud, bribery or corruption.

Failure by the Group and its employees to observe the highest standards of

integrity and conduct in dealing with clients, suppliers and other stakeholders

could result in civil and/or criminal penalties, regulatory sanction, debarring and/or

reputational damage.

We have programmes to promote compliance with our Code of Conduct, particularly

in areas of higher risk such as procurement.

37

Up  

Down  

Unchanged

Change

from 2024

CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT/REGULATORY BREACHES

9

Commitment to clients

We are required to meet a broad range of regulatory compliance requirements in

each of the markets in which we operate.

For example, some of our operations have regulatory licences:

In the UK, Savills Capital Advisors Limited and Savills Investment Management LLP

are authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in respect

of activities conducted pursuant to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

(‘MIFID’) and Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (‘AIFMD’).

Savills Investment Management entities are also variously authorised by the Bank

of Italy, MAS in Singapore, BaFin in Germany, JFSC in Jersey, CSSF in Luxembourg

and ASIC in Australia. Savills Group companies also hold financial services advisory

licences in Japan. Our entities across the Group employ resources and maintain a

framework of controls aimed at preventing our business being used to facilitate

financial crime, and to comply with complex financial sanctions regimes which are

continually changing in response to global events.

In addition, some of our service businesses are regulated by The Royal Institution

of Chartered Surveyors (‘RICS’), for example, Savills (UK) Limited. Another

example of Regulatory framework change for the UK rented sector is the

progressive implementation of the Renters Rights Act 2025, which will remove

Assured Short-Term Tenancies and which is expected to increase compliance

costs, with a consequent reduction in landlord participation in the lettings market

and transactional volumes, with the consequent adverse impact on Savills UK’s

Residential Lettings business.

Failure to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements may result in fines being

imposed, adverse publicity, brand/reputation damage and ultimately the withdrawal

of regulatory approvals. We also have a number of key statutory obligations

including the protection of the health, safety and welfare of our staff and others

affected by our activities. New legislation and the growing scope of regulation in

key areas like data protection, financial crime and environmental standards are

contributing to an increasing complexity in the regulatory environment.

Our Group Policy Framework, which sets out our standards for professional,

regulatory, statutory compliance and business conduct, is reviewed regularly.

To support this framework each business has its own regulatory compliance

resources which monitor regulatory developments and maintain the internal

processes and controls required to fulfil our compliance obligations. Training

requirements are identified and learning programmes are in place for applicable

business lines and functions.

Our compliance environment, at all levels, is subject to regular review by

internal audit and external assurance providers.

38

ACQUISITION/INTEGRATION RISK

10

Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Financial strength

The structuring and integration of acquisitions is critical to realising the

benefits targeted. People, systems and processes are key components.

We apply the Group Acquisitions Policy and procedures and use professional

advisors in the due diligence process, and allocate responsibility and accountability

to individuals for integration. Post-acquisition reviews and reporting ensures the

Board is aware of progress against plan.

ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY

Commitment to clients/Financial strength

Environment and sustainability matters are a significant consideration for

clients, employees and investors. Failure to prioritise

Environmental, Social, and

Governance (ESG)

considerations can have significant operational and reputational

consequences for any company that fails to prepare.

Savills offers its clients expert advice on a growing range of environmental

and sustainability matters.

Savills, like all listed companies, has commitments and targets to meet in accordance

with the legislation of the relevant jurisdictions.

We apply the Group’s Sustainability Policy and employ appropriately qualified

and skilled teams. We are continuously enhancing our services in this area to

ensure that we can provide clients, employees and investors with the best advice

and information.

Savills has committed to Net Zero targets: Scope 1 and 2 Net Zero by 2030;

and Scope 3 (for controlled assets) by 2040.

We collect data and report in accordance with the relevant legislation and regulatory

framework, including TCFD (Responsible business pages 40 to 53) and our

disclosures are reviewed/verified by external assurance providers.

STRATEGIC ADOPTION OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES

12

Business diversification/Geographical diversification/Strength in Residential and Commercial markets/Financial strength

Failure to identify, assess and respond effectively to risks and competitive threats

arising from emerging technologies, including proptech and artificial intelligence,

could result in reduced competitiveness, operational inefficiencies, and margin

pressure across Savills service lines.

We apply Group-level technology and digital governance, including oversight

by senior management and the Board with ongoing investment in technology

platforms, data, and digital tools to enhance service delivery. We have a coordinated

AI and proptech adoption framework led centrally by the Board and the Group

CIO. Strategic partnerships are continually reviewed to access emerging innovation

with training and change management programmes to support adoption across

the business.

39

Whether it’s through the

way we advise clients or the

influence we have directly,

we always seek to add value

while working to minimise our

impact on the environment

and engage positively with our

local communities.

Climate

We work to minimise our impact and

are committed to reducing our carbon

emissions to net zero by 2040. From

decarbonisation pathways to sustainable

design consultancy, we strive for a

sustainable transition.

READ MORE ON PAGES 42 TO 45.

Culture

We actively foster an inclusive

workplace – aiming to attract diverse

talent, develop and support our people,

and always lead by example.

READ MORE ON PAGES 48 TO 53.

Community

People are at the heart of our business.

We aim to create a lasting positive social

impact on the local communities which we

impact through the way we engage with

them, the work we do and the charitable

initiatives we run to support them.

READ MORE ON PAGES 46 AND 47.

Helping both

people

and

our environment

to thrive

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

SUSTAINABILITY

40

2025 sustainability awards

Sustainability strategy

Savills strategy is set at the Group

level and is then implemented at

Principal Business and country level.

The strategic framework is designed to

drive continuous improvement under

the Climate, Culture and Community

pillars. The Group’s Sustainability

strategy is focused where we believe

we can make the most difference. It

is developed and recommended by

management and endorsed at Board

level and is then implemented across

our global operations.

READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS SUSTAINABILITY

STRATEGY HERE: WWW.SAVILLS.COM/WHY-

SAVILLS/SUSTAINABILITY.ASPX

Group sustainability committee

Our Sustainability Committee,

comprising senior representatives from

our Principal Businesses and central

teams, co-ordinates our Sustainability

strategy and its delivery. The TCFD

workstream runs throughout.

Responsible (with the Group Risk

Committee) for overseeing climate

risk assessment and other aspects of

the Group’s Sustainability agenda

Tracks and monitors the delivery of

the Group-wide Sustainability targets

Chair: Group Legal Director &

Company Secretary

Strategic Lead: Group

Sustainability Director.

Presented with 8 awards in 2025. These

included the Women’s Leadership award by

the Los Angeles Business Journal; Women of

Influence award by GlobeSt; Canadian Women

in Real Estate awarded by Connect CRE; New

Generation award by Connect CRE; Power

100 award by the Commercial Observer; Top

Young Professionals award by the Commercial

Observer; Influencers in CRE technology by

GlobeSt; and the Power Leaders in real estate

award by the South Florida Business Journal.

CEME

Savills Portugal’s

architecture team

was recognised

at the Real Estate

Expresso Awards

in the New

Construction,

Industrial and

Logistics category, for the Benavente

Logistics Park project, with support from

the sustainability team.

In Hong Kong Savills

Property management

team was honoured with

multiple accolades at the

BOCHK Corporate Low-

Carbon Environmental

Leadership Awards,

including the ‘Low-Carbon

Commitment Logo’ and

‘EcoPartner Logo’.

UK

Savills UK retained 2nd ranking for the RateMyPlacement awards

and was ranked 12th on Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List.

Savills UK also retained its position in the Top-50 of the Social

Mobility Employer Index and was included in Top-50 ‘Great British

Employers of Veterans’ programme, with Savills EMEA & UK

HR Director winning ‘Advocate of the Year’ at British Forces in

Business Awards. Savills UK also retained its position as The Times

Graduate Employer of Choice for Property for the 19th consecutive

year. The Sustainable Design team also won the ‘Best Project or

Collaboration’ category at the Society of Digital Engineering (SDE)

Awards for its innovative digital workflow, Carbon Pioneer.

Savills Investment Management

Named ‘ESG Team of the Year’ at the Unlock

Net Zero Awards, for its overarching corporate

strategy and approach to sustainability. Savills

IM’s Cathedral Hill Industrial Estate project

in Guildford also won ‘Project of the Year’

at the CIBSE Building Performance Awards.

Savills IM’s Charities Property Fund team also

accepted two prestigious awards at AREF

and Charity Time Awards.

During 2025 Savills was recognised through 51 awards for Sustainability-related corporate

programmes or client projects. Of these, 25 were awarded for Climate-related initiatives,

16 for Culture and 10 for Community. Below are a sample of these awards:

41

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

Climate

Savills recognises the need for urgent action

by real estate owners and occupiers to help

address the climate crisis and support the

transition to a greener, more resilient economy.

Savills CDP (formally the ‘Carbon

Disclosure Platform’) score improved

in 2025 to ‘A–’ (from ‘B’ in 2024)

Savills Greenhouse Gas emissions

Scope 1 and 2 target of a 72%

reduction by 2030 remains on track

with a reduction as at the end of 2025

of 37.4% against the 2019 baseline

Emissions from Savills IM Assets

under Discretionary Management

reduced to 75,960 tCO

e in 2025 from

88,676 tCO

e in 2024, a 14% decrease

Progress on obtaining certified

renewable energy tariffs has been made

within 2025. For the UK, renewable

electricity tariffs account for 88%, and

in CEME 88% of electricity consumed

in offices now has a green tariff. In

North America, the Chicago office has

an energy tariff in place. The Savills

IM business has green tariffs covering

74% of electricity consumption. Green

tariffs have increased in Asia Pacific,

which now has 24% of the electricity

consumption in the offices

Increased use of efficient LED

lighting; for example, Savills UK

now has 66% of office space with

LED coverage (a 57% improvement

since 2024), North America has 72%

coverage (a 16% improvement from

the prior year) while Savills CEME has

85% coverage (an 8% improvement

since 2024)

110 Green Building certifications

are now held at Savills office

locations worldwide

Savills engaged with over 42% of

corporate suppliers (by spend),

equating to 140 companies engaged

via a third-party portal to share

detail of their decarbonisation

plans and programmes

Savills UK advised clients on the

planting over 2.1 million trees.

2025 HIGHLIGHTS

42

Some of the key actions to reduce our

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions within

our Net Zero plan include transitioning

to renewable energy, investing in

energy audits and efficiency such as

LED lights, transitioning Savills owned

and leased cars from petrol and diesel

over to electric vehicles (EVs) and

green leases.

READ MORE ABOUT SUMMARY OF PROGRESS

MADE ON THESE ACTIONS HERE:

PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_

CASE+STUDIES_NET+ZERO+PROGRESS.PDF

For Scope 3 reductions, key actions

within our Net Zero plan are to

engage with our corporate suppliers,

and work with our people to enable

the knowledge and skills needed

to move towards decarbonisation

collectively. We also use environmental

management systems such as ISO14001

and Green Building Certifications to

help support our journey.

READ MORE ABOUT OUR PROGRESS ENGAGE

WITH OUR CORPORATE SUPPLIERS HERE:

PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_

CASE+STUDIES_SUSTAINABILITY.PDF

Our strategy in action

The Board is responsible overall for

managing Sustainability and climate-

related risks and realising opportunities,

as detailed in the Governance section of

the TCFD disclosures on page 55.

Net Zero action

READ MORE ABOUT SUSTAINABILITY

STRATEGY AND POLICY SUMMARY HERE:

WWW.SAVILLS.COM/WHY-SAVILLS/

SUSTAINABILITY.ASPX

Savills maintained its focus on delivering

its commitment to achieving Net Zero

for its operations (Scope 1 and 2) in

2030 and for its value chain (Scope 3)

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by

2040. Separately Savills worked with the

Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi)

to validate near-term decarbonisation

targets; with as part of this, Savills being

recognised by the ‘Race to Zero’ and

‘Business Ambition for 1.5°C’ campaigns.

Savills near-term SBTi targets are:

Savills commits to reduce absolute

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 72% by

2030 from a 2019 base year

Savills also commits to reduce Scope

3 GHG emissions from purchased

goods and services 51.6% per million

GBP of value added by 2030 from a

2022 base year

Savills further commits to reduce

Scope 3 GHG emissions from client

assets managed in a discretionary

basis by Savills IM to 51.6% per square

meter within the same timeframe.

We were pleased to receive SBTi

validation for our near-term Net Zero

targets in 2024. Against these targets,

Savills greenhouse gas (GHG) Scope 1

and 2 target of 72% reduction is on track

to meet our 2030 goals with a decrease

achieved during the year, so that at the

end of 2025 GHG emissions had reduced

by 37.4% against the 2019 baseline.

Despite this, there remains much to do

and we remain focused on progressing

our decarbonisation journey.

READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS GROUP NET ZERO

TRANSITION PLAN HERE: PDF.SAVILLS.COM/

DOCUMENTS/GROUP-NET-ZERO-TRANSITION-

PLAN-2024.PDF

43

651,500

MWh of renewable energy was

procured for clients

16

new

sustainability

service lines

launched

117

pieces of sustainability

focused PR coverage across

63 different publications

101

Net Zero

carbon advisory

projects or

pathways

42

biodiversity

advisory

projects

148

on-going client

advisory and

27

public reporting

roles

44

climate risk

assessments

and

48

water

strategies

Savills Earth and wider

Sustainability

Savills Earth is a cohesive, client-focused collection of services that brings together

our global sustainability expertise, insights and technical capabilities. The team offer

streamlined access to a wide range of energy and sustainability consultancy services

and support our clients with making better decisions; whether that’s reducing carbon,

boosting biodiversity, enhancing social value, building resilience, or improving

operational sustainability and governance.

READ MORE ABOUT SAVILLS EARTH HERE:

WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/SECTORS/ENERGY--SUSTAINABILITY-AND-SOCIAL-VALUE.ASPX

94

Fitwel or WELL

Certifications

and

75

LEED

assessments

44

60

ESG due

diligence

projects

2.1

trees our

forestry teams

advised clients

on planting

205

BREEAM in Use

Certifications and

36

BREEAM

Assessments

69

CRREM

52

sustainable

design projects

125

social value

consultancy

projects

Savills Energy teams

supported on over

19.5GW of renewable

energy or energy

storage projects

Natural Capital team

provided advice to

clients supporting

enhanced biodiversity

or nature-based

solutions for land

covering over

30,000 hectares

67

speaking

engagements

24

webinars

and

advisory board

positions

45

2025 HIGHLIGHTS

Community

Over 12,700 voluntary hours including

468 pro-bono hours given during the

year across Savills

The equivalent of £1.5million donated

by the Group and combined Regional

Businesses to charities

Over 580 charitable causes

supported globally

Savills Sustainability activities were

recognised by over 51 different award

events globally, of these, 10 were

awarded for community-related

activities on page 41

Savills Hong Kong raised over

£195,000 for victims affected by the

tragedy at the Tai Po residential block

At UK Property Week ESG Edge

Awards, Savills Social Value Director

won ‘ESG Leader of the year’ and our

client Salford City Council, supported

by Savills Earth won the community

Engagement Regeneration Award.

Savills Earth and client Salford

City Council were also highly

commended for ‘Excellence in Real

Estate & Planning’ and ‘Creating

Capability’ categories.

People are at the heart of our business.

We aim to create a lasting positive social

impact on the local communities which we

impact through the way we engage with

them, the work we do and the charitable

initiatives we undertake to support them.

46

Each year, a range of social and

community-focused initiatives are

undertaken by Savills worldwide.

Every employee is encouraged

to provide social value through

volunteering, fundraising or pro-

bono activity. For example in 2025:

READ MORE ABOUT INITIATIVES SAVILLS HAVE BEEN PART

OF IN 2025 HERE: PDF.SAVILLS.COM/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_

CASE+STUDIES_SUSTAINABILITY.PDF

In Sweden and Czech

Republic, pro-bono work

provided valuation advisory

for a rehabilitation charity,

and job simulations for

students from socially

disadvantaged backgrounds.

800 employees also supported

wider volunteering initiatives

across Savills CEME.

Savills was also recognised at

the BESA 2025 Awards for its

work within the prison system,

where it developed a learning and

development programme focused

on rehabilitation and workforce

readiness. The initiative provides

meaningful skills training,

development pathways, and

hands-on experience, supporting

personal growth and long-

term reintegration. It stands

as a powerful example of how

the built environment sector

can contribute to lasting

social change.

Savills Hong

Kong provided

over 100 pro-

bono hours

of advice

and oversaw

the progress

of the Hong

Kong Water

Sports Council

Kai Tak Centre

Development

project.

Savills North America supported

Breakthrough T1D Real Estate

Games. Breakthrough T1D is

the leading global organisation

funding type 1 diabetes

(T1D) research.

Savills Investment Management’s

Hamburg office helped local

pupils from financially challenged

families by helping to ensure they

were equipped for the start of

the school year.

47

Culture

145 Diversity & Inclusion events were

held across our global office network,

up from 78 in previous year

Savills hosted 137 mental health

events, up from 86 in previous year

Savills Sustainability activities were

recognised by over 51 different award

events globally, of these 16 were

awarded for culture-related activities

on page 41

Savills UK retained 2nd ranking for

RateMyPlacement awards and 12th on

Inclusive Top 50 UK Employers List

Savills UK retained its position in

the Top 50 of the Social Mobility

Employer Index 2025, demonstrating

continued commitment to improving

inclusive growth and accessibility in

the property sector

Savills North America recognised

through 8 awards including: the

Women’s Leadership award by

the Los Angeles Business Journal;

Women of Influence award by

GlobeSt; Canadian Women in Real

Estate awarded by Connect CRE; New

Generation award by Connect CRE;

Power 100 award by the Commercial

Observer; Top Young Professionals

award by the Commercial Observer;

Influencers in CRE technology by

GlobeSt; and the Power Leaders in

real estate award by the South Florida

Business Journal.

READ MORE ABOUT INITIATIVES SAVILLS

HAVE BEEN PART OF IN 2025 HERE:

workplace, aiming to attract diverse

talent regardless of their background,

develop and support our people, and

always lead by example.

48

Our people

Helping our people to be the best by

providing an environment in which our

people can be their whole selves and can

flourish and thrive by:

Always looking to attract the best

talent, selecting new colleagues who

share our Company values

Encouraging an open, inclusive and

supportive culture in which every

individual is respected

Helping our people to excel through

appropriate learning and development

Sharing success and

rewarding achievement

Recognising that our people’s diverse

strengths combined with good

teamwork produce the best results

Believing that a rewarding workplace

inspires and motivates

Engaging with our people to

communicate our vision and

strategy through well-established

internal channels.

We showcase our employee offer to

attract professionals who will offer

exceptional service to our clients and

support business performance and

growth. We use a range of media and

channels to communicate with potential

candidates, talking about our culture,

values and opportunities.

We believe that in order to deliver our

strategy, it is essential that our people are

fully engaged and motivated.

Our employees’ wellbeing is fundamental

to this and, we continue to build on our

wellbeing programmes and activities

globally. We listen to and support the

needs of our people, ensuring honest,

open lines of communication to

enable our employees to stay positive,

connected and productive, while feeling

valued and supported.

We use multiple channels to

communicate and engage with

employees, including regular ‘Town Halls’

and roadshows, all-employee newsletters

and advisories, our intranet, and through

our digital platform which allows direct

employee communication (in local

languages) with Non-Executive Directors

(including the Chair) to allow employee

feedback to flow to the Board direct. We

also have an independently facilitated

‘Speak-up’, hotline to allow colleagues to

raise any concerns about our business

in confidence.

We believe in developing the capabilities

of all individuals to ensure that we attract,

retain and support a diverse range of

talent to ensure they reach their full

potential and grow their careers at Savills.

By investing in our people’s development

we provide all talent with the necessary

skills to perform and encourage everyone

to pursue opportunities for growth. In

doing so we support our employees to

develop and grow their careers.

The wellbeing of our people is

fundamental to our high-performing

and supportive culture. We have

established wellbeing programmes,

and provide a range of benefits,

services and support while

encouraging everyone to take a

proactive role in their own wellbeing.

We want our workplaces to have

a culture of openness and help

eradicate the stigma of mental health

through educational events, skill

building and awareness raising. In

2025, Savills continued to focus on

initiatives to raise awareness around

mental health and wellbeing.

READ MORE ABOUT OUR 2025 ACTIVITY HERE:

WELLBEING AT WORK

WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/CONTACT-US/

CAREERS/WHY-JOIN-US/WELLBEING-AT-

WORK.ASPX

MENTAL WELLBEING

WWW.SAVILLS.CO.UK/CONTACT-US/

CAREERS/WHY-JOIN-US/WELLBEING-AT-

WORK.ASPX

PHYSICAL WELLBEING

WORK.ASPX

FINANCIAL WELLBEING

WORK.ASPX

MENTAL HEALTH GLOBAL SUMMARY

CASE+STUDIES_MENTALHEALTH.PDF

By understanding the skills and

capabilities needed for growth and

to meet our business objectives, our

learning programmes are designed to

respond to specific development needs.

We deliver learning programmes to

reinforce and support the development of

our values and behaviours; for example,

in relation to ESG, financial crime risk,

Our Code of Conduct and data security

and data management. We continue to

provide learning and development in all

core areas: management and leadership,

client and business development,

personal effectiveness and professional

and technical capabilities.

Wellbeing and mental health

CHARITY RUN, HONG KONG

49

Our D&I objectives continue to focus on creating an inclusive culture where everyone feels valued, respected, and empowered to thrive at the

heart of our business. This work is underpinned by six key diversity and inclusion pillars covering: gender, social mobility, ethnicity, LGBTQ+,

disability and intergeneration. Some examples of 2025 activities relating to Savills Diversity & Inclusion pillars are below:

Our six diversity and inclusion pillars

DISABILITY

In 2025 Savills UK’s Disability Group hosted an

event to launch our partnership with the Sunflower

Charity, focusing on non-visible disabilities

Savills Germany supported the German youth

disabled sports association and national

paralympic committee

Savills Italy held two sessions working with Cascina

Biblioteca, a social cooperative group, focused

on engaging disabled people in society, as well as

PizzAut, a social enterprise supporting people with

autism in employment

Savills UK hold a certification as a Disability

Confident Committed Employer (Level 2) and aim

to achieve level 3 during 2026.

SOCIO ECONOMIC

Savills IM held a social mobility panel in partnership

with Real Estate Balance which included panel

members from The Good Economy, Better Society

Capital and Savills IM Sustainability Team. The

panel focused on how placemaking can deliver

social mobility

In the UK Savills engage with veterans, offering work

experience and mentoring and were recognised as

38th of 50 employers of Veterans

The UK are working with ‘Making the

Leap’ to support initiatives on social

mobility. Savills UK were also ranked

in the top 50 of organisations on the

Social Mobility Employers Index.

ETHNICITY

Savills globally supports Black History Month with

educational programmes highlighting key black

role models

In the UK, the Ethnicity group held an event alongside

clients and Savills IM, which featured spoken word,

authentic food and celebration of the Black culture.

It also launched its ‘Let’s Talk About Race’ module

North America’s Black Excellence United (BeU) group

hosted three inspirational workshops

In CEME, Germany celebrated Zero Discrimination

Day and German Diversity Day, as part of

commitments under the diversity charter.

LGBTQ+

Savills UK hosted a significant Pride celebration in

London in 2025 alongside a number of key clients as

part of Savills membership with Pride in Property

As part of LGBTQ+ History Month Savills UK

highlighted one inspirational person each week

Savills North America hosted a Pride Month panel

titled ‘The Evolution of Our Industry,’ featuring three

top innovators at Savills

The UK’s Property Management team LGBTQ+

History Month Conversation: ‘Being LGBTQ+ in 2025’,

looked at what’s come before, what’s inspired us and

continuing to provide a safe space.

GENDER

Around International Women’s Day (IWD), Savills

teams across APAC celebrated with a series of

engaging events. Savills India organised activities

focusing on gender equality, including a leadership

talk, a Women Industry Panel Discussion, a ‘She

for she’ leadership connect session, a ‘Women in

Focus’ session and a Women Appreciation Day

Savills Italy began undertaking steps towards a

Gender Equality Certification

In honour of Women’s History Month, North America

also held a panel on how to support women in the

workplace. Women Inclusion Network (WIN) also

held a company-wide ‘Together in Pink’ Day for

Breast Cancer Awareness.

INTERGENERATION

As part of 145 D&I events held within our global

offices, Savills UK hosted an event to mark

Intergenerational Week, supported by Savills UK’s

Age Group

Savills UK Menopause network continues to support

those going through menopause in our business

The UK Intergeneration

group held coffee roulette

events, linking those from

all ages and stages of their

career together to share

best practice.

50

Diversity and inclusion

Savills will strive to be a truly inclusive

employer by having the right inclusive

policies, learning and development,

leadership and recruitment principles in

place to ensure all employees and clients

are treated fairly and are able to be

their true, whole selves.

We aim to do this by working to:

attract the most diverse talent at

all stages of their careers from all

backgrounds

develop our diverse talent, ensuring

clear career paths

lead by example with our most senior

leaders setting an inclusive culture.

Our strategy is to embrace diversity and

provide a platform and a supportive

environment in which all our employees

can be the best they can be. Diversity

and inclusion remains a key priority

for the Board. With oversight from the

Board, we have continued to implement

our Diversity & Inclusion strategy.

We look to nurture an inclusive culture

in which difference is accepted and

valued. We believe that diversity of

thought, experience and background

at all levels gives us a competitive

advantage and underpins the success of

our business by giving us the ability to

select people of the highest quality from

the widest available pool of talent; this

makes Savills a better business.

We are committed to recruiting, developing

and retaining diverse talent which reflects

the communities in which we live and

work. We work together to bring out the

best in each other and to sustain the

strong working relationship ethic that

has nurtured our ‘can do’ attitude.

Our D&I objectives continue to focus

on creating an inclusive culture where

everyone feels valued, respected, and

empowered to thrive at the heart of

our business. This work is underpinned

by six key diversity and inclusion

pillars covering: gender, social mobility,

ethnicity, LGBTQ+, disability and

intergeneration. Some examples of 2025

activities relating to Savills Diversity &

Inclusion D pillars are on page 50.

In accordance with Companies Act

2006, as at 31 December 2025 our total

global workforce of 40,181 colleagues

comprised 21,572 males (54%) and

18,609 females (46%). Of these,

2,037 were senior executives (75%)

males, 663 (25%) females) comprising

members of the Group Executive

Board and Board members of the

corporate entities whose financial

information is incorporated in the

Group’s 2025 consolidated accounts

in this Annual Report, noting that the

business principally operates through

executive committees and teams with

the result that the boards of directors

of statutory entities across the Group

are not reflective of the management

or senior executive group.

During the year, the Company’s Board

of Directors comprised 10 members –

6 males and 4 female.

In accordance with the Equality Act

2010, Savills UK, as an employer

with 250 or more UK employees

publishes an annual gender pay

report (calculated in accordance with

the published requirements) on the

Savills UK’s website. Savills UK also

voluntarily publishes an ethnicity pay

report (and has done since 2019).

Gender balance

SAVILLS UK TAKE PART IN

MANCHESTER PRIDE PARADE

51

Our governance

Our reputation has been built on

our people and we believe that

employees whose behaviours reflect

our business philosophy deliver the

excellent client service that we strive

to provide. Our business philosophy

also captures our commitment to

ethical, professional and responsible

conduct and our entrepreneurial, value-

enhancing approach.

Our Code of Conduct sets out our

commitment to operate responsibly

wherever we work in the world, to

work professionally and with integrity

and to engage with our stakeholders

to manage the social, environmental

and ethical impact of our activities

in the different markets in which we

operate. We empower and support our

employees to always make the right

decisions consistent with this policy.

Our corporate conduct is based on our

commitment to act responsibly at all

times. We will uphold laws relevant to

countering bribery and corruption in all

the jurisdictions in which we operate.

To facilitate the Savills Board’s

assessment and monitoring of culture,

the Board adopted KPIs, set out on page

84 of the Governance Report.

Our approach to human rights

Savills is committed to conducting its

business ethically and in line with all

relevant legislation including human

rights laws. We fully support the

principles of UN Global Compact, the

UN Declaration of Human Rights and

the International Labour Organization’s

(‘ILO’) Core Conventions. Any breaches

of our Code of Conduct may be reported

in accordance with the Group’s Speak-

up procedure.

Modern slavery

We believe the risk of slavery or

human trafficking in the recruitment

and engagement of our employees

and supply chain is low. To ensure it

remains low, we have provided training

on modern slavery and taken steps to

make sure our staff and supply chain

partners are aware of the Act and

its requirements.

Speak-up

Savills Group is committed to

maintaining the highest ethical standards

and a culture of openness, integrity

and accountability in all its business

dealings and practices. Savills treats any

malpractice (i.e. fraud, bribery, illegal or

unethical conduct or wrongdoing) with

the upmost seriousness. Our people are

encouraged to raise any concerns they

may have about the conduct of others

in the business or the way the business

is run at an early stage and in an

appropriate way. Our Speak-up policy,

supported by third-party-managed

confidential reporting facilities in all

markets, enables employees to raise

any matters of concern, anonymously if

they so wish, and is embedded into our

business; it applies to employees and

supply chain partners of the Group’s

businesses worldwide.

READ MORE ABOUT MODERN SLAVERY AND

HUMAN TRAFFICKING STATEMENT HERE:

WWW.SAVILLS.COM/FOOTER/SLAVERY-AND-

HUMAN-TRAFFICKING-STATEMENT.ASPX

52

Our clients

Putting clients at the heart of

our approach

We provide best-in-class advice and

insights, exceptional client care and offer

long-term partnerships to every client

we serve.

This year we have strengthened the

foundations of our client strategy,

deepening relationships, enhancing

collaboration across geographies and

service lines, and embedding more

powerful insight-led tools to ensure we

remain trusted advisors.

Our focus has been on refining how we

care for clients, how we listen to them

and how we collaborate across Savills

to deliver the breadth and depth of

expertise they expect.

Client care excellence

In 2025, we further evolved our Client

Relationship Management programme to

ensure our clients benefit from a joined

up, personal and proactive experience.

Across our regions, client advocates

continue to maintain regular dialogue

with key accounts, ensuring we

understand their strategies, pressures,

and aspirations. These insights enable us

to bring forward the right specialists at

the right time, strengthening our role as

Client’s strategic partners.

This year’s evolution of our Key Client

Programme has introduced Cluster

Leads, creating senior leadership

stewardship across groups of

strategically important clients. This

has enhanced consistency, future

focused planning and opportunity

identification across regions.

Turning insight into action

In 2025 we continued to invest

in a multi layered client listening

programme designed to provide

meaningful intelligence and improve

client experience.

Our listening activities include:

In-depth business reviews with

senior leadership involvement

Post instruction and post

bid feedback, ensuring

immediate learnings

Mystery shopping, for consumer

facing teams

Independent third party feedback

sessions ensuring transparency

and rigour.

These diverse touchpoints give us a

richer understanding of client needs,

service expectations and emerging

challenges allowing us to act with speed

and precision. The integration of our

client insights tools this year has further

sharpened our ability to identify risk,

and spot growth opportunities early.

Client insights – powering

smarter decisions

Our clients across the UK, EMEA and

beyond increasingly seek integrated,

strategic advice. Through clusters,

insights, and global collaboration,

we’ve strengthened our ability to

deliver holistic solutions across

portfolio, sector and lifecycle which is

underpinned by our integrated client

insights platform. This technology

now supports not just strategic key

accounts but increasingly our wider

client base, ensuring no opportunity

is missed and client intelligence is

shared across the business.

Our ambition remains ambitious

yet simple: to be our clients’

trusted advisor – working in

partnership, listening deeply,

and delivering seamlessly.

The evolution of our client care

programme, the maturation of

our listening strategy, and the

expansion of our collaborative client

cluster model ensure we are better

positioned than ever to help clients

navigate market complexity and

make smarter property decisions.

Looking ahead

53

Reporting requirement

Relevant Policies and standards

Read more about our impact, including the principal risks relating to these matters

Page

Environmental matters

Environmental Policy

GHG emissions

TCFD reporting

Principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the business

64 to 68

55 to 63

31 to 39

Employees

Health and Safety Policy

Equality and Diversity Policy

Code of Conduct

Whistleblowing Policy

Group Chief Executive review – People

Business model

‘People’ section of Responsible business

‘Culture’ section of Responsible business

‘People and culture’ principal risk in the Principal and emerging

risks and uncertainties

s.172 (1) Companies Act statement – People

Corporate Governance Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

9

24

49

48 to 53

35

89

70 to 113

114 to 140

Human rights

Code of Conduct

Modern Slavery Statement

‘Culture’ section of Responsible business

48 to 53

Social matters

Modern Slavery Statement

Tax Strategy

Responsible business

40 to 52

Financial crime (anti-money laundering,

anti-bribery and corruption and compliance

with financial sanctions)

Whistleblowing Policy

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy

Corporate Governance Report

48 to 53

70 to 113

Outcome of non-financial policies

and standards

Carbon emissions reporting

Gender Diversity reporting in accordance

with the Corporate Governance Code 2018

40 to 52

70 to 113

Principal risks

Principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the business

31 to 39

Business model

‘Our business model’ section of the Strategic Report

24

Due diligence processes in place in

pursuance of promoting non-financial

policies and standards

All employees required to read and adhere

to the Code of Conduct

Whistleblowing reports reviewed by the Board

Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-financial

sanctions training and monitoring

52

Non-financial and sustainability information statement 2025

The table below sets out where stakeholders can find information in our Strategic Report that relates to non-financial matters detailed under section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS

54

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2025

Real estate and associated infrastructure

is responsible for over 40% of global

carbon dioxide emissions and global

building stock is expected to grow by

241 billion sq m, from 2020 to 2060,

with energy demand from the building

sector forecast to grow by 50% by 2050.

Savills is focused on climate-related risks

and working with its clients, suppliers

and the local communities on which its

operations impact, to deliver a more

sustainable future. Savills recognises the

need for urgent action by real estate

owners and occupiers to address the

climate crisis and rapidly transition

to a greener more resilient economy.

This TCFD Disclosure outlines the

climate-related risks and opportunities

that Savills has identified and the

associated actions and budgets in place

to, respectively, mitigate and position

the Group to realise these.

In this report we provide climate-

related financial disclosures consistent

with the UK Climate-related Financial

Disclosure Regulations. We have referred

to associated non-binding guidance

and also to the guidance issued by

the Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures.

Governance

The Board is responsible overall for

managing climate-related risks and

realising opportunities, as detailed in

the Governance section on page 52.

The Board is supported in this respect

by the Group Executive Board (GEB),

which is responsible for implementing

climate-related risk management plans,

addressing climate-related threats to

Savills business model and for identifying

and realising opportunities. In addition,

the Group Risk Committee and Group

Environmental Social & Governance

(ESG) Committee, supported by the

Savills TCFD Working Group, are

responsible for overseeing climate risk

assessment and other aspects of Savills

corporate sustainability and ESG agenda

and reporting into the GEB. The Board

and GEB both meet at least quarterly.

The Group ESG Committee meets at least

bi-annually and the Savills TCFD Working

Group meets at least annually.

The Board is updated on progress

against goals and targets regularly, and

at least annually considers the progress

made against our goals.

The Board and Board committees

are informed about climate-related

issues, including both climate risks and

opportunities, via written reports, formal

presentations and oral updates from

the Group Legal Director & Company

Secretary and the Group Sustainability

Director. Both the Group Legal Director

& Company Secretary and the Group

Sustainability Director have climate-

related actions within their KPIs, as

do GEB members and the Executive

Directors, including the Group CEO.

Climate-related issues, including

associated risks and opportunities,

are also considered when the Board

is reviewing strategy, budgets, major

plans of action, proposed investments,

capital expenditure and acquisitions.

An example of how this is embedded in

decision-making at an operational level

is that all new office leases or extensions

require sign-off from a Sustainability

perspective, as well as financial

perspective. Sustainability, specifically

climate risks and opportunities, are also

discussed within Board meetings and,

by the Group Risk Committee, as part of

the wider risk review process.

A copy of our Group Risk Policy

can be seen here:

pdf.savills.com/

Group+Risk+Management+Policy+2025.

pdf

. Examples of items discussed include

timely delivery of the Group’s Net Zero

targets and forthcoming regulation, for

example, Savills Australia within APAC are

reviewing forthcoming (ASRS) regulation

locally to understand the applicability.

As above, the Savills TCFD Working

Group and Group ESG Committee report

into the GEB and through it to the Board

and, as part of this reporting, highlight

climate-related items and associated

actions on page 31. The process by

which the Group ESG Committee and

Group Management are informed

about climate-related issues is through

the ESG Committees in each Principal

Business, which have TCFD as a key

agenda item regular ESG working group

sessions. ESG Groups in the Group’s

Principal Businesses (being Savills UK,

Savills CEME, Savills Asia Pacific, Savills

North America and Savills Investment

Management (‘Savills IM’)) develop

and manage programmes in those

businesses within the Group’s overall

TCFD framework.

55

The process adopted by each Principal

Business to manage physical and

transition risk is typically for the

management teams within the relevant

business to oversee any corresponding

action or agenda points made within

the relevant ESG Committee or via

designated TCFD action trackers. Key

climate-related actions and risks are

monitored and managed through these

ESG Committees which respectively

report to the Group ESG Committee

and the Savills TCFD Working Group,

with key messages then further

disseminated to management across

the Group as appropriate. The Heads

of the Principal Businesses have overall

climate-related responsibilities for their

businesses; with progress by Principal

Business against agreed targets

monitored and overseen by the Group

ESG Committee, which reports via

the Group Legal Director & Company

Secretary, to the GEB and the Board.

In September 2025 the Savills TCFD

Working Group session took place,

at this meeting it was confirmed that

the risks and opportunities identified

during the 2024 workshop, supported

by Willis Towers Watson (‘WTW’), had

not changed and that these remained

consistent for 2025.

Strategy and risk management

Interface between climate-

related risks and overall

risk management

Savills Group processes for managing

climate-related risks are outlined in

the Governance section above, and

are also captured in Savills wider risk

management approach and enterprise

risk management system (‘ERM’) on

page 31. For more information on the

Group’s material existing and emerging

risks see Principal and emerging risks

section on page 33.

The materiality assessment for TCFD

is based on an integrated view of the

impact and likelihood of occurrence

for each risk and opportunity.

Climate-related risks continue to be

evaluated as part of the Group’s risk

identification, review and assessment

process for principal and emerging

risks which is undertaken biannually

by the Group Risk Committee on

page 31. The TCFD materiality process

is also integrated within the Group’s

wider risk management processes; the

Group’s Risk Register has high-level

summary risks covering ‘Environment

and Sustainability’ and ‘Corporate ESG

including Diversity & Inclusion’ with

further details on climate-related issues

managed within specific TCFD and ESG

risk documentation and through the Risk

Registers of the Principal Businesses.

Climate-related risks and opportunities

are integrated into current decision-

making and strategy formulation, for

example, in creating and reviewing

strategies for lower carbon, more energy

efficient operations. The Chief Financial

Officers within each Principal Business

review annually the materiality of the

risks and opportunities locally and

provide forecast costs totals for relevant

risk mitigation, these figures can be

seen within TCFD risk mitigation and

adaptation budgets section below. The

Savills TCFD Working Group, responsible

for overseeing the climate scenario risk

assessment, includes the Group Risk

Director and the Group Sustainability

Director within its membership. The

climate risk assessment adopts other

elements used in the broader Savills

risk assessment categories including:

description of the risk and time

horizon (identification);

impact-likelihood rating (the

evaluation enabling prioritisation);

mitigating actions and controls

(mitigation); and

future action plans and risk owner

(monitoring).

As part of this process, each risk is

given an inherent and residual risk score

and a ‘go-forward mitigation plan’ is

developed, which is then cascaded

down and managed accordingly by the

relevant business or teams. The results

are integrated into ERM reporting and

ongoing identification, assessment

and management of climate-related

risks. The TCFD materiality process is

integrated within the Group’s wider Risk

Management process and methodology.

The Group’s Risk Register has a high-

level summary risk covering items

within TCFD called ‘Environment and

Sustainability’ on page 31. Existing and

emerging regulatory requirements

related to climate change as well as

other relevant factors are considered

as part of this process.

During workshops in 2024, physical

risk assessments drew on modelling

using WTW’s Climate Diagnostic tool,

whereas transition risk elicited risk

ratings from internal subject experts,

including representatives from the

Principal Business and members of the

Savills TCFD Working Group through

the following process:

1.

Research and review of

assumptions for the scenarios

2.

Research and update of risk

articulation to incorporate

developments from last assessment

3.

Workshop, involving cross-function

set of internal subject experts

to agree on impact, likelihood,

timeframes and mitigations for risks

and opportunities.

DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS

56

The intention is for a full review, similar

to this, to be undertaken every three

years. In the intervening period the

risks and opportunities identified

are considered each year by the

Savills TCFD Working Group, with

any required updates included in the

latest annual TCFD report. Following

the TCFD review workshop in 2024,

the Savills TCFD Working Group

confirmed the overarching Group risks

and opportunities, as outlined below

in Summary of risks and opportunities

identified section. These risks and

opportunities were confirmed to have

remained the same for 2025 during

the September 2025 TCFD Working

Group session.

Scenario analysis

In order to explore the business risks and

opportunities, Savills, with the support

of WTW, undertook climate scenario

analysis against two scenarios for climate

risk. The two scenarios have average

temperature rises of 1.5⁰C and 4⁰C

respectively and are designed to identify

physical and transition risks together

with the time horizon in which they are

most likely to occur and the potential

financial impact on Savills strategy.

Physical risks stem from changes in the

natural environment, such as heat stress

or windstorms. In contrast, transition

risks, which can also bring opportunities,

emerge because of the shift towards a

low-carbon economy.

These transition risks can be further

classified into policy and legal,

technology, market and reputational

risks. Short, medium and long-term

time horizons of 2030, 2040 and 2050

were selected, respectively. These were

chosen based on strategic planning

horizons for the Group, as well as the

timelines over which climate risks

are currently expected to manifest.

Transition risks were not assessed

past 2040 due to a lack of credible

assumptions on which to base analysis.

Similarly, physical risk was only assessed

on short and long-term time horizons

reflecting the availability of supporting

data to differentiate these time horizons

from a medium-term time horizon. Group

materiality incorporates a combined

view of the considered impacts across

the Principal Businesses.

For this assessment climate scenario

analysis was utilised, these climate

scenarios are based on the IPCC’s

Representative Concentration Pathways

(RCP) from their Fifth Assessment

Report (AR5), mapped to the latest IPCC

AR6 report’s Shared Socioeconomic

Pathways (SSPs). There is a high degree

of certainty that some combination of

climate risks will materialise, however

the exact outcomes are uncertain and

dependent on short-term actions by

the global community. Scenario analysis

provides a flexible ‘what if’ framework

for exploring risks, allowing for economic

outcomes and financial risks under a

range of different future pathways.

1.5°C scenario

Emissions follow the IPCC SSP1 –

RCP1.9/2.6 scenario, which is associated

with 1.5°C temperature rise from pre-

industrial times by the end of the

century. The scenario assumes stringent

carbon taxation, stricter building codes

and public and private investment in

low-emission technologies. The scenario

outlines high transition risk in the

short term associated with aggressive

mitigation actions to reduce emissions.

As a result of the transition, physical

risks are less severe and somewhat

similar to the current climate.

> 4°C scenario

In this high-emissions pathway,

emissions follow the IPCC SSP5 – RCP8.5

scenario, which is associated with +4°C

temperature rise from pre-industrial

times by the end of the century. The

Scenario assumes low transition risk in

the short and long term as the world

fails to transition to a low-carbon

economy, while physical risks become

increasingly frequent and severe in

the long term.

Summary of risks and

opportunities identified

Materiality scoring for Savills TCFD risks

and opportunities adopted the below

scoring criteria:

Event will probably occur in most

circumstances, >70% – ‘Likely’

Event should occur at some time, 20 –

70% – ‘Possible’

Event could occur at some time, but

exceptional, 0 – 20% – ‘Unlikely’

The following financial scales have

been used to determine the materiality

of the identified climate risks and

opportunities, which are in line with

our ERM process. Potential to impact %

proportion of Group underlying profit

before tax:

‘Very Low’: <2%

‘Low’: 2 – 5%

‘Medium’: 5 – 10%

‘Severe’: >10%

When the risks and opportunities were

identified by each Principal Business, we

found commonalities between them all.

Group materiality therefore incorporates

a consolidated view of the considered

impacts across the Group.

57

Risk type

Risk

Risk description

Impact assessment

Risk score

Physical risk assessment

Timeframe most material

Short

Long

Acute

Increased frequency and

severity of extreme weather

events, such as cyclones,

hurricanes, heat waves,

wildfires and floods

The financial impact

associated to contents

damage and business

interruption for

acute hazards.

Due to the leasehold tenure of Savills offices, it is anticipated

that there will be minimal financial impact to Savills in terms of

losses arising out of property damage caused by physical climate

risk. However, there may be some increase in costs caused

by acute perils leading to damage to contents, equipment, or

utilities in offices, possible business interruption if employees are

temporarily unable to work from impacted offices and increased

physical risk insurance costs and/or risk retentions due to the

potential non-availability of ‘ground-up’ insurance.

Low

Low

Chronic

Longer-term shifts in weather

patterns, which may cause

increasing frequency of heavy

rain and windstorms, rising

sea levels and heat stress

The impact of operational

disruption, including

possible downtime, due

to chronic hazards.

Low

Low

Transition risk assessment

Timeframe most material

Short

Medium

Policy

Pricing of greenhouse

gas emissions

Higher costs as a result of

new policies e.g. carbon

taxation. The risk explores

regulatorily enforced carbon

tax and policy tariffs.

The costs associated with this risk relate to carbon pricing

through carbon taxes and other policy tariffs.

Very low

Very low

Enhanced climate-related

disclosure requirements and

reporting obligations

Increased compliance costs

in response to enhanced

regulator and investor

climate-related disclosure

and reporting requirements.

Savills global presence may expose the business to the cost of

meeting new environmental reporting obligations. The financial

impact of increased climate-related disclosures is not expected

to exceed a ‘low’ level, as Savills has established processes in

place to track and meet regulatory reporting requirements.

Low

Changes in building efficiency

standards (Real Estate)

Disruption to Savills operations

and services, as well as higher

compliance costs, due

to stricter building

efficiency standards.

Savills offices are leased, although Savills may incur additional

costs when renting new spaces or increased costs from landlords

transitioning to new standards. The impact is anticipated to be

minor for both short and medium-term horizons.

In relation to assets held in funds managed by Savills IM, ensuring

that fund assets meet future minimum standards may result in

additional asset management costs at fund level, however, this

cost is burdened by investors in the given funds, so the overall

risk to Savills is deemed to be ‘very low’.

Very low

Very low

58

Risk type

Risk

Risk description

Impact assessment

Risk score

Transition risk assessment

Short

Medium

Reputation

Investment risk

Increased stakeholder

concern or negative

stakeholder feedback.

Current investor sentiment suggests a continuing increasing

focus on ESG considerations. In Savills terms, the risk is assessed

as ‘low’, reflecting the mitigation plans that Savills has in place,

moving to ‘very low’ for the medium term.

Very low

Employee risk

Impact of Savills approach

to sustainability on ability

to attract and retain the

best talent.

Employees may increasingly consider Savills approach to

sustainability and climate change as a significant factor in

accepting offers of employment and/or deciding to remain

with Savills (in terms of for example job satisfaction). As a result,

higher turnover of employees could occur from 2030 if Savills

does not meet its 2030 sustainability targets. Reflecting the

plans and mitigations in place, this risk is deemed to be ‘low’

in the short and long terms.

Market

Loss of clients

Failure to adapt to clients

sustainability concerns

and values resulting in loss

of business.

As more of Savills clients commit to becoming Net Zero by 2030

or 2050, they will increasingly demand sustainability expertise to

help them achieve these goals. If Savills fails to respond to these

developments in client focus it could see reduced income and

lose market share. Mitigation is in place for this risk.

Specialist skills shortage

Demand for green skilled

workers outpacing availability.

As the global economy shifts to a more sustainability focused

landscape, there is a risk that there will be a shortage of

appropriately skilled workers, as a result of the rapid increase

in demand for ‘green’ skills outpacing the supply of workers

with the necessary expertise. As Savills already has a strong

sustainability offering and continues to invest in expanding its

sustainability teams and through training across its business,

this risk is assessed as being ‘low’ in the short term and ‘very

low’ in the medium term.

59

Risk Type

Risk

Risk Description

Impact Assessment

Risk Score

Short

Long

Technology

Substitution of existing

technologies for lower

emission options

Increased capital expenditure

requirements in order to

transition to new lower

emissions technology to

satisfy market expectations

and facilitate the meeting of

Savills decarbonisation targets.

Risk relates to the scale and cost of investment associated with

decarbonisation, for example the cost of phasing out inefficient

systems (e.g. lighting, HVAC systems, gas heating and other

appliances or equipment). Costs are also associated with

adoption of smart building solutions, renewable energy tariffs

and electric vehicles. In a Savills context the costs associated

with this risk are deemed to be ‘low’ in the short term and

‘very low’ in the longer term reflecting the leased nature of

Savills office portfolio and for example the already established

requirement that Savills offices take advantage of ‘green’

energy solutions (e.g. ‘green electricity tariffs’).

Opportunity assessment

Short

Medium

Market

Access to new markets

and Development and/or

expansion of low-emission

goods and services

Opportunity for increased

revenue and market share

due to greater client and

regulatory demand for

sustainable buildings

and services.

Increasing client and regulatory demand for sustainable

buildings and services could enable Savills to increase market

shares, building on its well established ESG service provision.

Savills has an opportunity to become a leading provider of

real estate sustainability and wider climate transition-related

consultancy services. This opportunity is deemed to have

‘medium’ impact in the long term.

Medium

60

Evaluation of resilience

1.5 Degrees – risks and

opportunities

Under the 1.5°C scenario, Savills strategy

is assessed as being resilient to the

impacts of both physical and transition

risks of a low-carbon economy, with

most risks assessed as ‘very low’ or ‘low’.

Savills assessed that the opportunity

presented was ‘Medium’ in the longer

term in terms of new revenue streams

that could be generated, for example,

from greater client and regulatory

demand for sustainable buildings and the

expansion of sustainability consultancy

services. The most material transition

risks under this scenario are assessed on

average as being ‘low’ in 2030 and ‘low’

or ‘very low’ in 2040 and are as follows:

1.

Reputation:

there is a risk of brand/

reputational damage and stakeholder

concern/negative feedback if

sustainability expectations are not met;

2.

Market:

there is a risk of revenue

loss if Savills is unable to meet

client requirements for real estate

services incorporating sustainability

considerations and if service

providers should not have the

necessary expertise;

3.

Technology:

there is a risk of

existing products and services being

substituted with lower-emissions

options with a consequent reduction

in revenues if Savills is unable to

meet evolving client requirements;

In terms of the below 1.5°C scenario for

physical risks, there was modelled to

be a ‘low’ risk, for which mitigation is

in place.

4 Degrees – risks and

opportunities

Only physical risks were assessed under

the high emission (>4°C) scenario. The

increase in frequency and severity of the

physical perils assessed increases under

this scenario. Savills risk for some perils

remains the same whilst others increased

slightly, however overall both acute and

chronic risks were considered to be ‘low’

in terms of the analysis undertaken. In

relation to Savills IM, assets held on behalf

of investors in its discretionary managed

funds have some exposure to high flood

risk and heat stress, as well as moderate

storm risk, and these risks are projected

to increase in the long term. To build

in resilience, Savills IM is undertaking

detailed assessments of higher-risk assets

currently held within its discretionary

managed funds. These assessments

include EU Taxonomy aligned adaptation

plans. Savills IM has also published its

‘Approach to Climate Resilience’, using

the Better Buildings Partnership climate

resilience guidance; this includes the

development of a toolkit to ensure

adaptations to individual assets support

city level resilience measures. Where

adaptation measures are not able to be

implemented, Savills IM will consider

divesting from these assets, however, this

is considered a last resort option.

Savills has identified that it will further

reduce its exposure to these risks and

look to realise potential opportunities

through the following actions:

remaining committed to Group goals

of Net Zero for our Scope 1 and 2

carbon emissions by 2030 and for

our Scope 3 emissions by 2040.

Separately Savills has Science-Based

Targets (SBTi) validated near-term

decarbonisation targets, with the aim

of being consistent with a no greater

than 1.5°C temperature increase;

Savills will continue to invest

further in the development of the

Group’s client sustainability offering

across its Regional Businesses

in particular by building out the

‘Savills Earth’ offering, and our

energy and sustainability combined

services. This will be complemented

by appropriate learning and

development programmes to ensure

that knowledge of climate-related

risks is embedded in all relevant teams

to allow Savills teams to meet client

requirements; and

Savills will continue to invest in

technology solutions and strategic

partnerships with, or acquisitions

of firms offering climate-change-

related services and solutions both

to better serve its clients changing

demands and to reduce its own

carbon footprint.

TCFD risk mitigation and

adaptation budgets

The Savills TCFD Working Group used

the findings summarised above to

analyse the resilience of Savills business

model and strategy to climate change,

taking into consideration different

climate-related scenarios. In addition,

consolidating the estimates provided

by the ESG Groups in the Principal

Businesses, the TCFD Working Group

developed financial costing in relation

to risk mitigation for TCFD, which is

outlined below (for the avoidance of

doubt excluding costs in relation to

assets managed by Savills IM under the

terms of its discretionary investment

management appointments). The

assumptions applied in developing

these cost estimates are in particular

highly sensitive to changes in regulation,

energy costs and offset costs.

TCFD is integrated into Savills wider

financial planning processes. Any factors

underpinning the risks or opportunities

which are interdependent and could

impact on Savills ability to create

value over time and deliver its growth

plans are considered and addressed

accordingly, following the processes

outlined in the TCFD Governance section

above. During 2025, actions relating to

TCFD have been undertaken within each

of the Principal Businesses; for example,

actions relating to the implementation

and delivery of Net Zero plans and ESG

learning and development programmes

for employees.

61

The below figures represent an estimated forecast costing of risk mitigation and adaptation plans included within financial and business plans, set against estimated total

Savills cost projections, over the ‘medium term’ (i.e. the period from 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2029). As the mitigation and adaptation actions include both physical and

transition risk the costs are based on a combined view considering both scenarios outlined above.

I.

For comparison purposes, a total Group forecast cost base was estimated covering a 4 year period based on business plans.

II. Underlying budget figures were rounded and are estimated for a 4 year period and are therefore subject to change over time.

III.

A shadow internal price on carbon is under consideration by the Group; in the interim, for the purposes of this report the assumed cost of carbon off-sets at 2030 was £150 per tonne of CO

e.

Estimates have also been developed for potential value of the climate-related opportunity which was identified over the ‘short’ and ‘medium’ terms. The financial figures

relating to the climate market changes and associated opportunities are subject to continuous review and are in particular highly sensitive to market developments and are

commercially sensitive and, therefore, have not been reported in detail. However, these provide significant additional revenue opportunity, with the value of the opportunity

estimated to significantly outweigh the total costs of mitigating climate change-related risks.

Regional area / Business

TCFD-related costs for risk

mitigation covering period from

start of 2026 up to end 2029.

Presented as % of total cost

base over the ‘short term’

TCFD-related costs for risk

mitigation covering period from

start of 2025 up to end 2029.

Presented as % of total cost

base over the ‘short term’

Explanation of TCFD mitigation and adaptation budgets

UK

0.06

0.07

Example actions budgeted for include:

Annual increase in insurance premiums, attributed to climate change

Increased M&E to ensure climate control within offices

Actions relating to Regional Net Zero plans, to minimise carbon offsetting

ESG training for employees

Transitioning company cars to EVs

Regional monitoring of emerging regulation

Implementation of Internal and external communication strategies

Support for individual office initiatives

Development of in-house talent

APAC

0.05

0.02

0.04

0.03

CEME

0.33

0.31

Savills IM

0.24

0.26

Group Total

0.1

II

0.1

Total estimated cost is rounded and inclusive of estimated off-set costs.

III

62

Metrics and targets

The methodology for target setting and progress tracking, including the metrics which are outlined below, is that targets are proposed and then progress considered within

both the Group ESG Committee and the TCFD Working Group, with the outcomes from these reviews being recommended to the GEB and Board for adoption, and then

managed, as appropriate. As outlined above, the process to manage physical and transition risk is typically for the teams within each Principal Business to project manage any

corresponding actions agreed by the relevant ESG Committees or highlighted through designated TCFD action trackers. Metrics used by Savills to assess climate-related risks

and opportunities in line with Group strategy and the Group risk management process include:

Performance on material climate-related issues are linked into remuneration considerations, forming part of the KPIs which are reviewed at annual employee appraisals and,

therefore, linked to bonus allocation. This covers key staff responsible for climate-related issues, including, but not limited to, the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief

Financial Officer, Group Legal Director & Company Secretary and the Group Sustainability Director.

Risk type

Target

2025 Progress

Further information

Policy & Legal

Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions

72% by 2030 from a 2019 base year.

This target is on track with a current reduction

of 37.4% against the 2019 baseline.

GHG metrics are summarised within the GHG reporting

section of this report on page 64. This metric is monitored

to check exposure to GHG emissions and, therefore, future

carbon prices along with link to success against Savills Net

Zero targets.

Reduce Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased

goods and services 51.6% per million GBP of value

added by 2030 from a 2022 base year; and reduce

Scope 3 GHG emissions from investments 51.6%

per square meter within the same timeframe.

Savills have made progress against their

validated near-term SBTi targets and disclosed

their performance.

SBTi target progress is summarised within the GHG

reporting section of this report on page 68.

Aim to achieve 100% electricity purchasing

from renewable sources by 2030 for our offices,

where available.

The proportion of total electricity purchased at

Savills global office locations from renewable

sources in 2024 was 48%, in 2025 this changed

to 57%.

Savills continues to work to increase the number of

renewable tariffs utilised, where they are available globally.

Read more on this here:

pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_Case+Studies_

Net+Zero+Progress.pdf

Market

Expenditure and investment deployed toward

climate-related risks and opportunities (£).

These figures are subject to an annual review.

Budgets for mitigation costs from 2026 up to end 2029 for

risks identified are outlined within the table on page 62.

Reputation

Savills operations with a Net Zero Transition

pathway in place: to maintain 100% coverage.

100% coverage.

Savills is implementing a Group Net Zero Transition Plan

which covers the global operations. Read more on this here:

pdf.savills.com/documents/Group-Net-Zero-Transition-

Plan-2024.pdf

. In addition each Principal Business has its

own Net Zero roadmaps against which progress is formally

reviewed by management twice a year.

63

Our disclosures

Greenhouse gas emissions

Our greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions

statement includes all emission sources

required under the Companies Act

2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’

Reports) Regulations 2013 and

the Companies (Directors’ Report)

Regulations 2018 for the financial year

to 31 December 2025.

Reporting methodology

We report our GHG emissions using

the revised edition of the GHG Protocol

Corporate Accounting and Reporting

Standard, the GHG Protocol Scope 2

Guidance, the GHG Protocol Corporate

Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard

and the UK Government Guidance

on Streamlined Energy and Carbon

Reporting (‘SECR’). Our reporting

boundary is based on an operational

control approach and includes emissions

from Savills plc and Group subsidiaries

with a majority shareholding. Savills’

Basis of Reporting 2025 document

sets out the full details of our reporting

methodology including coverage,

boundaries and emissions factors.

The details can be found here:

www.savills.com/why-savills/Basis-of-

Reporting-2025.pdf

Scope 1 and 2 emissions

Reported Scope 1 emissions include

emissions from fuel consumption by

the Group’s owned and leased vehicles,

refrigerant and the combustion of fuels

within our offices. Scope 2 emissions

are reported using both ‘market-based’

and ‘location-based’ methodologies and

relate to the consumption of purchased

electricity, heat, steam and cooling in

offices where Savills has operational

control. Savills has a network of 284

Savills offices and over 400 offices

managed by our representatives and

associates globally. Out of the total

700 locations, the 284 Savills “own”

offices fall under the reporting Scope

as Savills has operational control, being

the ability to introduce and implement

Savills operating policies. The majority of

other offices, over 400, are associates,

rather than Group companies which are

consolidated into the Group accounts,

and are accordingly outside the

organisational boundary. Some remaining

offices are serviced offices and therefore

also outside of the operational boundary.

In addition to absolute GHG emissions

metrics, we report two standardised

intensity metrics that enable comparisons

of our regional performance and year-

on-year results. These are Scope 1 and 2

‘market-based’ emissions per £ million

of revenue and Scope 1 and 2 ‘location-

based’ emissions intensity of our offices

per square metre floor area.

The floor area GHG intensity ratio

excludes emissions from fuel

consumption of our business owned

and leased vehicles to enable direct

comparison of operational energy

efficiency of our premises.

Scope 3 emissions

Reported Scope 3 upstream emissions

include purchased goods and services

(including water consumption), capital

goods, waste generated in operations,

business travel in vehicles not owned,

leased or controlled by the Group,

employee commuting and fuel and

energy-related emissions that are not

captured in Scopes 1 and 2.

In 2025 we have undertaken significant

work with our Principal Businesses to

refine our Scope 3 analysis by improving

data collection processes across our

global operations. In particular, we are

improving the coverage of activity

data for business travel and have

been working with global finance

teams to improve the consistency and

comparability of procurement and

supplier data used for assessing the

greenhouse gases through the supply

chain. We will be refining this further

throughout the coming year in order to

improve the efficiency of data collection

processes and reducing the need for

extrapolation where possible.

During 2025 we undertook a project to

investigate alternative sets of emissions

factors for assessing our procurement

and capital investment emissions.

Up until this year we used the Exiobase

dataset which is scientifically robust

but not provided with support and

regular updates. After a review we

have moved to the SWC dataset of

emission factors which has greater detail

in the categories of our procurement

spend and has regularly updated and

transparent emissions factors. We

are also working towards developing

methods to incorporate supplier-specific

emissions data into our assessments

so that we can track savings generated

through engagement with suppliers.

This process resulted in the need to

rebaseline and restate our procurement,

capital assets and total Scope 3

emissions but has not affected our

SBTi targets or progress towards them.

The rebaselining exercise has resulted

in a 5% decrease of our 2022 Scope 3

greenhouse gas emissions.

Reported Scope 3 downstream

emissions relate to Savills IM’s real estate

Assets under Discretionary Management

(‘AUM’) and cover all core and core plus

equity discretionary funds and mandates

excluding those that are scheduled to

wind-down by 2030 or those held for

less than 2 years from first close at the

point of reporting. While Savills IM has

discretionary control, it is important

to note that a significant number of

the asset leases are of a ‘full repairing

and insuring’ nature, which presents

a challenge when it comes to data

collection and opportunities for energy

reduction interventions.

64

1.

Data is derived from and is made available under

the terms of our agreement with Small World

Consulting Ltd. SWC_MRIO v3.0 Emissions

Factors, released 20.01.26.

2.

Discretionary mandates apply to situations

where Savills IM is granted discretion by the

third party to make investment decisions

(such as which assets to buy and sell, in

addition to asset management activities such

as development, fit-out, refurbishment and

leasehold transactions) without seeking prior

approval from that third party.

3.

This scope excludes debt funds, alternate

strategies such as value-add, and non-property

alternate asset classes. It also excludes advisory

mandates, where investment decisions are made

by a third party. The 2-year exclusion extends to

mergers and acquisitions to existing funds.

Savills IM emissions for 2025 included

77% of estimated data using the Deepki

ESG Index. The prior year data has

been restated using actual energy

consumption collected data where this

could be obtained, with 25% estimation.

During the year, Savills IM revised the

discretionary AUM relating to the Group

science-based target. Moving forward

the definition excludes any funds that will

no longer be under the management of

Savills IM in the target year, 2030. This

adjustment ensures that funds currently

in liquidation, or scheduled to wind-down

over the next five years, do not distort

progress toward the target, as they will

naturally fall out of scope by 2030. Savills

IM remains focused on its commitment to

decarbonise new and existing funds by

feasible means, with particular emphasis

on its active discretionary funds where it

has most influence.

Performance and trends

In 2025, our absolute Scope 1 and 2

‘market-based’ emissions totalled 5,088

tonnes CO

e, which is a 13.3% (781

tonnes CO

e) reduction against our 2024

emissions. This reduction is attributed to

a 36% decrease in natural gas and onsite

diesel usage and an increase in the

uptake of green tariffs. The Group used

25,408 MWh of energy, a 2% increase

on last year, comprising a 2% decrease

in fuel consumption and a 4% increase

in electricity usage. Although energy

consumption rose slightly this reflects

business growth and was accompanied

by a similar increase in numbers of

offices and floorspace. Actions taken

include the removal of a diesel generator

in Spain, switching more company cars

to EVs, particularly in the Asia Pacific

region and much wider uptake of

Renewable Energy Certificates across

Savills CEME and Savills Asia Pacific.

On an intensity basis, our Scope 1 and

2 ‘location-based’ GHG emissions per

office floor space reduced 5% since

2024 and 29% from our 2019 baseline.

Our GHG financial intensity metric,

expressed as GHG emissions per £

million revenue, has seen a reduction of

18% from 2024 and 53% from the 2019

baseline. These metrics reflect continual

improvement in managing our energy

consumption and associated carbon

emissions. Key measures implemented

and underway to reduce our Scope 1 and

2 GHG emissions include: LED lighting

replacements, energy audits, promoting

behavioural changes to eliminate energy

wastage, procurement of renewable

electricity and replacement of our

owned and leased vehicles with zero

or low-emission alternatives. To read a

summary of progress made on these

actions over the year go here:

pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_

Case+Studies_Net+Zero+Progress.pdf

Savills Net Zero Transition plan

(

pdf.savills.com/documents/Group-

Net-Zero-Transition-Plan-2024.pdf

)

details our strategy towards long-

term decarbonisation and SBTi GHG

reduction targets.

We are currently on track to deliver the

targeted 72% reduction in Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 2030 target with a current

reduction of 37.4% against our 2019

baseline. In 2025, actual or estimated

Scope 1 and 2 emissions data was

reported for all offices where we have

operational control. Reported energy and

GHG emissions data includes estimates

where actual data was unavailable. Due to

a significant effort this year to engage

with landlords to collect actual data,

the proportion of estimated data has

decreased by 11% points when compared

to 2022; it remains a key priority to

strive for improved data accuracy.

The 2025 Scope 3 emissions totalled

224,328 tonnes CO

e, including our

upstream emissions from business

operations and the downstream

Discretionary AUM emissions. These

Discretionary AUM emissions were

75,960 tonnes CO

e reflecting a decrease

of 14.3% from 2024 levels. To drive energy

savings, Savills IM has implemented a

number of initiatives on selected assets;

the key initiative which has delivered

the widest-spread success has been

cloud-based optimisation software for

HVAC systems, which enable Building

Management Systems to receive optimal

setpoints in real time. Emissions in three

of Savills IM’s key investment regions: UK,

Italy and Germany, also saw a reduction

related to updated emissions factors.

This reduction was primarily driven by

the increased renewable energy capacity

within national grids, which has lowered

reliance on fossil fuels.

Our upstream Scope 3 emissions

totalled 148,368 tonnes CO

e,

an increase of 10.5% since 2022.

Most emission categories are fairly

consistent with, to the prior year, as

a large proportion of these emissions

are associated with emissions from

procurement and employee commuting

patterns. Both of these areas remain

challenging to address, however, during

2025 we made significant efforts to

engage with our top spend suppliers

and encourage decarbonisation

of our supply chain. Page 6 of

pdf.savills.com/49935+SAVILLS+AR25_

Case+Studies_Sustainability.pdf

Measures taken to address employee

commuting include an EV salary sacrifice

scheme offering free charging point

installation and a cycle to work scheme.

65

Corporate GHG emissions,

tonnes CO

e

2021

2020

2019

change vs 2019

Scope 1 (Direct)

1,864^

2,170*

1,921

1,691

1,869

1,794

1,775

5%

Scope 2 (Indirect, market-based)

3,224^

3,700*

4,240

4,989

4,783

5,386

6,358

-49.3%

Total Scope 1 and 2

5,088^

5,869*

6,160

6,679

6,652

7,180

8,133

-37.4%

Scope 2 (Indirect, location-based)

5,126^

5,055*

5,772

5,462

5,280

5,847

6,719

-23.7%

GHG financial intensity ratio

(tonnes CO

e / £ million revenue)

1.99

2.44

2.75

2.91

3.10

4.13

4.25

-53.1%

GHG intensity ratio of our offices

(tonnes CO

e / m

)

0.034

0.036

0.036

0.039

0.040

0.042

0.048

-29%

2021

2020

2019

change vs 2022

Scope 3 upstream, estimate

3

148,368

140,515*

140,558*

134,282*

Nr

nr

nr

10.5%

Scope 3 downstream, estimate

75,960

88,676*

91,746*

86,854*

Nr

nr

nr

-12.5%

Total Scope 3

224,328

229,191

232,304

221,136

Nr

nr

1.4%

Grand Total

229,416

235,060

238,464

227,815

Nr

0.7%

Corporate energy use, kWh

2021

2020

2019

change vs 2019

Total energy use

25,408,245^

24,906,957

24,639,864

24,006,442

22,864,166

24,568,470

25,938,309

-2%

Data coverage

(offices reporting data

284

(100%)

265

(100%)

281

(100%)

276

(100%)

279

(100%)

285

282

(92%)

1.

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions and GHG financial intensity ratio are calculated using the market-based Scope 2 emissions.

2.

GHG intensity ratio of our offices is calculated using the location-based Scope 2 emissions.

3.

This disclosure is partial; as we continue to work to improve our understanding of our Scope 3, our final figures are expected to be higher. With the exception of Savills IM AUM, downstream emissions covering carbon

relating to client services are excluded.

4.

Previously reported 2021 Scope 3 data has been excluded from this report. This was prior to our baseline and not comparable to our current methodology.

^

We engaged Bureau Veritas to provide independent limited assurance over selected data highlighted in the above table with a ^ symbol using the assurance standard ISAE 3410. Bureau Veritas has issued an unqualified

opinion over the selected data and the full assurance report can be found on our website here (www.savills.com/why-savills/bureau-veritas-limited-assurance-report-2025.pdf).

*

A number of restatements have been made in our previous greenhouse gas results as highlighted in the above table and described in more detail in our Basis of Reporting 2025 document (www.savills.com/why-savills/

bureau-veritas-limited-assurance-report-2025.pdf). Scope 1 and 2 2024 emissions have been restated as we incorporated actual data to replace estimates collected last year. Scope 3 upstream emissions have been

rebaselined and restated due to the use of new emissions factors. Scope 3 downstream emission have been rebaselined and restated as Savills IM revised the AUM captured within discretionary assets relating to the

Group science-based target.

66

Scope 3 2025 performance by category

5

GHG emissions category

tonnes CO

e

Category 1: Purchased goods and services

84,023

37%

Category 2: Capital goods

15,642

7%

Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities (not included in scope 1 & 2)

2,226

1%

Category 5: Waste generated in operations

198

0%

Category 6: Business travel

11,392

5%

Category 7: Employee commuting

34,887

16%

Category 15: Savills IM Assets Under Discretionary Management

75,960

34%

Total

224,328

5

100%

5.

This disclosure is partial, as we continue to work to improve our understanding of our Scope 3, our final figures are expected to be higher. With exception of Savills IM Discretionary AUM, downstream emissions covering

carbon relating to client services are excluded.

6.

Data is derived from and is made available under the terms of our agreement with Small World Consulting Ltd. SWC_MRIO v3.0 Emissions Factors, released 20.01.26.

2025 performance by region

Energy use

GHG emissions Scope 1 and 2

GHG emissions Scope 3

Region

kWh

Intensity

ratio, tonnes

CO

e / m

tonnes CO

e

e

4,629,690

18%

0.045

1,744

32%

53,011

24%

Europe, the Middle East & Africa

9,500,681

37%

0.033

1,190

22%

27,467

12%

3,814,653

15%

0.033

1,226

22%

16,115

7%

United Kingdom

6,498,786

26%

0.027

1,183

21%

47,657

21%

Savills IM

964,435

4%

0.030

192

3%

80,078

36%

Total

25,408,245

100%

0.034

5,535

100%

224,328

100%

67

Performance against Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) targets

The 2022 and 2024 intensity metrics have been restated for two reasons. Firstly as detailed above the procurement emissions have been recalculated with new emission

factors. There has also been a prior year restatement in the financial data used to calculate the £ million value added. Management identified previous costs of employees

associated with the delivery of some property management contracts had been incorrectly classified as contract costs within other operating expenses. This correction has

now been applied to the historic and current data.

Region

Unit

Baseline

Progress

against

baseline

Scope 1 & 2:

72% reduction against 2019 baseline

Tonnes CO

e

5,088

5,869

8,133

37.4%

reduction

Scope 3 procurement:

51.6% reduction against 2022 baseline

Tonnes

CO

e/£

million value

added

44.28

47.14*

42.63*

3.7%

increase

Scope 3 AUM:

51.6% reduction against 2022 baseline

kg CO

e/m

GIA

26.48

30.62

32.36

18.2%

reduction

*

The 2022 and 2024 intensity metrics have been restated for two reasons. Firstly as detailed above the procurement emissions have been recalculated with new emission factors. There has also been a prior year

restatement in the financial data used to calculate the £ million value added. Management identified previous costs of employees associated with the delivery of some property management contracts had been

incorrectly classified as contract costs within other operating expenses. This correction has now been applied to the historic and current data.

We are currently on track to achieve our absolute 72% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 target with a current reduction of 37.4% against our 2019 baseline.

We are also making good progress against the Scope 3 Discretionary AUM intensity target, with an 18.2% reduction against the 2022 baseline. The Scope 3 Procurement

target is more challenging to demonstrate progress against at this time as the emissions are embedded in the supply chain. We have currently demonstrated an increase of

3.7% against this intensity metric. However, we made significant efforts throughout 2025 to engage with our top spend suppliers and encourage the further decarbonisation

of our value chain. During 2025 we significantly increased engagement of corporate suppliers in each of our Principal Businesses to submit their company carbon emissions

via our third-party supplier portal. In the coming year we will work on the verification of supplier data so that, where appropriate, we can incorporate it into our procurement

emissions reporting.

68

The longer-term viability of the Group

is assessed for a period longer than

for the going concern analysis. In

accordance with Provision 31 of the

UK Corporate Governance Code, the

Directors have assessed the Group’s

viability taking account of the Group’s

current position and prospects, the

Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s

principal risks and the management of

those risks, as detailed in the Strategic

Report on pages 4 to 69. The Group’s

emerging risks are also disclosed in

the Strategic Report. This longer-

term assessment supports the Board’s

statements on both viability, as set out

below, and going concern as set out on

page 103.

Period for assessment

The Directors have determined that a

three-year period to 31 December 2028

is an appropriate period over which to

provide the Group’s viability statement,

being consistent with the period covered

by the Group’s strategic plan and the

cyclical nature of property markets. The

strategy and associated principal risks

which underpin the Group’s three-year

plan are reviewed by the Directors

at least annually. The Directors also

satisfied themselves that they have

the evidence necessary to support the

statement in terms of the effectiveness

of the internal control environment in

place to mitigate risk.

Viability assessment and

key assumptions

The Board’s assessment of the Group’s

viability comprised a sensitivity analysis

which was undertaken on the three-year

plan, including financing projections,

to flex the financial forecasts under a

variety of severe downside scenarios,

which involved applying different

assumptions to the underlying forecast

both individually and in aggregate.

These scenarios assess the potential

impact from several macro-economic

risks, including a severe global economic

downturn. The results of this sensitivity

analysis showed that the Group would

maintain significant available facility

and covenant headroom to be able to

withstand the impact of such scenarios

over the period of the financial forecast,

as a result of the resilience and diversity

of the Group, underpinned by a strong

balance sheet.

Performance against the three-year

plan is monitored on an ongoing basis,

including regular Board briefings

provided by the Heads of the Principal

Businesses on the progress made

by those businesses. These reviews

consider both the market opportunity

and the associated risks. These risks

are considered within the Board’s risk

appetite framework.

The principal risks that would have

the most significant impact on the

Group’s business model, future

performance, solvency or liquidity

identified on pages 31 to 39, have been

considered as part of the viability

assessment. The Directors continue

to monitor the principal risks facing

the Group, including those that would

threaten the execution of its strategy,

its business model, future performance,

solvency and liquidity.

Viability statement

The Audit Committee reviews the

output of the viability assessment in

advance of final evaluation by the Board.

Based on the Group’s strong net cash

position and undrawn £360m revolving

credit facility, as described in the Chief

Financial Officer’s review, combined with

the assessment explained above and

in accordance with the UK Corporate

Governance Code, the Directors confirm

that they have a reasonable expectation

that the Group will be able to continue

to operate and meet its liabilities as

they fall due, over the three-year period

ending 31 December 2028.

The Directors also considered it

appropriate to prepare the financial

statements on the going concern basis

as explained in Note 3 to the accounts.

Group CEO

12 March 2026

VIABILITY STATEMENT

69

CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION

I am pleased to present the

Group’s Corporate Governance

Report for the year ended

31 December 2025.”

The Board is committed to maintaining

the highest standards of corporate

governance, which are fundamental to

the discharge of our responsibilities.

Our robust and effective corporate

governance practices enable the

Group to deliver its strategy and create

long-term Shareholder value. Further

information on our strategy and business

model can be found on pages 4 to 69.

Board activities

During the year the Board engaged in the

implementation of senior management

succession and business restructuring

plans and strategic recruitments across

the Group. We also continued to monitor

the progress made on delivering the

Group’s Net Zero carbon targets.

Stacey

Cartwright

Chair

Agreed the appointment of Simon

Shaw as Group Chief Executive

Officer (effective 1 January 2026)

as successor to Mark Ridley

Agreed the appointment of

Nick Sanderson as Group Chief

Financial Officer to join the Board

Reviewed the 2026-2028 Group

Business Strategic Plan, including

capital allocation

Agreed the implementation of

senior level succession plans and

restructuring plans for the Group’s

Principal Businesses

Engaged in an externally facilitated

Board performance evaluation.

2025 Focus areas

70

January

February

March

April

May

Board and

Committee

meetings

Nomination &

Governance

Main Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination & Governance Committee

Main Board

Remuneration Committee

Nomination & Governance Committee

AGM

Key

announcements

Results for year ended 31 December

2024 and recommended 2024

final dividend

Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2024 and

Notice of 2025 AGM

Announcement of appointment of Simon Shaw as Group

CEO with effect from 1 January 2026 and retirement of

Mark Ridley on 31 December 2025

AGM Trading

Statement

Published results

of 2025 AGM

I am pleased to report the findings show

there is clear consensus that the Board is

operating well with effective leadership

and in an environment where open

discussion and input from all members

is encouraged and facilitated. Following

this review, I am satisfied that the Board

continues to perform effectively and in

particular I am confident that the Board

has the right balance of skills, experience

and diversity of personality to continue

to encourage open, transparent debate

and challenge.

Board changes

The Board, together with the Nomination

& Governance Committee, continued to

monitor the composition and skills matrix

of the Board and at senior management

levels across the Group. All of the Non-

Executive Directors are considered by

the Board to be independent, meaning

that at least half of the Board members

throughout the year were Independent

Non-Executive Directors.

As announced in April 2025, Mark Ridley

retired at the end of the year after 29

years with Savills, including seven as

Group Chief Executive.

In November the Board considered and

reconfirmed the Group’s strategy and

growth plans and those of the Principal

Businesses. Further details on the Board’s

activities can be found on page 81 and

the Board’s stakeholder engagement

activities can be found on pages 85 to 87.

In accordance with our three-year cycle,

this year Board evaluation was externally

facilitated by The Board Evaluation LLP.

Board effectiveness and performance

annually through a formal evaluation.

The process, key conclusions and areas of

focus for 2026 are set out on page 100.

On behalf of the Board I would like to

thank Mark Ridley for his significant

contribution, and he will continue

to support the business in a senior

advisory role for a period of up to

18 months.

Simon Shaw succeeded Mark as

Group Chief Executive on 1 January

2026. Simon joined Savills as Group

Chief Financial Officer in 2009 and

will lead the Group’s management

team through the next phase of its

global development.

71

Nick Sanderson joined as Group Chief

Financial Officer on 9 February 2026

and appointed as a Director with effect

from 12 March 2026. I am pleased to

welcome Nick, who brings a wealth of

knowledge and experience to the Board.

Further information on the recruitment

process and induction programme is

on page 101.

UK Corporate Governance

Code 2024

The Company is reporting against

the 2024 UK Corporate Governance

Code (the ‘Code’ which is applicable to

financial years beginning on or after

1 January 2025, apart from Provision 29

which is applicable from 1 January 2026.

The Audit Committee is overseeing a

project to ensure that the Group is ready

to report in accordance further enhance

the Group’s internal controls framework

and processes in readiness for the

2024 Code Provision 29 on internal

controls effectiveness.

Annual General Meeting

The Board is committed to maintaining

an open dialogue with investors, which

is achieved through a programme of

structured engagement. We regularly

engage with our institutional

Shareholders through an active

investor relations programme.

The AGM 2026 will be held on 13 May

2026 at 12pm at 33 Margaret Street,

London, W1G 0JD. We encourage all

Shareholders not attending in person on

the day to vote by proxy in advance of the

meeting on all resolutions put forward.

Stacey Cartwright

Chair

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

Board and

Committee

meetings

Group Executive

Board

Nomination & Governance

Group Executive

Board

strategy review

Remuneration

Committee

Board

Key

announcements

2025 Half-year results & 2025

interim dividend

Announcement of the appointment of

Nick Sanderson as Group CFO in 2026,

with Nick to join the Board in H1, 2026

CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION

72

Compliance with the UK Corporate

Governance Code

The Company is reporting against the

2024 UK Corporate Governance Code

(the ‘Code’) which is applicable to

financial years beginning on or after

1 January 2025, apart from Provision

29 which is applicable from 1 January

2026. Our Governance Report reflects

these requirements as they apply to

Savills and includes cross references to

relevant sections of the Strategic Report,

the Directors’ Remuneration Report

and other related disclosures. A copy of

the Code is available from the Financial

Reporting Council’s website at

www.frc.org.uk

. It is the Board’s

view that for the financial year ended

31 December 2025 Savills was fully

compliant with all of the Principles

and Provisions set out in the Code.

GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW

Applying the principles of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code

Provision 29 which is effective from

and applies to financial periods on or

after 1 January 2026 requires a new

declaration on the effectiveness of

material controls. In this regard, the

Board will be required in relation to

relevant financial periods, to provide:

a description of how the Board

has monitored and reviewed the

effectiveness of the risk management

and internal control framework;

a declaration of effectiveness of the

material controls as at the balance

sheet date; and

a description of any material controls

which have not operated effectively

as at the balance sheet date, the

action taken, or proposed, to improve

them and any action taken to address

previously reported issues.

The Company will report against

Provision 29 of the Code in its 2026

Annual Report and Accounts.

Our compliance with the Key Changes to the 2024 Corporate Governance Code is

outlined in the table below:

Key changes to principles & provisions

Board leadership and Company purpose

Principle C:

To focus on board decisions and

the outcomes in the context of the

company’s strategy and objectives.

The Board Activities (page 90) outlines

the key decisions made by the Board

during 2025 and links to the Group’s

strategic objectives.

Provision 2:

The board’s role to not only assess and

monitor company culture but to ensure

the desired culture is embedded.

How the Group’s culture has been

monitored and embedded is detailed on

page 83.

Composition, success and evaluation

Principle J:

To promote diversity, inclusion and

equal opportunity when appointing to

the board.

The Nomination & Governance

Committee report details the role of

diversity when reviewing its composition

and making appointments to the Board

(page 98).

Provision 23:

Companies may have further initiatives

in place alongside their diversity and

inclusion policy.

The Group’s diversity initiatives are

included on pages 50 and 51. Further

information on our diversity and inclusion

initiatives is on page 97.

73

The table below details where key content on the compliance with the Code can be

found in this report.

Page

Board leadership

and Company

purpose

A

Effective Board

76 to 78

B

Purpose, values and culture

83 and 84

C

Board decisions and outcomes

90

D

Stakeholder engagement

85 and 86

E

Workforce policies and practices

52

Section 172 statement

88 and 89

Division of

F

Board roles

93

G

Independence

98

H

External appointments

140

I

Key activities

90

Composition,

succession

and evaluation

J

Appointments to the Board

96 and 97

K

Board skills, experience and knowledge

76 to 78

L

Annual Board evaluation

100

Audit, risk and

internal control

M

Financial reporting

108

Internal and external audit

112

N

Review of 2025 Report & Accounts

111

O

Effective risk management and

internal control

113

Risk management

31 to 39

Remuneration

P

Linking remuneration with our purpose,

values and strategy

114 to 140

Q

Summary of the Remuneration Policy

119

R

Targets

125 to 128

GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW

Audit, risk and internal control

Principle O:

The board to be responsible for

maintaining the effectiveness of risk

management and the internal

control framework.

The Group’s risk management structure

is set out on page 31.

Provision 29:

To describe how the board has

monitored and reviewed the

effectiveness of the framework.

A declaration of effectiveness of the

material controls as at the balance sheet

date. To describe any material controls

that have not operated effectively as at

the balance sheet date.

The Audit Committee is currently

overseeing a project to ensure the

Group’s readiness to report on the

effectiveness of the Group’s internal

controls framework and processes

in readiness for the 2024 Code

Provision 29 reporting, which applies

to the Company for the financial year

commencing 1 January 2026. The Board

is satisfied that the Group’s enhanced

framework will enable it to make

the required declarations in its 2026

Annual Report and Accounts.

Provision 37:

Director remuneration contracts/

agreements should include Malus and

Clawback provisions.

The inclusion of Malus and Clawback

provisions and when either or both of

these would be applied is detailed in

the Directors Remuneration Report on

pages 114 to 140.

Provision 38:

Describe malus and clawback including

the provisions that have been used in

the last reporting period.

Not used in the last reporting period.

74

Board

gender

*

Male

Female

Composition

Executive

Non-Executive

8

Independent

Directors

0-3 years

3-5 years

5-9 years

ethnicity

White

9

Ethnic minority

nationality

UK

Non-UK

* As at 31 December 2025

As at the date of report:

Male 5, Female 4

* As at 31 December 2025

As at the date of report:

0-3 years 2, 3-5 years 1,

5-9 years 5

White 8, Ethnic minority 1

Executive 1, Non-Executive 8

UK 5, Non-UK 4

Board diversity and tenure

Board attendance in 2025

Attendance at all Board and Committee meetings by Directors is as shown in

the table below:

The Board remains satisfied that it has the

appropriate balance of skills, experience,

independence and knowledge.”

Florence Tondu-Mélique

Dana Roffman

Philip Lee

Richard Orders

Marcus Sperber

John Waters

Andriana Karaboutis

Mark Ridley

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 4

9 Board scheduled

meetings (including

Strategy Day)

9

8

5 Audit Committee

scheduled meetings

4 Nomination &

Governance scheduled

meetings

3 Remuneration Committee

scheduled meetings

1.

The Chair, Group CEO, Group CFO and Andriana Karaboutis attended Audit and/or Remuneration

Committee meetings by invitation.

2. Members of the Group Executive Board.

3. The Group Chief Executive attended two Audit Committee meetings by invitation.

4.

The Group Chief Financial Officer attended five Audit Committee meetings by invitation and one

Remuneration Committee meeting.

5.

Combined Nomination & Governance and Remuneration Committee meeting to agree appointment

terms for Nick Sanderson, incoming Group CFO.

6. Andriana Karaboutis attended 1 Audit Committee meeting as a member and four meetings by invitation.

Key:

Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE

75

Appointment to the Board

Stacey was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 October 2018 and became Chair in

January 2024.

Background and relevant experience

Stacey most recently served as Chief Executive and then

Deputy Chairman of Harvey Nichols Group until 2018, and

prior to that was EVP and CFO of Burberry Group plc. She

previously served as CFO of Egg plc and spent her early

career in a number of finance roles at Granada Group PLC.

She was a Non-Executive Director at GlaxoSmithKline

PLC from 2011 to 2016 and the Senior Independent Non-

Executive Director of the English Football Association

from 2018 to 2020. She qualified as a Chartered

Accountant with Price Waterhouse.

Other appointments

Non-Executive Director of AerCap Holdings N.V,

Gymshark and The Magnum Ice Cream Company.

Appointment to the Board

Simon joined Savills as Group Chief Financial Officer in

March 2009. As of 1 January 2026, Simon was appointed

as Group Chief Executive Officer.

Background and relevant experience

Simon is a Chartered Accountant. In addition to CFO

duties he has been responsible to the Board for Savills

Investment Management, Group M&A and is Chair

of Grosvenor Hill Ventures, which evaluates external

technology opportunities and holds the Group’s

‘proptech’ investments. He was formerly Chief Financial

Officer of Gyrus Group PLC, until its 2007 sale to

Olympus Corporation. Prior to that Simon was Chief

Operating Officer of Profile Therapeutics plc for five

years and also worked as a corporate financier, latterly

at Hambros Bank Limited.

Other appointments

None.

Stacey

Chair of

Savills plc

Group Chief

Executive

Officer

N

R

Key:

A

N

R

Chair of Committee

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

N

Florence was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 October 2018.

Florence is currently Chief Executive Officer of Visa

Europe FBL, having previously been Chief Executive

Officer of Willis Towers Watson France & Luxembourg,

having joined from Zurich Insurance where she was

Chief Executive Officer France. Florence was previously

Chief Operating Officer of Hiscox Europe, prior to which

she held senior executive roles at AXA Real Estate and

AXA Investment Managers. She spent her early career

at McKinsey & Company.

None.

Florence

Tondu-Mélique

Independent

Non-Executive

Director

A

N

76

Richard was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 January 2021.

Richard Orders is currently a Managing Director at Moelis &

Company, a leading global independent investment bank,

heading the Firm’s Hong Kong office having founded its

predecessor firm, Asia Pacific Advisors, in 2009. Prior to

this, Richard was with ABN AMRO (1996-2008), latterly

from 2004-8 as Vice Chairman and Head of Global Clients

Asia, having previously been Executive Chairman and CEO

of ABN AMRO Asia Corporate Finance. Previously, Richard

held various roles in Barings Bank, which he joined in 1976,

latterly as Head of Barings Investment Banking business

in Asia, ex Australia and Japan (1994-96) and Director of

Barings Corporate Finance London (1996).

None.

Philip was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 January 2021.

Philip Lee is currently a global Vice Chairman of Corporate

& Institutional Banking, HSBC Bank. Philip was previously

with Deutsche Bank (2013-2018) as Vice Chairman of

South East Asia and Chief Country Officer for the Bank in

Singapore. Prior to 2013, Philip was with JP Morgan (1995-

2013), where he was CEO, South East Asia Investment

Banking and Senior Country Officer, Singapore, after having

worked in senior positions for various other banks in the

region before then. Since 2006, he has also held roles on

various advisory bodies and Statutory Boards established

by the Singapore government.

Non-Executive Director of 65 Equity Partners, an investment

company of Temasek, SPH Media Holdings, the Singapore

media company owned by the Singapore Government,

ST Engineering, a listed company on the Singapore Stock

Exchange and Heliconia Capital Management, an investment

firm owned by Temasek focused on growth-oriented

Singapore companies.

Dana was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 November 2019.

Dana was most recently a partner and founding member

of the Real Estate Private Equity group at Angelo Gordon,

a privately held alternative investment firm. During her

25-year tenure, ending in December 2019, she served as a

manager and leader of investment teams across all major

US markets, and served as a Member of the Investment

Committees for the firm’s US Opportunistic, Core Plus and

Value Real Estate Funds. She spent her early career in real

estate valuation and advisory at Arthur Andersen LLP in

Washington, DC.

Independent Director Cohen & Steers Income

Opportunities REIT, Inc (CNSREIT), Advisory Board NYU

Stern Chen Institute of Global Real Estate Finance and

Covercy advisory board, a private fintech company.

A

Richard Orders

Senior

Director

Philip Lee

Director

Dana Roffman

Director

R

A

R

77

Marcus was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 15 December 2022.

Marcus brings over three decades of leadership and

strategic expertise in global real estate investments

and asset management. From 2002 until 2019, he held

senior roles at BlackRock, including as portfolio manager

of Blackrock’s UK property fund, before progressing

to Head of EMEA real estate and ultimately serving as

Global Head of Real Estate.

Prior to joining BlackRock, Marcus gained extensive

experience in property development and investment

through positions held with Ashtenne plc, Enterprise plc

and Roger Tym & Partners, having commenced his career

with the British Rail Property Board.

Founder of NorthCroft Capital (a real estate investment

and advisory business), Non-Executive Director of SEGRO

plc (2024) and Cadillac Fairview Property Trust (2020),

and Chair of Jewish Care a not-for-profit charity.

John was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 13 December 2023.

John was with PwC for 36 years of which 24 were as a

partner. He was largely based in London but had spells

working for the firm in both Hong Kong and Rome. During

his career he served as audit partner to a wide range

of clients including a number of significant property

businesses based both in London and Hong Kong.

Trustee of charity, Queen Mary’s Foundation and Member

of The Mercian Trust.

Andriana was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive

Director on 14 March 2024.

Andi brings extensive experience as a commercial business

leader and over three decades of technology leadership

across a number of industries. Most recently she was Chief

Information and Digital Officer and an Executive Board

member at National Grid plc (2017-23), having previously

been Executive Vice President, Technology, Business

Solutions and Corporate Affairs at biotech company,

Biogen (2014-17). Prior to this she was Global CIO of Dell

(2011-2014) and from 2004-2010 an Executive Director of

General Motors Company.

Non-Executive Director and Audit Committee member of

AutoLiv Inc (appointed 2024), Aon plc (appointed 2022),

Perrigo Company plc (appointed 2017) and Decogan.ai

advisory board member having previously been a Non-

Executive Director of Aspen Technology, Inc. (2020-22)

and Advance Auto Parts, Inc. (2015-2020).

Andriana

Karaboutis

Director

Marcus

Sperber

John Waters

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Key:

Chair of Committee

78

Executive

Officer

(effective

1 January 2026)

SEE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON PAGES 76 TO 78

FOR FULL BIOGRAPHY

Appointment to the Group

Executive Board

Alex was appointed to the Group Executive

Board on 1 November 2019.

Alex became Global CEO of Savills

Investment Management on 1 November

2019 and was appointed to Savills Group

Executive Board at that time. Alex was

previously Head of Asia Pacific for M&G

Investments based in Singapore, with

responsibility for the development and

leadership of that company’s business

across all investment sectors in Asia

Pacific. Prior to this, he was Chief

Executive of M&G Real Estate, based

in London. Before that he was Chief

Investment Officer and CEO Europe

of MGPA Limited.

None.

Appointment to the Group

Executive Board

Chris joined Savills in June 2008 and was

appointed to the Group Executive Board

in August 2008. He has responsibility for

legal and compliance issues globally.

He held equivalent roles with Alfred

McAlpine plc, Courts plc and Scholl plc

between 1997 and 2008, prior to which he

was deputy group secretary of Delta plc

from 1990 to 1997.

None.

Alex Jeffrey

Chief Executive

Officer – Savills

Investment

Chris Lee

Group Legal

Director &

Company

Secretary

GROUP EXECUTIVE BOARD

Raymond Lee

Chief Executive

– Hong Kong,

Macau and

Greater China

Raymond was appointed to the Group

Executive Board in January 2011.

He joined Savills in 1989. In 2003,

Raymond became the Managing Director

in Hong Kong and Macau and in 2010

was appointed CEO of Greater China.

Raymond is a Fellow member of the

Hong Kong Institute of Directors and

holds an honorary fellowship at the

Quangxi Academy of Social Science.

Raymond is also an Honorary Doctor of

Management at Lincoln University and

holds a Fellowship at the Asian College

of Knowledge Management (ACKM).

He became a fellow member of the

Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors

(RICS) in 2016.

79

David Lipson

Officer – Savills

James Sparrow

Officer – UK

& EMEA

Martin Fidden

Officer – Asia

Pacific (ex

Greater China)

James was appointed to the Group

Executive Board on 1 May 2018.

James is a Fellow of the Royal Institution

of Chartered Surveyors. He became

Chief Executive of Savills UK & EMEA in

September 2018, having previously been

Chief Executive of Savills UK since 1 May

2018. Prior to this James held the position

of Head of Professional Services, Savills

UK and was a member of the Savills UK

Executive Board since 2013 when it was

established. Before that James was a

member of the Executive Board of Savills

Commercial, having joined Savills in 1988.

Martin was appointed to the Group

Executive Board on 1 January 2025.

Martin was appointed Chief Executive

of Savills Asia Pacific (excluding Greater

China) on 1 January 2025, following his

tenure as Managing Director of the region

since 1 March 2024. He has been a member

of the Savills Asia Pacific Executive Board

since 2019, during which he also served

as Head of Professional Services for

the region.

Martin joined Savills in 2004 in Sydney,

Australia, where he held senior roles

within the Valuation & Advisory division.

In 2014, he relocated to Singapore, from

where he assumed regional leadership

responsibilities across multiple markets

in Asia Pacific, spanning a broad range of

advisory and transaction service lines.

David was appointed to the Group

Executive Board on 1 January 2024.

David Lipson is CEO of Savills North

America. He previously served as President,

North America from 2021 through 2023.

As CEO, his responsibilities include

oversight of all Savills business lines and

locations in North America, as well as

mergers and acquisitions and strategic

business development pursuits. David has

dedicated more than 36 years of service to

Savills and is one of the firm’s most tenured

and respected leaders. He co-managed the

Mid-Atlantic region for almost 15 years and

served on the firm’s North American board

and executive committee since 2004 and

2014, respectively.

David currently serves as Chairman of

the Board for the British Schools and

Universities Foundation. He is a member

of the Board of Benefactors at Christ

Church, Oxford.

GROUP EXECUTIVE BOARD

80

Governance framework

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Engagement with shareholders and other stakeholders

The Company is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and risk management.

The Board delegates certain matters to its three principal committees

Responsible for assisting the Board in

fulfilling its financial and risk responsibilities,

and in particular for ensuring that the

financial statements are fair, balanced

and understandable

Oversees external financial reporting, internal

control, risk management and reviews the

work of the Internal and External Auditors

Advises the Board on the appointment of

the External Auditors.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 102

Responsible for the broad policy governing

employee remuneration

Sets the actual levels of all elements of the

remuneration of the Executive Directors, and Group

Executive Board members.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 114

Responsible for size, structure and composition of the Board

Reviews and progresses appointments to the Board

Responsible for succession planning at Board and senior management-level to ensure that (i)

the Board is refreshed progressively such that the balance of skills and experience available

to the Board remains appropriate to the needs of the Company; and (ii) that the Group has

the necessary talent pool to ensure seamless succession at senior management-level

Makes recommendations to the Board on the membership of the principal Committees of

the Board

Monitoring of the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other requirements

of Corporate Governance.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE PAGES 94 TO 101

The Terms of Reference for each Board Committee are available on the Group’s website at

ir.savills.com/company-information/corporate-governance

Supporting Committees

Principal Business Executive Committees

Lead each Principal Business

Responsible for the day-to-day management of the relevant Principal Business

Oversee the development and implementation of strategy, capital expenditure, and

investment budgets for the ongoing review and control of Group risks, reporting on

these areas to the Group Executive Board and, as necessary, the Board for approval

Implement Group policy

Monitor financial and operational performance of the relevant Principal Business

and other specific matters delegated to them by the Group Executive Board.

Group ESG Committee

Responsible (with the Group Risk

Committee) for overseeing climate

risk assessment and other aspects

of the Group’s ESG agenda

Tracks and monitors the delivery

of the Group-wide ESG targets.

Group Risk Committee

Identifies and evaluates Group-level risks

Reviews and challenges risks reported by subsidiaries

Champions the ongoing Group-wide development of risk management

and the internal controls framework

Monitors Internal Audit and other sources of assurance on the

effectiveness of internal controls

Reviews ESG risk, including but not limited to TCFD-related items and

these are escalated as appropriate.

Key executive management

committee of the Group

Responsible for the day-

to-day management of

the Group

Oversees the development and implementation of strategy, capital

expenditure, and investment budgets, for the ongoing review and control

of Group risks, reporting on these areas to the Board for approval

Implements

Group policy

Monitors financial and operational

performance of the Group and other specific

matters delegated to it by the Board.

Chair: Group Chief Executive

Composition: Group Chief Financial Officer, the Heads of the Principal Businesses and the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary

Has primary responsibility

for providing entrepreneurial

leadership for the Group

Oversees the overall strategic development of the

Group; approves the strategy; considers the progress

made in delivering the Group’s strategic objectives;

and monitors financial and operational performance

Sets the Group’s

values and standards

Ensures effective governance and risk

management and that the Group’s

businesses act ethically and that obligations

to Shareholders are understood and met

Delegates the management of the day-to-day

operation of the business to the Group Chief

Executive, supported by the Group Executive

Board subject to appropriate risk parameters

The Board has adopted a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for decision-making. A full schedule of matters reserved for the Board’s decision along with the Terms of Reference of the Board’s

principal Committees can be found on the Company’s website at

ir.savills.com

The Board

During 2025: Chair, two Executive Directors and seven Non-Executive Directors.

81

Governance arrangements

Our governance arrangements support

the development and delivery of

strategy by:

ensuring accountability and

responsibility; facilitating the sharing

of information to inform decisions;

establishing engagement

programmes with key stakeholders

(see pages 85 to 87);

maintaining a robust system of risk

oversight, management and effective

internal controls (see page 113); and

providing independent insight

and knowledge from the Non-

Executive Directors.

The Board has formally adopted a

Schedule of Matters reserved to it

for decision. These matters include

decisions relating to the Group’s

strategy, financing, any major acquisition

or disposal, the risk appetite of the

Group and the authorisation of capital

expenditure above the delegated

authority limits. The Schedule was

most recently reviewed in March 2026

and is available along with the Terms

of Reference of the Board’s principal

Committees on the Company’s website

at 

ir.savills.com

.

Board and Committee meetings are

structured to allow open discussion.

To enable the Board to discharge

its duties, each Director receives

appropriate and timely information.

Board papers are circulated

electronically via a secure portal, giving

Directors sufficient time to consider and

digest their contents. The Chair of the

Board and the Chairs of the Committees

set the agendas for upcoming meetings

with support from the Group Legal

Director & Company Secretary.

The Chair, together with the Group

Legal Director & Company Secretary,

ensures that the Directors receive

management information, including

financial, operating and strategic

reports, in advance of Board meetings.

We aim to ensure that the information

shared with the Board is of sufficient

depth to facilitate debate and to allow

Board members to fully understand the

content. The Board will, as appropriate,

invite the preparer of the report to

attend meetings so the Board can gain

a better understanding and question

management directly. The Heads of

Principal Businesses also periodically

attend Board meetings to discuss

the progress made by the Principal

Businesses against their strategic plans.

In order to fulfil their duties, procedures

are in place for Directors to seek both

independent advice and the advice of

Secretary who is responsible for advising

the Board on all governance matters.

At its meetings during the year, the

Board discharged its responsibilities

and received updates on the

Group’s financial performance, the

implementation of senior management

succession and restructuring plans to be

implemented in 2025 across the Group,

material new projects, financial plans,

and ESG, legal and regulatory updates.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

82

Our cultural framework

Our purpose

Our vision

To be the real estate advisor of choice in the markets we

serve. The growth of the Group is underpinned by providing

best-in-class insights and advice to help individuals,

businesses and investors make better real estate decisions.

Our values

READ MORE ABOUT OUR VALUES ON PAGE 25

Culture and values

The Board is responsible for embedding a strong

and inclusive culture across the Group; founded

on an entrepreneurial approach, one of integrity

and openness, and one that values diversity and

is responsive to the views of its Shareholders

and wider stakeholders. This is underpinned by

our values and operational and ethical standards.

We have built our brand and reputation on the

quality of our people, relationships, resources

and processes.

The Board is committed to ensuring that the tone

in terms of the Group’s values is set from the top by

both the Board and senior management.

The Savills Code of Conduct helps aid the

understanding and embodiment of behaviours that

align employees with the culture set by the Board,

and underpins our social, ethical and environmental

commitments. A confidential and anonymous

independently hosted ‘Speak-up’ facility is in place

which enables employees, clients and suppliers to

report any concerns related to unethical conduct

in any areas of the business. All disclosures are

investigated promptly, overseen by the Group Legal

Director & Company Secretary and escalated to the

Board as appropriate, with follow-up action being

taken as soon as practicable thereafter.

We

listen

empower

challenge

collaborate

Helping people

thrive

through

places and spaces

83

Internal audit

Action taken

Received and considered updates on the risk and

internal control environments within the Group’s Asia

Pacific, North American, EMEA businesses and Savills

Link to culture

Provides the Board with a direct view to ensure that

behaviours are at the desired standard and provides

details of any the corrective action being taken

Health & safety information

Action taken

The Board receives updates on key health and safety

management issues from across the Group

Link to culture

Enables the Directors to assess the effectiveness

of safety practices and behaviours

Modern slavery

Reviewed and approved the Group’s Modern

Slavery Statement

This provides the Board with a broad understanding of

practices and behaviours across the Group, and how

these align with our values

Provides oversight of steps taken to prevent modern

slavery and human trafficking within the Group and its

supply chain

How the Board assesses Savills culture

Employee matters

The Board receives reports on matters which relate to

employee interests from, in particular, the Group CEO,

but also the Heads of Principal Businesses and the

Group Legal Director & Company Secretary

This provides the Board with direct insights into

behaviours and practices and ensures that the Board

has the opportunity to consider matters relating to

employee interests in its formulation of strategy and

decision-making

Direct management

The Board receives presentations and reports from

the Heads of the Principal Business and from senior

management across the Group

This provides the Board with direct insights into

behaviours and practices, and the practical application

of policies and standards

Whistleblowing

The Board receives reports received via the Group’s

‘Speak-up’ (‘Safe Call’) system and receives the

progress of related investigations

Speak-up reports provide the Board with a view of the

nature of employee concerns and trends in behaviours

Staff turnover, retention and

absenteeism rates

Training & development

(programme overview and outputs)

Whistleblowing, grievance and

‘Speak-up’ data

Promptness of payments

to suppliers

Our people-related KPIs

Employee wellbeing

Exit interviews

Employee surveys

Recruitment, reward and promotion

decisions (overview)

84

Savills is a geographically and culturally diverse business providing services in more

than 70 countries. As a result, it has a global and diverse community of stakeholders,

each with their own interests in, and expectations of the Company.

Our stakeholders include not only clients, our Shareholders and our people, but

also suppliers and the wider communities in which we operate. As noted in the

Company’s statement on Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 set out on

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engaged them in 2025

Further links

Our Clients

Our clients are key to the success of

our business.

We engaged in a variety of feedback activities depending on the business area and client segment.

We continued to invest in our people and systems to ensure they have the right skills,

competencies and tools to effectively nurture and grow client relationships.

Our investment in this programme, our internal collaboration and the introduction of technology

has supported our client relationship management approach, resulting in us being able to better

meet our clients’ expectations and adapt more quickly to evolving market conditions.

The quality of our service performance continues to be regularly assessed by independent

reviewers. This helps us better understand how we are managing relationships and what we

need to change to deliver the service and added value our clients expect. We regularly ask

our clients for feedback on our service offering so we can continue to provide best-in-class

services and advice.

Client engagement

page 53

Our People

Our people are our most valuable

asset. We firmly believe that our

people are key to delivering excellent

service to our clients and achieving

our objectives.

It is vital for our continued success that we maintain an environment where our people feel

valued, motivated, and able to thrive. We have continued to focus on employee engagement

through a number of areas, including supporting the health and wellbeing of our employees and

our Principal Businesses have employee-led groups in place covering areas such as diversity &

inclusion, innovation, and social mobility. Feedback received from these working groups is given

to the ESG Committee, and ultimately the Board.

We gather feedback regularly from our employees to assess their levels of engagement and

during the year we continued to utilise multiple channels to communicate and engage with

employees, including regular town hall and other meetings, all-employee emails and our intranet.

As part of our commitment to helping all our people to understand the Group’s growth strategy

and to raise other questions about the Group, our digital platform allows direct employee

communication (in local languages) with Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) to allow

employee views to flow to the Board direct.

We regularly review this facility to ensure that this remains an effective mechanism for

facilitating two-way communication directly between employees and Board members.

Employee feedback

page 49

Diversity and

Inclusion page 50

Engaging with our

people page 87

pages 88 and 89, in making their decisions and in discharging their duties to promote

the success of the Company, the Directors must have regard to the interests of its

stakeholders.

We have summarised below why our stakeholders are important to us, what we

believe their principal interests are and how the Board and Company seeks to engage

and respond.

85

Stakeholder group

Why we engage

How we engaged them in 2025

Further links

Our Community

We believe that the community

engagement programmes that we have

developed have a positive impact on

the areas where our people live and

ensure that Savills is firmly engaged

with the communities we serve.

We aim to create a lasting positive social impact on the local communities in which we work

through the way we engage with them, the work we do and the charitable initiatives we run

to support them.

In 2025, over 12,700 voluntary hours including 468 pro-bono hours were given during the year

across Savills and £1.5m donated by the Group, with over 580 charitable causes supported

globally. We encourage every employee to provide social value through volunteering,

fundraising or pro bono activity.

Charity and

community

involvement – case

studies on page 47

Our Environment

We are committed to improving the

impacts our operations have on the

environment, managing climate-

related risks and working together

with our clients, suppliers and local

communities towards delivering a

more sustainable future.

Making a meaningful contribution to a wider society enables us to create stronger communities

and have a positive environmental and social impact. Savills has maintained focus on delivering

its commitment to achieving Net Zero for its operations (Scope 1 and 2) in 2030 and for its

value chain (Scope 3) greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 2040. We were pleased to receive

SBTi validation for our near-term Net Zero targets in 2024. Against these targets, Savills GHG

Scope 1 and 2 target of 72% reduction is on track to meet our 2030 goals with a decrease

achieved during the year, so that at the end of 2025 GHG emissions had reduced by 37%

against the 2019 baseline.

Responsible

business, our

ESG strategy

pages 40 to 53

Our Shareholders

We believe that engaging with our

Shareholders, and encouraging an

open, meaningful dialogue between

Shareholders and the Company is vital

to ensuring mutual understanding.

During the year, the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer, who have primary

responsibility for investor relations, led a regular programme of meetings and presentations

with analysts and investors. This included presentations following the publication of the

Company’s full and half-year results. This programme maintains a continuous two-way dialogue

between the Company and Shareholders, and helps to ensure that the Board is aware of

Shareholders’ views on a timely basis. These engagements generated insightful feedback then

shared with other Board members and Committees with due regard being given to these views.

In addition, the Board received feedback twice each year from its corporate brokers on

investors’ and the market’s perceptions of the Company.

The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) provides the Board with an opportunity to engage and

communicate with, and answer questions from, private and institutional Shareholders.

All Shareholders were invited to attend the 2025 AGM in person, with access to our website

and the choice to receive electronic communications. The AGM provided an opportunity for the

Directors to engage with Shareholders, answer their questions and to meet them informally.

KPIs page 26

Shareholder

engagement

page 86

Annual General

Meeting page 87

Our Suppliers

The procurement choices we make

can have a significant impact on

people, organisations and the wider

environment. We have an obligation

to ensure that our supply chain

and procurement practices follow

appropriate standards.

During the year our businesses continued to engage with their key suppliers on key

issues to ensure that we can deliver the best service for our clients by building close and

collaborative relationships.

All suppliers are required to operate with high service levels and the ethical standards that are

set out in Savills Code of Conduct and our Modern Slavery and Anti Trafficking Statement.

We regularly monitor the relationship and engagement approach with our third party suppliers

including communications received via our Speak-up policy.

page 52

Speak-up policy

page 52

Modern Slavery

statement page 52

86

AGM

The Board is committed to maintaining an open dialogue with investors which is

achieved through a programme of structured engagement. We regularly engage with

our institutional Shareholders through an active investor relations programme.

The AGM 2025 will be held on 13 May 2026 at 12pm at 33 Margaret Street, London,

W1G 0JD. We encourage all Shareholders not attending in person on the day to vote

by proxy in advance of the meeting on all resolutions put forward as Shareholders will

not be able to vote on the day if they are not attending in person. The Chair of each

of the Committees will be available at the AGM to answer questions. Directors are

available before and during the meeting to answer questions from Shareholders and

to meet with Shareholders following the conclusion of the formal part of the meeting.

Further details are included in the Notice of AGM and documentation accompanying

the proxy form which will be sent out at least 20 working days before the meeting

(at least 15 working days’ notice would be given before other general meetings). In

accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, electronic and paper proxy

appointments and voting instructions must be received not later than 48 hours before

a general meeting. All votes are taken by a poll and the level and manner of voting of

proxies lodged on each resolution at the AGM is declared at the meeting and published

on the Company’s website. All resolutions were passed at the 2025 meeting in line with

the Board’s recommendations.

The Company has taken advantage of the provisions within the Companies Act 2006

which allow communications with Shareholders to be made electronically, where

Shareholders have not requested hard-copy documentation. Details of the information

available to Shareholders can be found on page 275.

Employee surveys

We gather feedback regularly through various

channels from our employees to assess their levels

of engagement.

Speak-up

We operate independently hosted confidential

and anonymous Speak-up services which enable

employees to report any concerns related to unethical

conduct in any areas of the business. All disclosures

are investigated promptly overseen by the Group

Legal Director & Company Secretary and escalated to

the Board as appropriate, with follow-up action being

taken as soon as practicable thereafter.

Access to Non-Executive Directors

Our digital platform which allows direct employee

communication (in local languages) with Non-

Executive Directors (including the Chair) in areas of

focus (such as strategy, training and development

opportunities; measurement of staff performance and

promotion criteria; diversity; and flexible working).

Employee engagement

Working groups

Our principal businesses have employee-led groups

in place covering areas such as diversity & inclusion,

innovation, and social mobility. Feedback received from

these working groups are given to the ESG Committee,

and ultimately the Board.

Our Diversity & Inclusion groups – page 50.

Social media

A variety of social media channels are utilised to

enhance engagement and the exchange of information

on the Company’s activities to all stakeholders.

These channels include X (formerly Twitter), Instagram

and our intranet. In particular our intranet is used as a

platform for employees to access our policies and to

receive information on wellbeing, health and safety,

and training.

Town hall/employee briefings

We hold town hall meetings within our Principal

Businesses, and other events, in particular focusing

on wellbeing and mental health issues, supported

by webinars provided by external providers.

How the Board factored employee engagement into its decisions

87

Section 172(1) statement

The Board of Directors of Savills plc

consider, both individually and together,

that they have acted in the way they

consider, in good faith, would be most

likely to promote the success of the

Company for the benefit of its members

as a whole. In doing this, the Directors

have had regard to stakeholders, and

amongst other matters, to those set out

in s.172(1) (a-f) of the Companies Act

2006 in the decisions taken during the

year ended 31 December 2025.

The Board oversees and receives

regular updates throughout the year

on engagement activities with our key

stakeholders and engages directly with

stakeholders (receiving presentations

and reports from the Executive Directors

and Group Executive Board (‘GEB’)

members, and in relation to business for

which they have responsibility, senior

management from across the Group),

but there is also significant engagement

at all levels across the Group, particularly

in relation to people, clients and

suppliers, with the Board receiving

regular updates on stakeholder views.

Effective leadership

The Board has a duty to promote the

long-term sustainable success of the

Company for its members as a whole,

and in so doing have regard to (i) the

likely consequences of any decision

in the long-term; (ii) the interests

of the Company’s employees; (iii)

the need to foster the Company’s

business relationships with suppliers,

customers and others; (iv) the impact

of the Company’s operations on the

community and the environment; (v) the

desirability of the Company maintaining

a reputation for high standards of

business conduct; and (vi) the need to

act fairly as between members of the

Company. The Board is responsible for

monitoring the Company’s purpose,

values and strategy and ensuring that

these and the Company’s culture are

aligned. Its role includes the oversight

of succession planning, approval of

major acquisitions, disposals, capital

expenditure and financing arrangements

and of the Group’s systems of

internal control, governance and risk

management. The Board provides and

promotes effective and entrepreneurial

leadership across the business within the

Group’s governance framework.

Having the appropriate mix of

experience, expertise, diversity and

independence is essential for the Savills

Board. Our Board comprises highly

skilled professionals who bring a range

of skills, perspectives and corporate

experience to our Boardroom (see pages

76 to 78). To ensure sufficient time for

discussion, the Board utilises its principal

Committees to effectively manage its

time (see page 81 for our Governance

framework). At each Board meeting,

the agenda ensures sufficient time for

the Committee Chairs to report on the

contents of discussions at Committee

meetings, any recommendations to the

Board which require approval and the

actions taken.

The Board maintains oversight of this

engagement and receives reports

and updates on such engagement

from the Executive Directors and

senior management and is given the

opportunity to challenge these findings

at Board and Committee meetings. This

information is used to inform discussion

and decision-making.

In the context of the Board’s activities

during 2025, the table below sets out

how the Directors have had regard to

the matters set out in Section 172(a-

f) when discharging their Section 172

duties and decision-making.

88

Section 172 disclosure

Page

(d)

impact of the Company’s operations on the community

and the environment

Environment

42 – 45

Community

46 – 47

GHG and energy data

64 – 68

TCFD disclosures

55 – 63

85 – 86

(e)

maintaining a reputation for high standards of

business conduct

Culture

48 – 52

Human rights and modern slavery

52

Speak up

Leadership and Company purpose

83

Risk management and internal controls

113

Audit Committee Report

102 – 113

(f)

acting fairly as between members of the Company

Strategic Report

4 – 69

Engaging with stakeholders

85 – 86

Remuneration Report

114 – 140

The above statement on section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 is incorporated by

reference into the Strategic Report on pages 4 to 69.

Section 172 disclosure

Page

(a)

likely consequences of any decisions in the long term

Strategic Report

4 – 69

Board principal decisions

90

Consideration of stakeholder interests

85 – 87

Risk management

113

(b)

interests of employees

25

People

49

Culture and ethics

48 – 52

Leadership and Company purpose

83

Engaging with our people

87

(c)

fostering the Company’s business relationships with

suppliers, clients and others

25

Client care

53

Speak up

Human rights and modern slavery

83

Board principal decisions

90

89

Monitored the performance and growth of the Group’s Principal Businesses

Held the annual review of Strategy and capital allocation to consider in depth and reconfirm

the Group’s Strategy

Endorsed growth initiatives consistent with the Group’s Strategic Plan

Received and considered investor feedback collated by the Company’s corporate brokers

from investor road-shows, presentations and meetings between investors and the Group

Chief Executive and/or Group Chief Financial Officer

Received regular client feedback from the Group Chief Executive

Purpose, strategy and implementation

Board activities

The Board met 9 times during the year to consider the items noted below.

The Board’s principal actions during 2025 were to consider and reconfirm the Group’s

strategy and growth plans and those of the Principal Businesses (which is linked

to Strategic Objective: Business Diversification); to approve material transactions,

implementation of senior management succession and business restructuring plans

and strategic recruitments across the Group (which is linked to Strategic Objective:

Financial Strength and Geographical Diversification); and to monitor the progress

made on delivering the Group’s Net Zero carbon targets (which is linked to Strategic

Objective: Commitment to Responsible Business).

Details on these key focuses are set out below:

Reviewed the 2026-2028 Group Business Strategic Plan, including capital allocation, and

approved the 2026 Annual Budget & Plan

Reviewed business, profit and cash management performance, and in each case, assessed

performance in these areas against the Group’s strategy, objectives and business plans to

ensure that the financial returns generated by the Group’s businesses were applied to the

creation of additional value, costs were controlled and that resources could be made available

at the appropriate time to realise business opportunities

Considered and approved the 2025 Going concern and Viability statements

Reviewed and approved the Company’s 2026 Tax Strategy

Approved the 2025 Annual and Half-year results and Trading Updates, and accounting

policies so as to ensure in particular that communication with the Group’s Shareholders was

fair, balanced and understandable; and, subject to Shareholder approval, the appointment and

the remuneration of the External Auditor

Financial management

Reviewed the annual Directors’ Conflict of Interests declarations

Considered and approved standing situational, and if they arose, actual conflicts of interest

Undertook an independently facilitated evaluation of Board performance and agreed the

Board’s priority focuses for 2026

Effectiveness

Received updates on regulatory and governance developments

Received regular reports in relation to material legal matters

Reviewed and discussed the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees

and individual Directors to ensure that they continued to be effective in support of Group

strategy, policy and practice

Considered issues raised through the Group’s confidential reporting (‘Speak-up’) channels

and their resolutions

Reviewed and approved the Company’s 2025 Modern Slavery Statement

Reviewed and confirmed the principal existing and emerging risks and uncertainties facing

the Group which are described in detail on pages 31 to 39

Reviewed the Group’s risk register and the effectiveness of the systems of internal control

and risk management

Received updates on the risk and internal control environments within the Group’s Asia

Pacific, North American, CEME and UK businesses and Savills Investment Management

Internal control and risk management

Agreed the appointment of Simon Shaw as Group Chief Executive Officer (effective 1 January

2026) as successor to Mark Ridley

Agreed the appointment of Nick Sanderson as Group Chief Financial Officer to join the Board

12 March 2026

Reviewed the composition and performance of the Board and its Committees

Agreed the implementation of senior level succession plans and restructuring plans for the

Group’s Principal Businesses

Leadership and people

90

Policies and practices

Independence of Non-

Executive Directors

On an annual basis, the Board reviews

the independence of its Non-Executive

Directors. Non-Executive Directors

(‘NEDs’) are expected to exercise

independent judgement and to be free

from any business or other relationship

that could materially interfere with it.

This independence is crucial in bringing

constructive challenge to the Group CEO

and management at Board meetings,

while providing support and guidance

to promote meaningful discussion

and, ultimately, informed and effective

decision-making. Directors are required

to provide sufficient information to

allow the Board to evaluate their

independence prior to and following

their appointment.

The Board considers that all of the Non-

Executive Directors bring considerable

expertise, strong independent oversight

and are Independent Non-Executive

Directors, being independent of

management and having no business

or other relationship which could

interfere materially with the exercise

of their judgement.

Outside interests and conflicts

The Board has adopted guidelines

for dealing with conflicts of interests.

All potential new Directors are asked

to disclose their other significant

commitments. The Nomination &

Governance Committee takes this into

account when considering proposed

appointments to ensure that Directors

can discharge their responsibilities to

the Group effectively. This means not

only attending and preparing for formal

Board and Committee meetings, but also

making time to understand the business,

and to undertake training.

The time commitment is agreed with

each Non-Executive Director on an

individual basis. In addition, all Directors

must seek approval before accepting

any significant new commitment. The

Board is satisfied that the Chair and

each of the Non-Executive Directors

committed sufficient time during the

year to enable them to meet their Board

responsibilities and fulfil their duties as

Directors of the Company.

For the year ended 31 December

2025 and as at the date of publication

of this Annual Report, the Board is

satisfied that none of the Directors is

over-committed and that each of the

Directors allocates sufficient time to his

or her role in order to discharge their

responsibilities effectively.

Indemnification of Directors

In accordance with the Company’s

Articles of Association, and to the extent

permitted by law, the Directors and

Secretary are granted an indemnity,

in respect of any liabilities incurred as

a result of their holding office. Such

indemnities were in force during the

financial year to 31 December 2025

and up to the date of this Report. The

Company also maintains appropriate

insurance cover in respect of legal action

against its Directors and Officers.

Conflicts of interest procedure

The Companies Act 2006 places a duty

on each Director to avoid a situation

in which he or she has or can have a

direct or indirect interest which conflicts

or may conflict with the interests of

the Company. A Director will not be

in breach of that duty if the relevant

matter has been authorised by the

other Directors in accordance with the

Company’s Articles of Association.

Procedures are in place for the

disclosure by Directors of any interest

that conflicts, or possibly may conflict,

with the Company’s interests and for the

appropriate authorisation to be sought

if a conflict arises. The Board, or the

on its behalf, reviews actual and

situational conflicts of interest at least

annually and as necessary if and when

a new potential situational conflict is

identified or a potential conflict situation

materialises. During 2025, the actual

and situational conflicts of interest that

were identified by each Director were

reviewed and authorised by the Board,

subject to appropriate conditions in

accordance with the guiding principles.

The procedures adopted to deal with

conflicts of interest continue to operate

effectively and the Board’s authorisation

powers continue to be exercised

properly in accordance with the

Company’s Articles of Association.

91

Division of responsibilities

In line with the requirements of the Code, the Board comprises a majority of

Independent Non-Executive Directors. The Nomination & Governance Committee

considers the independence of the Non-Executive Directors annually in determining

whether to recommend the Non-Executive for re-election to the Board, having

regard to the independence criteria set out in the Code. As part of this process,

the Board keeps under review the length of tenure of all Directors, which can affect

independence. The Board remains satisfied that it has the appropriate balance of

skills, experience, independence and knowledge to ensure it continues to run the

business effectively and deliver sustainable growth.

Board roles

There is clear division between executive and non-executive responsibilities which

ensure accountability and oversight. The Board comprises Executive and Non-

Executive Directors, such that no one individual or small group of individuals

dominates the Board’s decision-making. The Non-Executive Directors are all deemed

to be independent. To help ensure a proper dialogue with all Directors, the Chair

meets periodically with the Directors individually. The role descriptions of the Chair,

Group CEO and Senior Independent Director are reviewed annually by the Board and

are updated as necessary to reflect changes in legislation or best practice.

92

Chair

The Chair is responsible for:

leading the Board and its overall effectiveness;

demonstrating objective judgement;

promoting a culture of openness and constructive

challenge and debate between all Directors;

facilitating constructive Board relations and

the effective contribution of all Non-Executive

Directors; and

ensuring Directors receive accurate, clear and

timely information.

To help ensure a proper dialogue with all

Directors, the Chair meets periodically with the

Directors individually.

Executive

Officer

Mark Ridley

(until 31 December

2025; Simon Shaw

with effect from

1 January 2026)

The Group Chief Executive has responsibility for all

Group businesses and acts in accordance with the

authority delegated by the Board. There are a number

of areas where the Board has delegated specific

responsibility to management, including responsibility

for the operational management of the Group’s

businesses as well as reviewing strategic issues and

risk matters in advance of these being considered

by the Board and/or its Committees.

Financial

Officer

(until 31 December

2025; Nick

Sanderson will

become a Director

on 12 March 2026)

The Group Chief Financial Officer supports the Group

Chief Executive in developing and implementing the

Group’s strategy and in particular:

leads the global finance function and develops key

finance talent;

ensures effective financial reporting, processes and

controls are in place;

recommends the annual budget and long-term

strategic and financial plan; and

chairs the Group’s Proptech investment ‘fund’,

Grosvenor Hill Ventures.

Senior

Provides a sounding board for the Chair and acts as a

trusted intermediary for the Directors as required; and

is available to respond to Shareholder concerns when

contact through the normal channels is inappropriate.

Directors

Andriana

Karaboutis

Marcus Sperber

Florence Tondu-

Mélique

Monitor and challenge the performance

of management;

assist in approval and review of strategy;

review Group financial information and provide

advice to management;

engage with stakeholders and provide insight as

to their views, including in relation to employees

and the culture of the Group; and

as part of the Nomination & Governance

Committee, review the succession plans for the

Board and key members of senior management.

Group Legal

Director &

Company

Secretary

Chris Lee

The Group Legal Director & Company Secretary,

whose appointment is a matter reserved for the

Board, is responsible for advising and supporting the

Chair and the Board on company law and corporate

governance matters and for ensuring that Board

procedures are followed, as well as ensuring that

there is a smooth flow of information to the Board

to enable effective decision-making.

The Group Legal Director & Company Secretary is

further responsible for ensuring that the Directors

receive regular updates on developments in legal and

regulatory matters. All the Directors have access to

the advice and services of the Group Legal Director

& Company Secretary and through him have access,

if required, to independent professional advice in

respect of their duties at the Company’s expense.

93

Nomination and Governance Committee Report

NOMINATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT

Stacey

Board level and in this regard to oversee

the development of a diverse pipeline

for succession and to lead on the

process for Board.

The Committee has continued to

focus on succession planning and its

implementation, and within this further

seeking to facilitate greater diversity and

inclusion at Board and senior levels with

specific focus below this level. In this

regard Board membership is compliant

with the FTSE Women Leaders requiring

that at least 40% of board members

are women and Parker guidelines that

at least one director is from a minority

ethnic background, and the proportion

of women in senior leadership positions

(as defined by FTSE Women Leaders)

as at October 2025 was 35.6%

(2024: 36.8%).

The Committee will continue to ensure

the Board has in place an effective

leadership with the skills, experience

and diversity to match our strategic

aims and ambition.

Chair of the Nomination &

Governance Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to

present the Nomination & Governance

Committee’s Report for the financial

year ended 31 December 2025. The

key objectives of the Committee are to

regularly review the skills and experience

of the Board to ensure that it is the

right size, structure and composition

taking into account the skills, experience,

independence, knowledge and diversity

of Directors and the future strategy of

the Group. It is also the Committee’s role

to consider succession planning for the

Board and senior executives below

Committee members

The Nomination & Governance Committee

(‘Committee’) has a key role to play in ensuring

that the Board and its principal Committees

have the right mix of skills, experience and

diversity to deliver Group strategy and to create

value. The Committee keeps under review and

evaluates the composition of the Board and

its Committees to maintain the appropriate

balance of skills, knowledge and independence

to be able to function effectively.”

Stacey

Andriana

Philip

Lee

Richard

Orders

(Executive Director)

(save in relation to

matters relating to

the appointment

of his successor)*

Dana

Roffman

Marcus

Sperber

Florence

Tondu-Mélique

John

Waters

* until 31 December 2025

94

The primary objectives of the Committee are:

to review the size and composition of the Board and its key Committees

and to plan for the Board’s progressive refreshing, with regard to balance

and structure;

to ensure that robust succession plans are in place at Executive Director level

and the most senior management level below Board; and

to monitor the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other

requirements of corporate governance including the Code.

Responsible for size, structure and composition of the Board.

Reviewing and progressing appointments to the Board.

Responsible for succession planning at Board and senior management level to

ensure that (i) the Board is refreshed progressively such that the balance of

skills and experience available to the Board remains appropriate to the needs

of the business; and that (ii) the Group has the necessary bench-strength of

talent to ensure seamless succession at senior management level.

Makes recommendations to the Board on the membership of the principal

Committees of the Board.

Monitoring of the Company’s compliance with applicable codes and other

requirements of corporate governance.

More detailed information on the role and responsibilities of the Committee can

be found in the Committee’s Terms of Reference which can be accessed on the

Company’s website at

The Committee has standing items that it considers regularly under its Terms

of Reference; for example, the Committee reviewed its own Terms of Reference

(which are reviewed at least annually or as required, e.g. to reflect changes to

the Code or as a result of changes in regulations or best practice).

Specifically during the year, the Committee:

led the process which resulted in the appointment of Simon Shaw as Group

Chief Executive Officer;

led the process which resulted in the appointment of Nick Sanderson Group

Chief Financial Officer joining the Board with effect from 12 March 2026;

considered and confirmed the implementation of succession plans

at Principal Business ExCo level; and

considered the proposed reappointment of the Non-Executive Directors,

before making a recommendation to the Board that each Non-Executive

Director be proposed to Shareholders for re-election at the 2026 AGM.

Key objectives

Main responsibilities

Principal activities during the year

95

The Committee met 4 times during 2025. Individual attendance by Directors at this meeting is shown in the table on page 75. Members of the Committee also normally attend

the Company’s AGM at which there is an opportunity to meet with Shareholders. Any other Director, the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary or an external advisor

may be invited by the Committee to attend the meetings from time to time, as appropriate.

Changes to the Board and Committees

Mark Ridley retired from the Board on 31 December 2025.

Nick Sanderson, the new Group CFO, who joined the Company on 9 February 2026 will join the Board effective 12 March 2026.

Appointments to the Board

The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for leading the process for new Director appointments and has established a formal, rigorous and transparent

procedure for the selection and nomination of candidates to the Board.

Process for Board appointments

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Step 4

Step 5

The Committee engages with

an external appropriate search

agent to assist with the process

The Committee together with

the selected external search

agent prepares an initial longlist

of candidates for consideration

Working from the initial longlist

of candidates the Committee

selects a shortlist for interview

each of the candidates

Committee members interview

those candidates on the shortlist

and considers the output

from the formal candidate

assessment undertaken by the

search agency, including the

results of assessments designed

to predict job performance,

leadership potential and

organisational fit and where a

suitable candidate is identified

makes a recommendation to

the Board for consideration

Following Board approval

the appointment terms are

agreed and the new Director

is announced in line with the

requirements of the FCA and

Listing Rules

NOMINATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT

96

Search for a new Group CEO

Following Mark Ridley’s decision to retire

from the Board and his role as Group

Chief Executive Officer, once a suitable

successor was identified the Committee

undertook a rigorous search process for

the appointment of his successor.

A description of the role and

competencies needed was agreed,

with a view to appointing the best

qualified individual for the role. Heidrick

& Struggles was selected to advise

the Committee due to its deep long-

standing experience of recruiting at the

most senior leadership level. Heidrick

& Struggles has no other connection

with the Group and is a signatory to

the Voluntary Code of Conduct of

Executive Search Firms.

As part of the process, a long-list

comprising internal and external

candidates was developed. This was

reduced to a short-list and interviews

with the candidates were led by the

Chair of the Committee followed by final

presentations to and interviews with the

preferred candidates by the Committee.

The Committee was unanimous in its

recommendation to the Board that

Simon Shaw be appointed as Group

CEO with effect from 1 January 2026.

Simon Shaw’s biography

SEE PAGE 76

Search for a new Group CFO

Following the decision to appoint

Simon Shaw as Group CEO with effect

from 1 January 2026, the Committee

commenced the search process for

the appointment of Simon’s successor

as Group CFO. The Committee led

the process which resulted in the

appointment of Nick Sanderson

as Group Chief Financial Officer

with effect from 9 February and as

Executive Director on 12 March 2026.

The Committee assessed the balance

of skills, knowledge, independence,

experience and diversity of the Board

and, in view of this assessment, a

description of the role and competencies

needed was agreed, with a view to

appointing the best qualified individual

for the role. Odgers Berndtson was

selected to advise the Committee due

to its deep long-standing experience of

recruiting financial leaders. Other than

periodically supporting search processes

at Board level, Odgers Berndtson has

no other connection with the Group and

is a signatory to the Voluntary Code of

Conduct of Executive Search Firms.

Having identified a longlist of potential

candidates, first-stage interviews were

led by the Chair of the Committee

and Simon Shaw, following which the

preferred candidate was identified

and interviewed by the Chair of the

Audit Committee. The Committee was

unanimous in its recommendation to the

Board that Nick Sanderson be appointed

as an Executive Director and Group

Financial Officer.

Succession planning

The Board and Committee remain

focused on succession planning, and the

development of a diverse succession

pipeline and Board succession is a key

topic at Committee meetings. Board

and senior management succession

plans, which are based on merit and are

assessed against objective criteria, are

reviewed annually by the Committee.

The Committee continues to keep the

Board’s composition under review and

considers how that composition might

be enhanced to ensure that the Board

continues to best meet the needs of

the Company and its Shareholders.

The biographies of the Board members

appear on pages 76 to 78.

The Committee will continue to

monitor the needs of the Board and

its Committees in the context of the

delivery of the Group’s strategy, with

the aim of ensuring that the Group’s

succession planning policy evolves such

that there is an identifiable supply of

talent and experience available to the

Board and its Committees from which

to select successors.

No Director is involved in decisions

regarding his or her own succession.

The Committee also monitors the

development of the senior executive

team below the Board to ensure that

there is a diverse supply of senior

executives and potential future Board

members with the appropriate skills

and experience.

97

Director reappointment

All Non-Executive Directors undertake

a fixed term of three years subject to

annual re-election by Shareholders.

The fixed term can be extended, and

consistent with best practice, would not

go beyond nine years unless exceptional

circumstances were deemed to exist.

The current length of tenure for the

Chair and each of the Non-Executive

Directors as at 31 December 2025 is set

out on page 75.

The Board reviews Non-Executive

Director independence on an annual

basis and takes into account the

individual’s experience, their behaviour

at Board meetings and their contribution

to unbiased and independent debate.

The Board considers that all of the Non-

Executive Directors bring considerable

management expertise and strong

independent oversight.

In accordance with the Code, all of

the Directors will stand for election/

re-election as appropriate at the 2026

AGM on 13 May 2026. The Chair has

confirmed that the Non-Executive

Directors standing for reappointment

at this year’s AGM continue to perform

effectively, both individually and

collectively as a Board, and that each

Non-Executive Director demonstrates

commitment to their roles and continues

to provide constructive challenge,

strategic guidance and offer specialist

advice, as well as holding management

to account. As can be seen from the

attendance records set out on page 75,

Directors’ attendance levels have been

consistently high throughout the year

ended 31 December 2025.

Diversity

Board and Group diversity

At Board level, the approach to

appointing new Directors reflects the

Committee’s objective of ensuring that

there is always an appropriate balance

of experience and backgrounds on

the Board. Great emphasis is placed

on ensuring that Board membership

embodies diversity in its broadest

sense. For this reason, members of the

Board are drawn from a wide range of

disciplines, industries and cultures.

As an international business, we benefit

from our Non-Executive Directors’

knowledge of and involvement with

other businesses across Asia, Europe

and the UK and North America.

The FCA’s UK Listing Rules sourcebook

has set board diversity targets requiring

that at least 40% of board members

are women, at least one of the roles

of Chair, CEO, CFO and SID is held by

a woman, and at least one director is

from a minority ethnic background.

During the year the Company has met

all of the above targets In respect of

ethnic diversity, the Board’s composition

is also in accordance with the Parker

Review recommendation that at least

one Director is from an ethnic minority

background by 31 December 2025.

The benefits of diversity, in terms

of age, ethnicity, skills, experience

and socio-economic background

are an active consideration in all

recruitment decisions, as well as in

our talent development programme.

The Committee is responsible for

overseeing the development of a

diverse pipeline for succession to

senior management. The Board has a

longstanding commitment to prioritise

diversity and supports the FTSE Women

Leaders Review on gender diversity and

the Parker review on ethnic diversity.

For the purposes of complying with the

requirements of the Code Provision 23,

Senior Management is defined as the

Group Executive Board (‘GEB’). As at

31 December 2025 the GEB members

and their direct reports totalled 105 of

which 37 were female, 68 were male.

Accordingly, our Group Women in

Leadership percentage (determined

in accordance with the FTSE Women

Leaders Review criteria) was 35.6% as

at 31 October 2025. Our previous year

Group Women in Leadership percentage

as reported by the FTSE Women

Leaders Review was 36.7% (as at

30 October 2024).

The Committee supports the initiatives

taking place across the Group’s

businesses to improve diversity,

including work to further strengthen the

pipeline of women through a managed

career path and improved access to

opportunities. More details on the

Group’s diversity and inclusion initiatives

can be found on page 50. Information on

Board and Executive Committee gender

and ethnicity can be found on page 99.

98

UKLR6.6.6R(10) as at the date of the Annual Report

Number of

Board members

Percentage of

the Board

Number of

senior positions

on the Board (Chair,

CEO, CFO and SID)

Number in

executive

management**

Percentage of

executive

Men

56%

2*

7

100%

Women

44%

0

0

Other categories

Not specified/prefer not to say

Number of

Board members

the Board

Number of

senior positions

on the Board (Chair,

CEO, CFO and SID)

Number in

executive

management**

executive

White British or other White (including minority-white groups)

89%

86%

Mixed/Multiple ethnic groups

0

0

0

Asian/Asian British

11%

14%

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British

Other ethnic group, including Arab

Not specified/prefer not to say

Simon Shaw (CFO), Richard Orders (SID).

# Stacey Cartwright (Chair).

** Defined as the Group Executive Board.

Board and Committee evaluation

2023 internal

Board evaluation

2025 externally facilitated

Board evaluation

2024 internal

99

The performance and effectiveness of the Board and its Committees is assessed annually through a formal performance evaluation process. In accordance with the Code

requirements, the Board believes that an external independent evaluation of Board effectiveness and performance, and that of its principal Committees, at least every three

years brings further insight into its performance. As well as looking to continually improve the Board’s processes, the evaluation process is used to reflect on areas that the

Board would like to see more focus on.

Board and Committee evaluation

The Board recognises that it continually needs to monitor and improve its

performance. In line with the effective governance requirements of the Code,

the Board reviews its own performance and that of the Directors and of its

Committees annually.

2025 process

This year’s evaluation was externally facilitated by The Board Evaluation LLP

who has no other connection with the Group.

The evaluation carried out this year involved each Board member completing

a questionnaire which was then used as the basis of a confidential interview.

The matters covered by the evaluation included performance, composition,

diversity and how effectively members of the Board work together to achieve

objectives. Individual evaluation covered whether each Director continued to

contribute effectively.

The output of the evaluation was presented to the Board in March 2026 and the

Directors discussed the points raised by the review.

Conclusion from the 2025 evaluation

The conclusion from this year’s independently facilitated evaluation was that the

Board and its Committees continue to operate to a high standard and provide

effective oversight of strategy and its implementation and the management of risks.

Board discussions were considered to be open, constructive and valuable and able

to strike the right balance between challenge and support, with the Board having a

clear understanding of both the macro-economic and competitive threats facing the

Company. There was also a clear understanding of the separation of responsibilities

between the Executive and the Non-Executive Directors.

The Board’s size and composition were considered appropriate for the Company

with the appropriate balance of skills and experience. It was also considered that

the Board worked well as a unit.

The Board Committees were also considered to be operating well, fulfilling their

respective terms of reference, and that their Chairs report clearly and effectively

on the work undertaken and the outcomes achieved.

Areas of focus for 2026

Reflecting the output from the 2025 Board Evaluation, the additional areas for Board

focus, which would be added to the Board’s 2026 workplan, were agreed as follows:

(a)

the Board to continue with its programme of presentations from the Principal

Businesses to allow the Board to confirm the performance and effectiveness

of each area implementing the strategy. Complementing this, the Board to

continue to aim to hold at least one meeting a year at a location other than

the Company’s Head Office in London to maintain the Board’s visibility to the

Business and to facilitate engagement with a wider group of employees.

(b)

the Group’s forward-looking indicators to be reviewed to ensure that these for

example provide sufficient number of key strategic risk indicators.

(c)

the Group’s succession planning and the senior management development

programmes supporting this to be reviewed following CEO succession effective

1 January 2026 and the changes to the Principal Business ExCos through 2024-

25 to ensure that bench-strength and the talent pipeline remained robust.

100

As a result of the evaluation, the Board

considers the performance of each

Director to be effective and concluded

that both the Board and its Committees

continue to provide effective leadership

and exert the required levels of

governance and control. Shareholders

would therefore be recommended to re-

elect Board Members at the AGM in May.

Following this review, we are satisfied

that the Board continues to perform

effectively and in particular are confident

that the Board has the right balance

of skills and experience to continue to

encourage open, transparent debate

and challenge.

Board induction and

development

The Board has established a formal

induction process for all Directors

providing them with a comprehensive

understanding of their role and

responsibilities as Directors. Induction

programmes are facilitated by the

Chair and the Group Legal Director &

Company Secretary and are tailored to

the Director’s individual roles and needs.

The induction process is designed to

develop the Director’s knowledge and

understanding of the Group covering

key areas including the Group’s purpose,

values, culture and strategy, its corporate

governance, risks and internal controls

and the markets in which it operates.

New Directors are also provided with

information on relevant share dealing

policies, Directors’ duties, Company

policies and governance.

The induction also includes one-to-

one briefings from the Heads of the

Principal Businesses and an introduction

to each Group business’s development

strategy with the content of meetings

varying depending on the Director being

inducted and their background and

individual experience.

Our induction programme for new

Directors is delivered through:

meetings with the Chair, wider

Board, Group Legal Director &

Company Secretary and relevant

Committee Chairs;

a structured programme of meetings

with the Group Executive Board

members and senior management

to provide a deeper understanding

of risks and opportunities and

stakeholder interests;

meetings with advisors, including the

External Auditor, to provide a valuable

external perspective; and

training as appropriate on key

policies, statutory duties and legal

and governance requirements.

The Committee reviewed the Company’s

compliance with the Code and was

satisfied that the Company complied

with the Code. The Committee will

continue to receive updates on

corporate governance developments

and will consider the impact of those

developments on the Company.

Chair of the Nomination &

Governance Committee

101

AUDIT, RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

I am pleased to present the

Audit Committee’s report

for the financial year ended

31 December 2025.”

John

Waters

Chair of

the Audit

Committee

Committee members

(Chair)

Philip

Lee

Florence

Marcus

Sperber

Andriana

Karaboutis*

Annual Report – fair, balanced

and understandable

As part of the Committee’s assessment

as to whether the 2025 Annual

Report and Financial Statements,

taken as a whole are fair, balanced

and understandable, the Committee

has oversight of and reviews the

effectiveness of key processes

implemented by management. The

Committee also undertook a review

to determine if the entire Annual

Report is representative of the Group’s

performance for the year and challenges

management on the overall balance

of the Report and Accounts prior to

recommending approval of the Annual

Report to the Board. This includes

the financial reporting responsibilities

of the Directors under Section 172 of

the Companies Act 2006.

This report provides an overview of

the significant issues that the Audit

Committee assessed and details the

Committee’s major considerations and

activities during the year.

Key activities

During the year, the Committee

continued to play a key role in assisting

the Board in its oversight of financial

reporting and auditing matters, including

reviewing and monitoring the Group’s

systems of internal control and risk

management, the internal and external

audit processes and the Group’s

financial reporting.

The key matters are set out on pages

106 and 107. The Committee met five

times during the year and the detail of

attendance is found on page 105.

* member until 30 April 2025

102

Viability and going concern

The Committee also considered the

viability and going concern statements

and their underlying assumptions.

Following consideration, the Committee

agreed with management’s proposal

that the Company’s long-term Viability

statement should continue to cover a

three-year period (see page 69), that

management had conducted robust

viability and going concern assessments

and recommended the approval

of the Viability and Going concern

statements to the Board. The Committee

will continue to monitor changes in

regulation and focus on the audit,

assurance and risk processes within

the Principal Businesses.

Minimum standard

In accordance with the 2024 Code, the

Committee considers that it has met

the requirements of the FRC’s Audit

Committees and the External Audit:

Minimum Standard (Minimum Standard)

in 2025. These requirements are more

fully reported on page 112.

Committee effectiveness

In accordance with our three-

year Board and Board Committee

performance evaluation cycle, during the

year, the Board carried out an externally

facilitated evaluation of its performance

and that of its Committees. The

Board is satisfied that the Committee

members possess relevant experience

and appropriate levels of independence

and that its members have the depth

of financial and commercial experience

across various industries which are

essential for the effective working of

the Committee.

UK Corporate Governance

Code 2024

The Company reported against the

2024 UK Corporate Governance Code

(the ‘Code’ which is applicable to

1 January 2025, apart from Provision

29 (which is applicable from 1 January

2026) and which will require companies

to report on the effectiveness of material

financial, operational, reporting, and

compliance controls 2026.

The Committee is overseeing a project to

ensure that the Group is ready to report

in accordance with Code Provision 29

on internal controls effectiveness, which

applies to the Company for the financial

year commencing 1 January 2026.

Management provided the Committee

with activity updates during the year

and we will formally report in the 2026

Annual Report & Accounts.

Chair of the Audit Committee

103

How the Committee operates

Membership

The Committee is a fundamental element of the Company’s governance framework.

The Committee is chaired by John Waters. John Waters, Andriana (Andi) Karaboutis,

Philip Lee, Marcus Sperber and Florence Tondu-Mélique, all of whom are Independent

Non-Executive Directors, were members of the Committee during the year. Andriana

Karaboutis stepped down as a member of the Committee on 30 April 2025. Members

of the Committee are appointed by the Board following recommendations by the

Nomination & Governance Committee and membership is reviewed annually by the

Nomination & Governance Committee as part of the annual Board performance

evaluation. As at 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this report, the Committee

comprised entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors. The members of the Audit

Committee have been selected to provide the wide range of financial and commercial

experience needed to undertake its duties and each member of the Audit Committee

brings an appropriate balance of financial and commercial experience, combined with

a sound understanding of the Company’s business, and is therefore considered by the

Board to be competent in the Company’s sector. The expertise and experience of the

members of the Audit Committee are summarised on pages 76 to 78.

The Board considers that each member of the Committee is independent within the

definition set out in the Code and is capable of assessing the work of management

and the assurances provided by the Internal and External Audit functions. The Board

also considers that John Waters, as Chair of the Committee, possesses significant,

recent and relevant financial experience and that all Committee members have

relevant financial experience as required by the Code.

All members of the Committee receive an appropriate induction, which includes an

overview of the business, its financial dynamics and risks, and meetings with senior

management. Committee members are expected to have an understanding of the

principles of, and recent developments in, financial reporting, including the applicable

accounting standards and statements of recommended practice, key aspects of the

Company’s policies, financing, internal control mechanisms, and matters that require

the use of judgement in the presentation of accounts and key figures as well as the

role of Internal Audit and the External Auditor.

Objective

The objective of the Committee is the provision of effective governance over the

appropriateness of financial reporting of the Group, including the adequacy of

related disclosures, the performance of both the Internal Audit function and the

External Auditor and oversight of the Group’s systems of internal control, business

risks and related compliance activities.

Responsibility for assisting the Board in fulfilling its financial and

risk responsibilities.

Overseeing external financial reporting, internal controls, risk management and

reviewing the work of the Internal and External Auditors.

Advising the Board on the appointment of the External Auditor.

Considering significant judgements, assumptions and estimates made by

management in the financial statements.

Advising the Board on various statements made in the Annual Report including

those on viability, going concern, risks and controls and in particular for

ensuring that the financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced

and understandable.

The Committee’s key role is to assist the Board in discharging its duties and

responsibilities for financial reporting, internal control, the effectiveness of the

risk management process and in making recommendations to the Board on the

appointment of the External Auditor.

The Committee is responsible for the scope and results of the external audit work,

the related fees and cost effectiveness and for ensuring the independence and

objectivity of the External Auditor including the approval of the level of provision

of non-audit services.

The remuneration of the members of the Committee and the policy for the

remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors are set out on pages 114 to 140.

The Committee is authorised to investigate any matter within its Terms of

Reference (a copy of which can be found in the governance section of the

Company’s website at

and which are reviewed at least annually or

as required).

The Committee has access to the services of the Group Legal Director & Company

Secretary and, where necessary, the authority to obtain external legal or other

independent professional advice to fulfil its duties.

Main responsibilities

Role of Committee

AUDIT, RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

104

Meetings held

The Committee meets at least five times per year and has an agenda planner

linked to events in the Company’s financial calendar and other matters that arise

throughout the year, which fall for consideration by the Committee under its remit.

The Committee Chair agrees the timings and agendas for each meeting.

There were five scheduled Committee meetings held during the year (with two of

these meetings focused on matters relating to the half-year and full-year reporting).

The Committee reports to the Board after each Committee meeting. Attendance at

meetings during 2025 is shown in the table below:

Committee member

Member since

Meetings

attended

January 2024

5/5

Andriana Karaboutis * **

March 2024

5/5

January 2021

5/5

December 2022

5/5

Florence Tondu-Mélique

October 2018

5/5

Member to 30 April 2025.

** Andriana Karaboutis attended 1 meeting as a Member of the Committee and 4 meetings by invitation.

How the Committee keeps up to date

The Committee is kept up to date with changes to Accounting Standards and

relevant developments in financial reporting, company law and the various regulatory

frameworks through presentations from the Group’s External Auditor, Group Chief

Financial Officer, and Group Legal Director & Company Secretary. The Committee

may also receive tailored briefings from management and the Group’s External

Auditor from time to time. The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee include

all the matters required under the Code and are reviewed at least annually by the

Committee. The Chair of the Committee meets informally and is in regular contact

with key individuals involved with the Company’s governance, including the Group

Chief Financial Officer, Group Director of Risk & Assurance and the Group Legal

Director & Company Secretary and prior to each Committee meeting, meets with

each of them and senior members of the external audit team.

In addition to its members, a standing invitation has been extended by the

Committee to the Chair and Group Chief Executive Officer to attend the Committee’s

meetings. The Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Finance Director, the Group

Director of Risk & Assurance, Group Legal Director & Company Secretary and the

External Auditor attend each of the Committee’s meetings. Other senior executives

from the Group are invited periodically to present reports to assist the Committee

in discharging its duties.

At least once a year, the Committee meets with (a) the Group Director of Risk &

Assurance and (b) senior members of the External Auditors without management

being present. The Chair of the Committee also normally attends the AGM to respond

to any Shareholder questions on its activities.

Activities of the Committee during the year

The Committee has a substantial agenda of established items to discharge its

responsibilities, while maintaining sufficient time for discussion of ad hoc matters

that arise throughout the year. The Committee relies on information and support

from management, receiving reports and presentations from business management,

the Heads of Key Group functions, Internal Audit and the External Auditor, which

it challenges as appropriate. Following each meeting, the Chair of the Committee

reports on the main discussion points and any actions arising from these to

the Board.

The Committee provides advice to the Board on the form and basis of conclusions

underlying the Viability statement as set out on page 69 and the going

concern assessment.

105

What the Committee did during the financial year ended 31 December 2025:

How the Committee discharged its responsibilities

Mar

June

Aug

Oct

Dec

Financial

Reporting

Reviewed and discussed the key accounting considerations and estimates and judgements reflected in the Group’s

results for the half year

Reviewed and discussed the key accounting considerations and estimates and judgements reflected in the

Group’s annual results

Reviewed the assessment supporting the going concern basis of accounting

Reviewed the Viability statement and considered the processes supporting the assessment of longer-term solvency and

liquidity of the Group

External Audit

Agreed the External Audit strategy and scope

Considered and, where appropriate, approved the instruction of the Group’s External Auditor’s provision of

non-audit services

Reviewed and considered the External Auditor’s report, including the External Auditor’s observations on the Group’s

internal control environment

Discussed the performance of Ernst & Young (‘EY’) who were the relevant External Auditor for the 2025 year-end audit,

assessed according to the Code

Met with the External Auditor without management present to discuss their remit and any concerns

Discussed and agreed the External Auditor remuneration in respect of audit services provided

Assessed the External Auditor’s independence, including non-audit services

Internal Audit

Considered and approved the remit of the Group Internal Audit function and the Internal Audit plan

Received and considered reports from the Group’s Internal Audit team covering various aspects of the Group’s operations,

controls and processes and monitored the progress made by management in addressing recommendations arising out

of these reports

Monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s Internal Audit function in the context of the Group’s overall

risk management arrangements

Met with the Group Director of Risk & Assurance privately to discuss their remit and any concerns

106

How the Committee discharged its responsibilities

Mar

June

Aug

Oct

Dec

Internal

Controls

and Risk

Systems

Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management system and internal controls in place to manage the

Group’s material existing and emerging risks

Reviewed and considered the Group’s risk register

Reviewed the risk management environment for each of the Group’s businesses by receiving presentations from the Chief

Operating/Financial Officers of the Principal Businesses

Reviewed the Committee’s own performance, composition and Terms of Reference, and recommended any changes the

Committee considers necessary for Board approval

Reviewed the reports provided by the Group’s Legal Director & Company Secretary on significant legal matters

Provision 29 readiness activities

The Committee is overseeing a project to ensure that the Group is ready to report in

accordance with Code Provision 29 on internal controls effectiveness, which applies

to the Company for the financial year commencing 1 January 2026. Management

provided the Committee with activity updates during the year.

Provision 29 will require a new declaration on the effectiveness of material controls,

which is effective from 1 January 2026. The Board will be required to provide:

a description of how the Board has monitored and reviewed the effectiveness

of the risk management and internal control framework;

a declaration of effectiveness of the material controls as at the balance sheet

date; and

a description of any material controls which have not operated effectively as at

the balance sheet date, the action taken, or proposed, to improve them and any

action taken to address previously reported issues.

107

During the year, in addition to its established review processes, the Committee

considered and reviewed a number of other areas. These included updates on the risk

and internal control environments within the Group’s North American, Asia Pacific,

Investment Management and EMEA businesses. In addition, the Committee examined

IT systems strategy including in particular the Group’s approach to cyber security.

The Committee specifically considered the processes and assessment of the Group’s

prospects and viability made by management to support the Viability statement

which can be found on page 69. The Committee’s review included consideration of

the time period adopted, the processes supporting the assessment of the Group’s

longer-term solvency and liquidity and the related assumptions. In addition, the

Committee considered key changes to legislation and regulation impacting the

Committee’s responsibilities including the Code and the new corporate fraud offence

under the Economic Crime & Corporate Transparency Act 2023 (ECCTA and changes

in processes and ongoing employee training to respond to these key changes).

The Committee considered and provided input into the determination of which of

the Group’s principal risks might have an impact on the Group’s longer-term solvency

and liquidity. It also reviewed the results of management’s scenario modelling,

including severe downside modelling, and the stress testing of those financial

models supporting the Viability statement and challenged management on the

appropriateness of the assumptions made.

Following discussions with management and the External Auditor, the Committee

approved the disclosures of these accounting policies and practices which are set

out in Note 2 to the financial statements on page 165.

Financial reporting

The Committee’s primary responsibility in relation to the Group’s financial reporting

is to review, with management and the External Auditor, the appropriateness of the

half-year and annual financial statements.

The Committee focuses on:

the quality and acceptability of accounting policies and practices;

material areas in which significant judgements have been applied or where

significant issues have been discussed with the External Auditor;

an assessment of whether the Annual Report & Accounts, taken as a whole, are

fair, balanced and understandable;

the clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards

and relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;

providing advice to the Board on the form and basis underlying the Viability

statement; and

any correspondence from regulators in relation to the Group’s financial reporting.

108

Significant financial reporting judgements

As part of its monitoring of the integrity of the financial statements, the Committee considers the appropriateness of the accounting policies proposed for adoption and

whether management has made appropriate estimates and judgements. To support its decision-making, the Committee seeks support and the views of the External Auditor

in these areas.

In accordance with Code provision 25, the following sets out the significant issues reviewed by the Committee throughout the year, being those requiring management to

exercise the highest level of judgement or estimation. The Committee assesses these judgements to determine if they are reasonable and appropriate.

Matter considered

Action

Revenue recognition

The Committee considered the presumed risk of fraud and management override defined by the International Accounting Standards.

The Committee discussed and actively challenged management’s conclusions in respect of revenue recognition policies, satisfying itself that

the approach applied to determine revenue recognised in FY25 was appropriate, consistent across the Group and in line with the Group’s

accounting policies.

The Committee also received and discussed the External Auditor reports setting out its work, testing and conclusions on this area. The Committee,

having actively challenged and considered both management’s judgements and the External Auditor’s conclusions, agreed that there were no

material issues in this area and that the approach taken was appropriate.

Goodwill impairment

The Committee considered management’s approach in relation to the carrying value of the Group’s businesses, including goodwill. The Committee

reviewed and considered the detailed analysis of the key inputs to forecast future cash flows and the process by which they were drawn up.

The Committee considered the appropriateness of the assumptions used and reviewed the impact of sensitivity analysis.

The Committee also considered if there were any reasonably possible changes in assumptions that would result in a material impairment and

therefore require further disclosure in the financial statements.

The Committee also considered a report from the External Auditor setting out its analysis and conclusions in this area.

The Committee was satisfied with the assumptions and judgements applied by Management.

The Committee also considered if there were any reasonably possible changes in assumptions that would result in a material impairment of the Group’s goodwill and therefore

require further disclosure in the financial statements. These are set out in Note 17 to the financial statements.

The Committee also considered a report from the External auditor setting out its analysis and conclusions in this area.

Overall, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions made and judgements applied by management, as well as the disclosures made.

109

External auditor

The Committee advises the Board on the appointment of the External Auditor,

negotiates and agrees its remuneration for audit and non-audit work, reviews its

effectiveness, independence and objectivity and discusses the nature, scope and

results of the audit with the External Auditor.

External Auditor appointment

Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) in 2019

Last tender

Financial Year 2019

Transition year

Year ending 31 December 2020

First shareholder approval of

current auditor

May 2021

First audited Annual Report

Year ending 31 December 2021

Lead audit engagement partner

Christabel Cowling from year ending

31 December 2022

Reappointment

Approved at the 2025 AGM

Next audit tender required

by regulations

For the year ending 31 December 2029

Effectiveness

The Committee assesses the effectiveness of the External Auditor continuously

throughout the year and also considers the appropriateness of the audit plan on

an annual basis, in addition to the level of the External Auditor’s fees. The review

covered a broad range of matters including amongst other matters, the quality of

staff, its expertise, resources and the independence of the audit.

The Committee holds private meetings with the External Auditor at the March

and August Committee meetings to provide additional opportunity for open

conversations and allows the Committee to assess whether the External Auditor

has appropriately challenged management’s analysis and feedback to/from the

Committee and the External Auditor without management being present. The Chair

of the Committee also meets with the Lead audit engagement partner and other

senior members of the External Audit team outside the formal Committee process

throughout the year.

The Committee considered the External Audit plan for the year and assessed how

the External Auditor had performed including consideration of the robustness of

their challenge and findings on areas which required judgement, the strength and

depth of the lead partners and feedback from the Group’s management.

The Committee considers that the External Auditor relationship is appropriate and

the Committee is satisfied with EY’s overall effectiveness.

Independence

An important aspect of managing the External Auditor relationship, and of the annual

effectiveness review, is ensuring that there are adequate safeguards to protect auditor

objectivity and independence. The Committee regards independence of the External

Auditor as absolutely crucial in safeguarding the integrity of the audit process and

takes responsibility for ensuring the three-way relationship between the Committee,

the External Auditor and management remains appropriate. In conducting its

annual assessment, the Committee reviews the External Auditor’s own policies and

procedures for safeguarding its objectivity and independence. As one of the ways in

which it seeks to protect the independence and objectivity of the External Auditor,

the Committee has a policy governing the engagement of the External Auditor to

provide non-audit services and its assessment of EY’s independence is underpinned

by this policy. In accordance with the FRC’s Ethical Standard and the Group’s policy

in place to 31 December 2025, the Committee approved only those non-audit

services which were permissible under the FRC’s Ethical Standard.

110

As part of the Committee’s assessment as to whether the 2025 Annual Report

and Financial Statements, taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable,

the Committee has oversight of and reviews the effectiveness of key processes

implemented by management.

In doing so, the Committee considers whether management’s disclosures

reflect the supporting detail, or challenge management to explain and justify

their interpretation and, if necessary, re-present the information. The External

Auditor supports this process in the course of its statutory audit by auditing

the Group’s accounting records against agreed accounting practices, relevant

laws and regulation. The External Auditor’s report can be found on pages 147 to

158. Following this review and challenge process, the Committee was pleased to

advise the Board that the 2025 Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and

understandable and that the Directors have provided the necessary information

for Shareholders to assess the Group’s position, prospects, business model

and strategy.

In addition to the above, the Committee also undertakes a review to determine if

the entire financial statements are representative of the Group’s performance in

the year and challenges management on the overall balance of the Annual Report

and Accounts prior to recommending approval of the financial statements to the

Board. This includes the financial reporting responsibilities of the Directors under

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Audit Committee’s role in ensuring the financial statements

taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable

Audit and non-audit fees

To further safeguard the independence of the Company’s External Auditor and the

integrity of the audit process, recruitment of senior employees from the External

Auditor is not allowed for an appropriate period after they cease to provide services

to the Company.

The Committee is satisfied that the Company was compliant during the year with

both the UK Corporate Governance Code and the FRC’s Ethical and Auditing

Standards for the scope and permitted level of fees incurred for non-audit

services provided.

Details of the fees paid to the External Auditor can be found in Note 10.1 to the

financial statements on page 178. The Company maintains a policy governing

the provision of non-audit services to the Group. During the financial year ended

31 December 2025 contracts for non-audit services in excess of £0.1m required

Committee approval and the Chair of the Audit Committee approved new

instructions for non-audit services below this level.

£m

£m

£m

Audit fees

4.6

4.4

4.2

Non audit fees

0.4

0.4

0.4

The Committee was satisfied that in view of their knowledge and experience of the

Company, that when EY was used, it was best placed to provide such non-audit

services and that their objectivity and independence had not been impaired by

reason of this further work. In line with the Company’s policy on the provision of

non-audit work, the Committee reviewed the provision of non-audit work provided

by the External Auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 on a case-by-

case basis.

The Directors confirm that, insofar as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit

information of which EY is unaware and each Director has taken the steps that ought

to have been taken as a Director to be aware of any relevant audit information and to

establish that EY is aware of that information.

Regulatory reporting

The Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) publishes thematic reviews and other

guidance to help companies improve the quality of corporate reporting through

the provision of guidance and reviews of the quality of reporting across public

companies. The Group routinely reviews these FRC publications.

111

Audit Committees and the external audit:

Minimum standard

The Committee confirms that for the year ended 31 December 2025, it has complied

with the Audit Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard (the Standard).

The current External Auditor, EY was appointed following an audit tender process in

2019, and approval at the Company’s 2021 AGM. EY’s reappointment was approved at

the 2025 AGM. Christabel Cowling is the lead audit partner and has held the role since

2022. The Committee disclosed the criteria used to make its selection and the process

followed on page 77 of the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts.

The Committee has outlined in the table below the activities it has undertaken to

meet the requirements of the Standard.

Reporting Area

Our activities

Significant issues that the

Committee considered relating to

the financial statements

See page 109

Application of the entity’s

accounting policies

See page 165

Shareholder request for certain

matters to be covered in an audit

N/a as at 31 December 2025 we

have not received any requests from

shareholders that certain matters be

covered in an audit

Assessment of the independence

and effectiveness of the external

audit process

See page 110

External audit tender and appointment

See page 110

An explanation of how auditor

independence and objectivity has

been safeguarded if non-audit

services are provided

Details of the findings of a regulatory

inspection of the quality of the

company’s audit

N/A

Internal control and risk management

Internal Audit

The Committee has the primary responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s

system of internal control, including the risk management framework, the compliance

framework, and the work of the Group’s Internal Audit functions.

The Internal Audit function provides independent and objective assurance as to the

adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and risk management

systems. During 2025, Internal Audit services were delivered by the Group’s Director

of Risk and Assurance with delivery support from two audit firms – RSM LLP (‘RSM’)

and Grant Thornton LLP. Savills IM has its own Head of Internal Audit who has

responsibility for Internal Audit planning and delivery within Savills IM with support

from RSM, and who reports to the Group Risk Committee and the Audit Committee

on findings and actions arising from Internal Audit within Savills IM. The Group Risk

Committee and Audit Committee approve the SIM annual Internal Audit Plan.

The Board’s responsibility for internal control and risk is detailed on page 81 and is

incorporated into this report by reference.

The Group’s Director of Risk and Assurance attended all scheduled Audit Committee

meetings, and the SIM Head of Internal Audit attended by invitation two meetings and

provided a range of presentations and papers to the Committee, through which the

Committee monitored the effectiveness of all of the Group’s material internal controls,

including financial, operational and compliance controls on behalf of the Board.

The Committee reviews and approves the Internal Audit plan and SIM Internal Audit

plan annually which is aligned to the review by management and the Group’s risk

management framework. During the year the Committee received progress against

those plans, while the effectiveness, workload of the Internal Audit functions and the

adequacy of available resources were monitored throughout the year. The Committee

ensures that Internal Audit was appropriately resourced with the skills and experience

relevant to the operations of the Group and that information was made available to it

to enable it to fulfil its mandate to the appropriate professional standards.

The Committee reviews Internal Audit reports from both Group and SIM on a

regular basis and monitors the status of all Internal Audit recommendations and

management’s responsiveness to their implementation, and challenges both Internal

Audit and management where appropriate to provide assurance that the control

environment is robust and effective. Management is responsible for ensuring that

issues raised by Internal Audit are addressed within an agreed timetable, and the

Committee reviews their timely completion.

112

In assessing the performance of Internal Audit, the Committee considered and

monitored its effectiveness in the context of the Company’s risk management

system and took into account management’s assessment of and responsiveness to

the Internal Auditor’s findings and recommendations and reports from the External

Auditor on issues identified during the course of their work.

Assessment of Group’s system of internal control, including the

risk management framework

The Board is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the Company’s risk

management and internal control systems. The Committee, on behalf of the Board,

keeps under review the adequacy and effectiveness of these systems and, at least

annually undertakes a robust review of the effectiveness of the system of risk

management and internal control.

During 2025, in performing its review of effectiveness, the Committee reviewed and

assessed the following reports and activities:

Internal Audit reports on the review of the controls across the Group and its

monitoring of management actions arising from these reviews;

management’s own assessment of risk and the performance of the system of risk

management and internal control during 2025;

reports from the Group Director of Risk & Assurance including reports on Group-

wide risk assessment activity and annual self-assessment findings;

reports from the SIM Head of Risk & Compliance and the SIM Head of Internal

Audit; and

reports from the External Auditor on any issues identified during the course of

their work.

The Committee and the Board considered that the information received was

sufficient to enable a review of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls

in accordance with the FRC’s Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and

Related Financial and Business Reporting.

Review of the effectiveness of the risk management and internal

control systems

The principal existing and emerging risks and uncertainties faced by the Group and

the associated mitigating actions for these are set out on pages 31 to 39.

The Board, assisted by the Audit Committee, is responsible for reviewing the

operation and effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls. The internal control

system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve

business objectives and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance

against material misstatement or loss.

The Board is also responsible for ensuring that appropriate systems are in place to

enable it to identify, assess and manage key risks. This responsibility includes the

determination of the nature and extent of the principal risks the Board is willing

to take to achieve its strategic objectives and for ensuring that an appropriate

culture has been embedded throughout the organisation. The Board’s attitude and

appetite to risk is communicated to the Group’s businesses through the strategy

planning processes.

The Board is supported by the Audit Committee in discharging its oversight

duties with regard to internal control and risk management. During the year, the

Audit Committee on behalf of the Board, reviewed the effectiveness of the risk

management systems and internal control systems, including financial, operational

and compliance controls. The Board did not identify any significant failings or

weaknesses in the year. Taking into account the principal existing and emerging

risks and uncertainties set out on pages 31 to 39, and the ongoing work of the Audit

Committee in monitoring the risk management and internal control systems on

behalf of the Board, the Board remains satisfied that the review of internal controls

did not reveal any significant weaknesses and they continue to operate effectively.

113

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

As Chair of the Committee, I would like

to thank those Shareholders who took

part in the engagement process during

the development of our Policy, along

with those who supported the Policy

at our 2025 AGM. The Committee was

pleased with the strong support from

Shareholders which demonstrates the

continued support for both the Policy

and our wider remuneration philosophy.

Board changes

In April the Board announced that Mark

Ridley would be retiring from his role as

Group Chief Executive on 31 December

2025. Details of his retirement terms

are set out later in this report. The

Committee would like to thank Mark for

his significant contribution to Savills over

his 29 year career at Savills, including the

last seven years as Group Chief Executive.

Under Mark’s leadership, the business has

delivered meaningful growth during one

of the most challenging periods in Savills

history. This included navigating the

impact of Brexit and its aftermath, the

COVID-19 pandemic, and more recently

continued global geopolitical uncertainty.

The Board was pleased to announce

that Mark would be succeeded as Group

Chief Executive by the Group Chief

Financial Officer, Simon Shaw, effective

1 January 2026.

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased

to introduce our 2025 Directors’

Remuneration Report (the ‘Report’).

Included within this Report are details

of how we implemented our Directors’

Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) in

2025, how we intend to operate the

Policy in 2026, along with a summary

of the Policy which was approved by

Shareholders at our 2025 AGM.

This Report has been prepared on behalf of

the Board by the Remuneration Committee

(the ‘Committee’) in accordance with

the requirements of the Companies Act

2006 and the Large and Medium-sized

Companies and Groups (Accounts and

Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2008

(as amended) (‘Regulations’) and the

auditable disclosures referred to in the

External Auditor’s report on pages 147 to

158 as specified by the UK Listing Authority

and the Regulations.

Richard

Orders

Andriana

(with effect from

1 June 2025)

Dana

Roffman

Richard

Orders

Chair of the

Committee

Annual statement

114

Following an extensive search process,

Simon will be succeeded by Nick

Sanderson who was previously Chief

Financial Officer and previously

Operating Officer at Great Portland

Estates PLC. Nick joined the business

from 9 February 2026, and joins the

Board from 12 March 2026. As part of

his joining arrangement Nick received

a buyout award in line with the terms

of our Shareholder approved Policy.

Further details are set out later in

this report.

Our remuneration philosophy

As set out in previous reports, our

long-standing focus and business

philosophy is founded on the premise

that staff in our sector are motivated

through performance-based incentives

(variable remuneration) consistent

with our partnership culture. We firmly

believe that this approach best aligns

Shareholders’ and management’s

interests and incentivises superior

performance and the creation of

long-term Shareholder value. This

approach also ensures that our reward

arrangements are consistent with, and

sensitive to, the cyclical nature of real

estate markets.

Our Policy is designed to deliver

these objectives and to provide

the reward potential necessary for

the Company to attract, retain and

motivate the high-calibre individuals

on whom its continued growth and

development depend.

Reflecting this philosophy, the salaries

for the Executive Directors, Group

Executive Board members and senior

fee-earners are set significantly

below market medians for similar

businesses, with a greater emphasis

on the performance-related elements

of profit share and/or, outside the UK,

commission in the total reward package.

The Committee is mindful of its

responsibility to reward appropriately,

but not excessively. As such, it places

great emphasis on the calibration of

Executive Director remuneration and

structure against internal relativities

and wider market conditions, while

also rigorously assessing external

competitive positioning in setting

remuneration. Finally, it determines

targets to ensure that reward properly

reflects performance, that it supports

the delivery of our strategic and

operational objectives and that it is fair

to management and Shareholders alike.

Overall, allowing for our growth and the

shape of our business, our target staff

employment costs over the cycle are in

the range of 65%–75% of revenues which

the Committee regards as a key metric

from a Shareholder’s perspective.

The Committee is comfortable that

our remuneration philosophy remains

appropriate and continues to align to

the best interests of our stakeholders.

This alignment was demonstrated by the

strong level of Shareholder support for

our Policy at our 2025 AGM.

2025 performance and

remuneration outcomes

Overall, global commercial property

investment rose by 10% in 2025, driven

in large part by the US, the world’s

largest market, which recorded an

18% increase year-on-year. Elsewhere,

market conditions were less favourable,

with macroeconomic headwinds and

geopolitical uncertainty, in particular

resulting from continuing changes in US

tariff policy, which weighed on investor

and occupier sentiment. By the end of

Q3, the US was still the only market to

record year-on-year transaction volume

growth. However, recovery in EMEA and

parts of Asia Pacific resulted in a marked

increase in investment volumes during

the fourth quarter.

Against this challenging backdrop,

Group revenue increased by 6% to

£2.6bn (2024: £2.4bn), representing

growth of 8% on a constant currency

basis. The Group’s Transactional

businesses delivered revenue growth

of 4% year-on-year, despite market

headwinds, particularly in Q2 and Q3,

driven by heightened geopolitical and

economic uncertainty. During this

period, transaction pipelines continued

to build globally as many investors and

occupiers deferred completion decisions

while maintaining work in progress. As

market sentiment improved, the Group

delivered a strong close to the year

in Q4. The Group’s Less Transactional

businesses of Consultancy, Property and

Facilities Management and Investment

Management grew revenue by 7.5% in

aggregate, with Consultancy delivering

particularly strong growth of 11%.

The Group’s underlying profit increased

by 11% to £145.3m (2024: £130.4m), with

the margin increasing by 30bps to 5.7%

(2024: 5.4%).

Underlying profit in the Transactional

businesses increased by 13%, reflecting

inherent operational gearing and the

benefits of restructuring undertaken in

prior periods in certain markets.

The Group’s strength across its Less

Transactional service lines continued

to provide a resilient earnings stream,

delivering a 15% increase in underlying

profit. The strong revenue performance

of our Consultancy business flowed

through to the bottom line with a 19%

increase in underlying profit.

The Group delivered increased revenues

and underlying profit across all three

regions, EMEA, Asia Pacific and North

America, with the Continental Europe

and Middle Eastern business, which

has been the focus of significant

management action, delivering a marked

improvement for the second consecutive

year, reporting a break-even position in

2025 (2024: £7.4m underlying loss).

Savills Investment Management business

delivered revenues of £94.8m (2024:

£94.0m), with underlying profit increasing

by 38% to £13.9m (2024: £10.1m), largely

as a result of the benefit of cost savings

from initiatives implemented in 2024.

115

Assets Under Management (‘AUM’),

including undrawn commitments,

increased to £22.9bn (2024: £21.7bn),

with the business raising £2.3bn of

capital in 2025.

Given the further market challenges faced

during the year, the Group implemented

additional restructuring initiatives,

particularly within the German business

and in Mainland China, where market

transaction volumes declined by more

than 20% for the third consecutive year.

The Group recognised restructuring costs

of £30.4m during the year (2024: £17.2m).

The Group continued to maintain a

strong balance sheet with net cash (cash

and cash equivalents net of borrowings

and overdrafts) of £167.7m at year-end

(2024: £176.3m).

Annual performance-related

profit share

The Committee carefully considered the

approach to the setting of targets for

the annual performance-related profit

share. Considering the ongoing market

uncertainty, the Committee considered

it appropriate to continue to set a broad

range of financial targets. However, a key

input into the target setting process was

the fact that the maximum opportunity

increased for 2025 under our revised

Policy and as a result the Committee took

this into account when setting the targets

which were set at a significant premium

at each performance point (threshold,

target and maximum) versus the

targets set in 2024.

The final range of targets set ensured

that, overall, we struck the right balance

between setting stretching performance

targets to drive performance, whilst also

setting realistic targets which would

incentivise management.

Profit performance was £145.3m, which

was marginally ahead of the stretching

target performance goal set but well

below the maximum. This represented

circa 63% of the maximum under the

performance-related profit element.

With regard to performance against

non-financial targets, the Committee

considered that the Executive Directors

delivered strongly during the year

against the key strategic and operational

objectives that were set, in particular

in the execution of the Group’s agreed

leadership succession plan.

Overall, the formulaic outcome was circa

70% for the Group CEO and circa 72%

for the Group CFO of the maximum. The

Committee considered the formulaic

outcome against the wider financial and

non-financial performance of the Group,

along with the stakeholder experience.

The Committee, noting the below

performance highlights deemed the

formulaic outcome to be appropriate and

therefore no adjustments were made.

Revenue up 6% to £2.6bn

(2024: £2.4bn)

Group underlying profit up 11% to

£145.3m (2024: £130.4m)

Revenue in the Group’s Less

Transactional businesses of

Consultancy and Property and

Facilities Management grew by 11%

and 6% respectively

Underlying basic EPS up 18% to 78.0p

Strong liquidity position maintained

with net cash (cash and cash

equivalents net of borrowings and

overdrafts in the notional pooling

arrangements) of £167.7m at year-end

(2024: £176.3m)

Full details of the annual performance-

related profit share awards approved

by the Committee for the Executive

Directors are included along with the

other elements of remuneration in the

total remuneration table on page 123

of this Report.

Performance Share Plan

The awards granted in 2023 were set

with reference to challenging EPS,

ROCE and relative TSR performance

targets. As a result of a combination

of challenging market conditions and

geopolitical factors during the three year

period ending 31 December 2025, the

threshold targets were not met for any

of the three measures and as a result

there is no vesting for the 2023 LTIP.

Further details regarding performance

targets are set out on page 119 of

this Report.

With regards to our 2025 PSP awards,

as a result of extended close periods

throughout 2025 that were caused by

The KPIs are calculated as the change in

the KPI over the period 31 December 2020–

31 December 2025. The COVID-19 pandemic

resulted in greater market volatility during

the period (i.e. the pandemic impacted

both the volume and timing of transactions

across this period).

**

The dividend cost for 2025 comprises the

cost of the final dividend recommended by

the Board (amounting to £21.8m) alongside

the supplemental interim dividend (amounting

to £14.8m), payment of which is subject to

Shareholder approval at the Company’s Annual

General Meeting (‘AGM’) scheduled to be held

on 13 May 2026 and payable to Shareholders

on the Register of Members as at 10 April 2026

and the interim dividend (£10.1m) paid on

29 September 2025.

***

Executive Director remuneration reflects

the change in the total (‘Single Figure’)

remuneration paid to the Group Chief Executive

Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer

role holders over the period 1 January 2021–

31 December 2025.

+50

Underlying Profit

+23

Total Shareholder Return

+96

Dividend Payments to Shareholders**

+132

Executive Director Remuneration***

2021–2025 Overview*

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

116

a combination of leadership changes

and corporate activity, we were not

able to grant awards during the year.

The Committee is in the process of

reviewing the implications of this as

part of considering awards for 2026.

Workforce and governance

developments

During the year, the Committee received

updates on the approach to workforce

remuneration and the latest trends within

the market. Whilst inflation has generally

subsided from the highs seen in 2022 and

2023, the Committee remains cognisant

that employees in some markets continue

to face cost-of-living pressures. Sensitive

to this we continued to expand our

employee benefit and financial wellbeing

programmes. In the UK we continued to

partner with Royal London and Howden

SPF Private Clients, maintaining a year-

long programme of financial wellbeing

communications which were bespoke

to specific employee demographics. We

also launched a Royal London Stocks

and Shares ISA for employees with

an exceptionally competitive annual

management charge. In Savills CEME

business, for example in Portugal, personal

finance workshops were conducted,

whilst employees in the Middle East, a no

cost employee mortgage arrangement

service was established with Howden SPF

Private Clients, mirroring the long-standing

arrangements in the UK. Equally in the US,

a LegalEase insurance plan was made

available to enrolled members connecting

employees with an attorney to assist in

financial matters, estate planning and more.

With regard to engagement with

employees on pay, this continues to be

facilitated through the Savills workforce

engagement programme, including

our digital portal facility, which allows

the Non-Executive Directors to receive

feedback on any topic, including how

executive remuneration aligns with wider

employee remuneration and supports

the Group’s strategy.

2026 remuneration

Simon Shaw was appointed Group CEO

on 1 January 2026 on a base salary of

£400,000. Whilst the salary is an increase

on the former Group CEO (£311,000), it

has been set in the context of both our

unique remuneration philosophy and

also to maintain appropriate internal

relativities as the executive leadership

team has evolved. For comparison, while

Savills consistently ranks within the top-

half of the FTSE 250 Index in terms of

size, the salary is well below the lower

quartile benchmark for the CEOs within

the Index (£569,000). With regards to

Nick Sanderson, appointed 9 February

2026, his salary was set at £280,000 from

appointment. His salary has again been set

in the context of our unique remuneration

philosophy and well below the lower

quartile benchmark for the CFOs within

the FTSE 250 Index (£400,000).

The salary budget for the UK workforce

for 2026 is 3%.

The pension contributions for both

Executive Directors of 8% of salary

continue to align with the rate available

to the UK workforce.

Consistent with the terms of our 2025

Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Group

CEO’s annual performance-related profit

share limit for 2026 will be £3.93m (i.e. the

2025 limit increased by 2025 CPI at 3.4%).

With regards to the newly appointed

Group CFO, whilst the 2026 profit

share limit for the role under the 2025

Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be

£3m (i.e. the 2025 limit increased by

2025 CPI), the Committee is to apply a

lower limit to the role at £2.6m. This lower

limit versus the Policy is in recognition

of several factors that include the Group

CFO being new in role and the breadth

of the current responsibilities of the

role being refined relative to the role

undertaken by Simon Shaw as Group

CFO. Any bonus earned will also be pro-

rated for the period of employment of

the new Group CFO during the year. The

Committee will review the positioning

of the Group CFO’s profit share versus

the limit as part of determining an

appropriate level for 2027.

Awards will continue to be based on Group

underlying profit performance (75%) and

on the achievement of pre-set personal

strategic and operational objectives

(25%). The underlying profit performance

targets are commercially sensitive and will

therefore be fully disclosed retrospectively

in next year’s report.

Subject to the conclusions of the

Committee’s review of the impact of the

Company being unable to grant 2025

PSP awards during the year, the current

expectation is that the 2026 PSP will

remain consistent with the approach

taken in previous years.

This will include an award of performance

shares with a value of 200% of base salary

for the Group CEO and the incoming

Group CFO. The performance metrics

will also remain unchanged from the

2024 award, being EPS growth, relative

total Shareholder return and ROCE with

an equal weighting applying to each

metric. Should the Committee conclude

that a different approach is warranted in

relation to 2026 PSP awards as a result

of being unable to grant awards in 2025,

appropriate engagement would take place

with the Company’s major shareholders.

In line with Policy, any vested or unvested

PSP award shares where performance

conditions have been met at the

conclusion of the performance period will

be subject to a further two-year holding

period. Further details regarding the

performance measures and associated

targets can be found on page 119.

Conclusion

Overall, the Committee is satisfied

the Policy operated as intended for

2025 and that outcomes reflect the

financial and non-financial performance

delivered during the period.

I would again like to thank those

Shareholders who supported our

Policy during the year, and I hope

you will support this Report at our

AGM on 13 May 2026. I welcome any

comments or feedback you may have

on the Committee’s activities in 2025,

or our proposals for 2026.

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

117

Remuneration Policy

The Policy was approved by Shareholders at our AGM on 14 May 2025 and is

intended to apply for a period of up to three years from this date. The full Policy is

available in the 2024 Annual Report, which can be accessed at

www.savills.com

.

The Group’s remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors, Group Executive

Board members and senior fee-earners are structured to provide a competitive mix

of variable performance-related (i.e. annual performance profit share and longer-term

incentives) and fixed remuneration (principally base salary) to reflect individual and

corporate performance. The objective is to set targets which provide an appropriate

balance between being achievable and stretching.

In determining the remuneration of the Executive Directors and reviewing that of the

Group Executive Board members, the Committee reviews the role and responsibilities

of the individual, their performance, the arrangements applying across the wider

workforce and internal pay relativities. It also considers sector and broader market

practice in the context of the prevailing economic conditions and corporate

performance on environmental, social and governance issues.

Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code

The Committee has ensured that the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and practices

are consistent with the six factors set out in Provision 40 of the UK Corporate

Governance Code:

Clarity –

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy is well understood by our senior

executive team and has been clearly articulated to our Shareholders and

representative bodies (both on an ongoing basis and during consultation

when changes are being made).

Simplicity –

The Committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly complex

remuneration structures which can be misunderstood and deliver unintended

outcomes. Therefore, a key objective of the Committee is to ensure that

our Directors’ Remuneration Policy and practices are straightforward to

communicate and operate.

Risk –

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been designed to ensure that

inappropriate risk-taking is discouraged and will not be rewarded via (i) the

balanced use of both annual incentives and long-term incentives which employ a

blend of financial, non-financial and Shareholder return targets, (ii) the significant

role played by shares in our incentive plans including the deferral under the

annual performance-related profit share (together with in-employment and post-

cessation shareholding guidelines) and (iii) malus/clawback provisions within all

our incentive plans.

Predictability –

Our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, with our share

plans also subject to market standard dilution limits. The use of shares within

our incentive plans means that actual pay outcomes are highly aligned to the

experience of our Shareholders.

Proportionality –

There is a clear link between individual awards, delivery of

strategy and our long-term performance. In addition, the significant role played

by incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with the structure of the Executive Directors’

service contracts, ensures that poor performance is not rewarded.

Alignment to culture –

Our executive pay policies are fully aligned to the

Company’s culture through the use of metrics in both the Annual performance-

related profit share and PSP that measure how we perform against key aspects of

our strategy, which has the objective of delivering sustainable growth in profit and

ROCE. A similar structure operates across the Group.

Non-Executive Director fees are set consistent with the median for the FTSE 250

and are subject to annual review with the established approach being to limit any

increases to the level awarded to the wider UK workforce and flexibility retained to

make more significant adjustments based on any material increases to the size of

the Company and/or time commitment of the role. No increases applied in 2025.

Additional fees, again, are set consistent with the median for the FTSE 250 and are

payable to the Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairs to recognise their

additional responsibilities. The Chair’s fee, again, is set at levels consistent with the

median for the FTSE 250 and is subject to annual review, generally capped at CPI. As

with the Non-Executive Directors, no increase to the Chair fee was applied for 2025.

118

Overview of the Policy

A summary of the Policy for Executive Directors and how it will be applied for

2026 is set out below.

Element

Summary of approach

Application of Policy for 2026

Base salary

Base salaries are set significantly

below market median levels, in

line with the Group’s philosophy

of placing the emphasis

on variable, performance-

related remuneration.

Salaries from appointment will be

as follows:

Group Chief Executive Officer:

£400,000

Group Chief Financial Officer:

£280,000

Pension

Pension benefits are provided

through a Group personal

pension plan, as a non-

pensionable salary supplement

or as a contribution to a

personal pension arrangement.

Pension contributions are in line

with the UK workforce standard

contribution rate of 8% of salary.

Pension contributions/salary supplements

to be aligned with the UK workforce

contribution rate of 8% of salary.

Benefits

Benefits include:

Medical insurance benefits;

Annual car/car allowance

(currently up to £9,000 p.a.);

Permanent health insurance;

Life insurance; and

Relocation expenses.

Benefits in line with Policy.

Element

Summary of approach

Application of Policy for 2026

Annual

performance-

related profit

share

Reflects the Group’s annual

profit performance and

personal performance against

pre-set objectives and

overall contribution.

In line with the Group’s

philosophy that there is greater

emphasis (than is the norm for

listed companies) on variable

performance-related pay.

Consequently, 50% of any award

payable above an amount equal

to base salary is deferred into

shares for three years.

Malus and clawback

provisions apply.

Policy maximum profit share limits

for 2026:

CEO: £3.93m

CFO: £3.00m

Actual profit share limits to apply

for 2026:

CEO: £3.93m

CFO: £2.60m

(prorated for service)

Performance

Share Plan

(PSP)

Awards of shares are made

subject to a three-year

performance period. Any

awards which satisfy the three-

year performance conditions

attaching to them will then be

subject to an additional two-year

holding period before vesting.

The maximum award potential

remains at 200% of base salary,

subject to an overall annual

maximum of shares with a value

of £1m on award per participant.

Malus and clawback

provisions apply.

Subject to the conclusions of the

Committee’s review of the impact of

the Company being unable to grant

2025 PSP awards during the year, the

current expectation is that the awards

for 2026 will be up to 200% of base

salary. The current expectation is that the

performance targets for the 2026 awards

(three-year performance period ending

31 December 2028) will be:

one-third of the award will vest subject

to Earnings Per Share performance;

one-third will vest subject to relative

TSR performance against the FTSE

Mid 250 Index (excluding investment

trusts); and

one-third will vest subject to

ROCE performance

Share

ownership

guidelines

Achieved through share

purchase and/or retention of

any after-tax shares which vest

pursuant to the Group’s share

plans until the guideline is met.

700% of base salary for the Group

Chief Executive Officer and Group

Chief Financial Officer while in post.

250% of salary applying for two years

post-cessation.

119

Minimum

Target

Maximum

£6m

£

£1m

£2m

£3m

£4m

£5m

75%

16%

£2,078,616

£3,753,616

£3,473,616

Minimum

Target

Maximum

£6m

£

£1m

£2m

£3m

£4m

£5m

14%

9%

15%

9%

78%

79%

76%

15%

7%

7%

£3,099,610

£5,573,060

£5,173,060

£443,860

£313,616

Illustrations of application of the Policy

The charts below illustrate how much the current Executive Directors could earn under four different performance scenarios for 2026: ‘Minimum’, ‘On-target performance’,

‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum with share price growth’, based on the assumptions below.

Group Chief Executive Officer

Group Chief Financial Officer

Element in the chart above

Component

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Fixed pay

Base salary

2026 base salaries

Pension

8% of salary

Benefits

2025 ‘single figure’ amounts

Annual award

Annual performance-related

profit share

0% of

maximum award

62.5% of

maximum award

CEO – £3.93m

CFO – £2.6m

Long-term award

PSP

0% of

25% of

CEO – 200% of salary

CFO – 200% of salary

Other assumptions

‘Maximum with share price growth’ is as ‘Maximum’ including assumed 50% share price growth.

Excludes additional shares representing the value of dividends declared during the vesting period which may attach to the deferred

element of any annual performance-related profit share award or PSP award at vesting.

Assumes that no awards are made under tax advantaged all-employee share plans.

The proposed new policy does not include an ‘on-target’ level for the annual performance-related profit share so 62.5% of maximum

award has been used for illustrative purposes.

Fixed pay

Annual award

Long-term award

50% share price growth on long-term award

120

Annual Report on Remuneration

Role of the Committee

The principal role of the Committee is to support the Group to achieve its strategic

objectives by designing a Remuneration Policy consistent with the Group’s business

model and values, such that we have the ability to attract, recruit, retain and motivate

the high-calibre individuals needed to deliver the Group’s strategy and promote

the long-term interests of the Company. The Committee also considers the broader

implications of the Policy in the context of environmental, social and governance

(‘ESG’) considerations and how the Policy best supports the Group’s delivery of

its objectives in these areas. The Committee is responsible for the broad policy

governing senior employee remuneration. It sets the actual levels of all elements

of the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair of the Company and the

GEB members. The Committee also considers workforce remuneration and related

policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture, risk management

and the Group’s ESG objectives and when setting the policy for Executive Director

remuneration takes those matters into account. The Policy remains under periodic

review to ensure that it remains consistent with the Company’s scale and scope of

operations, supports its business strategy, its environmental, social and governance

strategy and its growth plans and helps drive the creation of Shareholder value.

The Committee also oversees the operation of Savills employee share schemes.

Committee members and attendees

As shown in the table below, during the year the Committee comprised the

following Independent Non-Executive Directors, with the following attendees:

Committee member

Position

Status

Chair of the Committee

Member of the Committee

Andriana Karaboutis

Member of the Committee

Committee attendee

Position

Status

Group Chief Executive

Officer until

31 December 2025

Attended by invitation (except

when his own remuneration

was discussed)

Chris Lee

Group Legal Director &

Company Secretary

Provided advice and support

(except when his own

remuneration was discussed)

as well as acting as Secretary

to the Committee

Korn Ferry

External advisor

Provided independent advice

and kept the Committee up

to date on market and best

practice developments

Simon Shaw, the former Group Chief Financial Officer, now Group Chief Executive

Officer, was invited to attend meetings to provide an overview of market conditions

and the Group’s financial performance.

2025 attendance

Meetings

attended

Meetings

eligible to

attend

As at 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this Report, the Committee wholly

comprised Independent Non-Executive Directors. Biographies of each of the

Committee members can be found on pages 76 to 79.

121

The Committee met three times during 2025. The principal agenda items considered

by the Committee during the year were as follows:

reviewing 2025 AGM voting outcomes and associated investor feedback in

relation to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 2024 Remuneration Report;

determining 2024 performance-based profit share and 2022 LTIP outcomes;

developments in workforce remuneration;

agreeing performance targets for both the 2025 annual performance-related profit

share and Performance Share Plan awards (not granted as a result of extended

close periods through the year), mindful of uncertain market conditions;

preparing an Annual Directors’ Remuneration Report consistent with the

legislation relating to executive remuneration;

agreeing the remuneration arrangements in relation to Executive Director

changes; and

agreeing the remuneration packages of the Executive Directors and

GEB members.

Advisors to the Committee

The Committee receives independent external advice on executive remuneration

from Korn Ferry which was appointed as Remuneration Advisor in 2021. Korn Ferry’s

fees for advising the Remuneration Committee during 2025 were £57,898.

The Committee is satisfied that the advice received from Korn Ferry during the year

was entirely objective and independent. The Committee will continue to keep these

arrangements under review to ensure that they remain appropriate to the needs

of the Committee in developing remuneration policy to support the delivery of

Group strategy.

The Committee is also advised by the Group Legal Director & Company Secretary

(save in relation to matters concerning his own remuneration).

Given the fundamental role that remuneration plays in the success of the Group, in

terms of the recruitment, incentivisation and retention of high-quality employees,

the Group Chief Executive Officer attends meetings by invitation and is consulted

on the remuneration package of the Group Chief Financial Officer and other Group

Executive Board members.

Terms of Reference

The Committee’s Terms of Reference, which are reviewed annually, or by exception

to take account of regulatory changes or best practice, are available from the

Group Legal Director & Company Secretary upon request or can be viewed on the

Company’s website (

www.savills.com

).

122

Total remuneration for 2025 (audited)

Set out below are details of Executive Director remuneration for 2025.

Executive Directors’ ‘single figure’ for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 and as a comparison for the financial year ended 31 December 2024.

£

£

£

Salary paid

311,000

311,000

238,000

238,000

Benefits

11,860

11,670

11,216

17,866

Pension

22,454

24,880

19,040

19,040

Total fixed remuneration

345,314

347,554

268,256

274,906

Annual profit share – cash

1,479,000

1,326,500

1,165,500

1,019,500

Annual profit share – deferred shares

1,168,000

1,015,500

927,500

781,500

Gain on long-term share-based awards

Performance Share Plan – performance element (notional)

Performance Share Plan – share appreciation element (notional)

Long-term share-based reward (non-cash – notional)

Total variable remuneration

2,647,000

2,342,000

2,093,000

1,801,000

Total i.e. ‘single figure’ (part notional)

2,992,314

2,689,554

2,361,256

2,075,906

Notes:

Benefits comprise private medical insurance and car allowance. For Simon Shaw in 2024 this also includes £6,650 being the cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty

holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Simon Shaw’s 15th year of service).

2.

Mark Ridley retired from the Board on 31 December 2025 and was succeeded by as Chief Executive Officer by Simon Shaw, formerly Chief Financial Officer.

123

Performance-related remuneration for 2025 (audited)

Annual performance-related profit share

The following short-term performance measures applied to the 2025 annual performance-related profit share arrangements.

75% of the award was based on profit performance, defined as underlying profit performance. The target range and Savills performance were as follows:

Minimum (25% of element)

Target

(62.5% of element)

% Maximum target

(100% of element)

Savills underlying

profit performance

Bonus award

(% of element)

£115m

£145m

£175m

£145.3m

63

There was straight-line vesting between performance points.

The Committee approved awards of 63% of maximum in respect of the underlying profit performance-related element (2024: 66%).

The remaining 25% of annual performance-related profit share awards were based on individual performance against key strategic and operational objectives. The Group

CEO and Group CFO outcome, based on performance against the targets set at the start of the year, was respectively assessed at 90% and 100% out of this 25%.

The Committee set strategic and operational objectives for the Executive Directors consistent with the Group’s strategic growth focus and with ensuring that the Group

remained its strong financial position through the period, core bench-strength and client service levels were maintained, and which were aligned with longer-term value

creation for Savills.

124

The following tables set out the strategic and operational targets set for the Executive Directors and their actual performance against the targets (amended for commercial

sensitive information as appropriate):

Mark Ridley:

Achievement

Successfully implement agreed succession plans, in particular:

(i)

Work with the Board to ensure smooth transition to ‘Group CEO

Designate’, including supporting the development of key client and

stakeholder relationships

The Board appointment of Simon Shaw, as successor to Mark Ridley as Group

CEO, announced on 29 April 2025. This was followed by a broad and in-depth

client introduction programme to ensure a smooth transition to Simon Shaw as

Group CEO effective 1 January 2026.

(ii)

Support the operation of the new EMEA ExCom established in July 2024

and the refreshing of the membership of the Asia Pacific ExCom, drawing in

the next generation talent

The EMEA ExCom established in July 2024 delivered a significant performance

improvement year-on-year by Savills CEME.

Changes to the membership of the Asia Pacific ExCom were agreed in 2025 and

implemented effective Q1, 2026.

(iii) Support senior Asia Pacific appointments, including the new Head of Japan,

New Head of Global Occupier Services (‘GOS’) (Asia Pacific) and new Head of

Global Capital Markets (Asia Pacific)

New Head of Japan appointed April 2025.

New Head of Global Capital Markets Asia Pacific appointed November 2025.

The search for a new Head of GOS Asia Pacific is ongoing.

(iv) In relation to Greater China ensure that the appointment of the new MD/

COO (Hong Kong) is fully supported and consider and execute strategy for

succession within Mainland China

New MD/COO Hong Kong & Macau appointed effective May 2025.

China ExCom reset effective September 2025, with the China business reshaped

as a national platform (as opposed to regional) to drive growth and ensure

operational efficiency.

(v)

Support CEO Asia Pacific ex-Greater China on development of Australia

wide strategy for growth, with new CEO Australia to be appointed

New CEO Australia appointed, along with a new Head of Australia Capital Markets,

with both joining Savills Australia in July 2025.

Maintain direct support and closely monitor progress on performance

improvement plans across North America and CEME, in particular to ensure

newly formed Management Boards are effective and focused on priorities

Significant performance improvements delivered year-on-year in both Savills CEME

and Savills North America, with:

(i)

Savills CEME eliminating its prior year loss (FY24 loss: £7.4m) and returning to

profit (FY25 UPBT: £0.2m); and

(ii) Savills North America delivering UPBT of £5.9m, against FY24 UPBT of £3.3m.

125

Achievement

3.

Drive further development of the Global Occupier Services (‘GOS’) platform,

including assessment of all appropriate M&A opportunities in primary markets,

together with continued organic growth across Savills EMEA and Savills

Asia Pacific

Growth delivered above targeted levels with Savills GOS revenues increased year-

on-year organically by 13%.

4.

Support platform growth of our Global Residential network, including leadership

transition, appointment of a new Global Head of Residential Development Sales

and selective acquisitions within primary markets including Paris, Portugal,

Madrid, Australia and Singapore

Growth delivered above targeted levels with Savills Global Residential revenue

increased by 9% year-on-year to £293.6m. Acquisition growth opportunities

continue to be assessed.

Transition of Global Residential leadership successfully completed

1 September 2025.

5.

Evaluate the platform development of our Property Management business in key

CEE markets (in particular Germany and France), as well as Asia Pacific (India,

Singapore and Australia), accelerate succession planning and leadership to

finalise Global leadership of this service line

Succession to Global PM leadership agreed in 2025, and to be effective by

H2, 2026.

In CEE, German PM platform reviewed and right-shaped to position it for growth

and French platform strengthened.

6.

Continue to accelerate growth of our Consultancy services, including M&A

Consultancy and IFM, including where necessary, bolt-on acquisitions

Growth of consultancy ahead of targets set, in particular through the acquisition

in December 2025 of an initial 70% interest in Alpina Holdings Limited in Singapore

to allow the Group to build an integrated facilities management offering in

that market.

Mark Ridley:

126

Simon Shaw:

Develop the Group’s EMEA focused real estate investment banking offering

Offering expanded beyond targets set and now active in Australia and S E Asia.

Our developing EMEA-based Real Estate Investment Banking business, Savills

Capital Advisors, also performed strongly during the year, completing a number

of significant financing transactions.

Evaluate the Group Investor Relations programme, and the merits of appointing a

head of investor relations to support a refreshed IR programme from 2026

New Director of Investor Relations appointed October 2025 to support a refreshed

IR programme from 2026.

Ensure focus on margin improvement is maintained across all Principal Businesses,

and identify and sponsor cost and operating efficiency improvements, including

through the adoption of new technologies

Group margin improved above targets set by 0.3%pts to 5.7% (FY24: 5.4%) as the

benefits of operational leverage flowed from improved Transactional markets in

Q1 and then in Q4, after the stabilisation of markets following the imposition of

US tariffs in Q2 2025.

The Group continued to review its cost base during the year with, in particular,

German Property Management and our mainland China business reshaped during

the year to enhance operational efficiencies and margin.

4.

Maintain focus on improving the performance of Savills Investment Management

(Savills IM), and in particular support the Savills IM CEO in:

Savills IM delivered a 37% profit improvement year-on-year to deliver FY25 UPBT

of £13.8m (FY24: £10.1m).

(i)

embedding the new Savills IM senior management team, with a new CIO

and CFO in place for 2025

New leadership team embedded, and senior management further strengthened.

(ii)

further developing the relationship with Samsung Life

The relationship with Samsung Life continues with good engagement.

127

5.

Support Group CIO and sponsor the delivery of the Group’s multi-year technology

initiatives, in particular including:

(i)

the progressive roll-out of the Group’s Valuation digitalisation programme;

The Group’s Valuation digitalisation continued successfully with further phases of

the Valuation Workflow System launched to further improve efficiency and client

service in this service line.

(ii)

the extension of the Group’s Athena property database and development

of valued applications;

Athena usage continues to grow, increasing 12% year-on-year, as the system

continues to be developed and new functionality introduced.

(iii) the ongoing progressive harmonisation of accounting systems across the

Group, based on AX Dynamics implementations; and

Harmonisation of the accounting systems onto Dynamics F&O (formerly AX) has

continued during the year with additional markets going live.

(iv)

to the extent possible the continued mitigation of cyber security risks.

The Group Cyber Security Committee continue to oversee the development of

the Group’s cyber security protections in the light of evolving threats. In parallel,

the programme of Information Security training across the Group (through the

‘Tech Talks’ programme) was rolled out with a specific focus on the secure use

of ‘AI’ tools.

6.

Manage the performance of Grosvenor Hill Ventures investments, and identify

and evaluate further additional investment opportunities and co-ordinate these

with the investment in the Group’s own data/AI projects

Realised the Group’s majority interest in Cureoscity Limited, which was sold to

SwiftConnect in February 2025 to support the further growth and development

of Cureoscity.

Based on a testing of the objectives set for each Executive Director at the start of the year, as detailed above, Simon Shaw met all his objectives, with Mark Ridley meeting

90%, with the succession to Global PM leadership expected to become effective and a new Head of GOS, Asia Pacific expected to be appointed during 2026.

As described in the Chair’s introduction earlier in this report, the Committee considered the formulaic outcome of circa 70% for the Group CEO and circa 72% for the Group

CFO of maximum (combined for financial and strategic performance) and deemed it to be appropriate and that it reflected the financial and non-financial performance of

the business and the experience of stakeholders. In reaching this conclusion, the Committee had regard to the year-on-year growth underlying profit of 11% and the very

well executed enactment of the Group’s agreed leadership succession plan. In light of this, the Committee was comfortable that the outturn was aligned with underlying

performance and the broader stakeholder experience. Accordingly, the bonuses earned were as follows:

Group Chief Executive Officer – £2,647,000

Group Chief Financial Officer – £2,093,000

In line with the Policy, 50% of the overall awards, above an amount equal to their respective base salaries, will be deferred for a further three-year period in the form of shares.

Simon Shaw:

128

Long-term incentives (audited)

The PSP award granted in 2023 was subject to performance in the three years to 31 December 2025. Following an assessment of Savills performance against targets set at

grant, threshold was not achieved for the three measures. As a result, there was no vesting under the 2023 LTIP grant.

The targets and Savills performance were as follows:

Weighting

Threshold target

(25% vesting)

Maximum target

(100% vesting)

Savills

performance

Vesting (% of

maximum)

Relative TSR versus FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts)

1/3

Equal to index

Outperform index by 8% p.a.

Below threshold

% EPS growth

1/3

4% p.a. compounded

10% p.a. compounded

Below threshold

Return on capital employed

1/3

12%

22%

There was no PSP award granted during 2025 as a result of the Company being in an extended close period as a result of a combination of leadership changes and corporate

activity. The Committee is reviewing its options in relation to the 2025 award.

Non-Executive Directors fees (audited)

The Non-Executive Director fees for 2025 were as follows:

(Chair)

Florence Tondu-

Mélique

Basic fee

£240,000

£57,650

£57,650

£57,650

£57,650

£57,650

Additional fees:

Senior Independent Director

£8,000

Remuneration Committee Chair

£10,000

Audit Committee Chair

£15,000

2025 Total

£240,000

£75,650

£72,650

2024 Total

£240,000

£46,212

£75,650

£72,650

Notes:

Andriana Karaboutis joined the Board effective 14 March 2024.

The fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Non-Executive Chair and the Executive Directors after considering external market data and individual

roles and responsibilities. The fee for the Board Chair is determined by the Remuneration Committee.

The base fee for the Non-Executive Directors for 2025 was £57,650 p.a., with additional fees payable to the Senior Independent Director (£8,000 p.a.), the Audit Committee

Chair (£15,000 p.a.) and the Remuneration Committee Chair (£10,000 p.a.).

The Chair fee for 2025 was £240,000 p.a.

The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in incentive arrangements or share schemes.

129

Operation of Policy in 2026

The base salaries of the Executive Directors, as explained in the Chair’s Annual

statement, were set as follows:

Simon Shaw, Group Chief Executive Officer: £400,000 p.a.; and

Nick Sanderson, Group Chief Financial Officer: £280,000 p.a.

In line with our Policy, the base salaries for the Executive Directors continue to be

positioned significantly below market median against the FTSE 250 Index.

Variable remuneration

Annual performance-related profit share

The maximum annual performance-related profit share opportunity for 2026 will be:

£3.93m for the Group Chief Executive Officer; and

£2.60m for the Group Chief Financial Officer (pro-rata for his period

of employment).

For the 2026 performance-related profit share, 75% of award potential will reflect

the Group’s underlying profit performance and 25% of award potential will reflect

delivery against a mix of personal, strategic and operational objectives.

The Committee considers prospective disclosure of individual objectives to be

commercially sensitive, and disclosure will therefore be on a retrospective basis.

The targets are similarly challenging to those set in 2025 having had regard to

current internal plans, external expectations for our future performance and

current market conditions.

The Committee retains a general discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome to

reflect exceptional events over the performance period.

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)

The Policy is for maximum awards of 200% of base salary. Subject to the conclusions

of the Committee’s review of the impact of the Company being unable to grant 2025

PSP awards during the year, the current expectation is that the PSP awards for 2026

will be 200% of base salary for both Executive Directors and subject the performance

conditions set out below.

Awards are expected to vest subject to the satisfaction of absolute EPS growth

targets for one-third of the award, TSR performance for one-third of the award and

Return on Capital Employed for the remaining one-third of the award.

The Committee is still in the process of reviewing the 2026 PSP award terms given

the Committee was unable to grant awards during 2025 and in light of current

macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions. As a result, the Committee expects

to include details of the performance targets in the RNS announcement issued

immediately after the 2026 PSP award is granted. To the extent there are any

material changes in the approach taken in relation to the 2026 PSP awards

vis-à-vis prior year awards, the Committee will engage in appropriate dialogue

with the Company’s major shareholders.

The awards made to Executive Directors will also be subject to a holding period so

that any PSP awards for which the performance vesting conditions are satisfied will

not normally be released for a further two years from the third anniversary of the

original award date. Dividend accrual for PSP awards will continue until the end of

the holding period.

As detailed in the Chair’s introductory statement, the Committee is in the process of

finalising the specific targets to apply to the 2026 PSP awards given current market

conditions and will include the targets in the market announcement of the awards.

130

Dec

15

Dec

16

Dec

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

25

300

50

100

150

200

250

Savills

FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)

FTSE 350 Super Sector Real Estate

Relative spend on pay

To provide context and outline how remuneration for Executive Directors compares

with other disbursements, such as dividends and general employment costs, the

table below illustrates general employment costs, Executive Director reward, tax

charges and dividend payments to Shareholders in 2025 and 2024.

£m

£m

Movement

Employment costs

1,803.0

1,691.6

+7

Underlying profit before tax

145.3

130.4

+11

Dividend payment to Shareholders

46.7

41.2

+13

Executive Director remuneration

5.4

4.8

+12

Tax

179.5

167.1

+7

Employment costs (excluding arrangements for Executive Directors) comprise

basic salaries, profit share and commissions, social security costs, other pension

costs and share-based payments.

Tax comprises corporation tax, employers’ social security and business rates and

equivalent payments.

The dividend cost for 2025 comprises the cost of the final dividend recommended

by the Board (amounting to £21.8m) alongside the supplemental interim dividend

(amounting to £14.8m), payment of which is subject to Shareholder approval

at the Company’s AGM scheduled to be held on 13 May 2026 (payable to

Shareholders on the Register of Members as at 10 April 2026) and the interim

dividend (£10.1m) paid on 29 September 2025.

Executive Director remuneration is the remuneration paid to the Group Chief

Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer role holders and comprises

basic salaries, profit share, social security costs, pension costs and share-

based payments.

Total Shareholder return and Group Chief Executive

Officer remuneration

The Total Shareholder Return delivered by the Company over the last ten years is

shown in the chart below.

The Board believes that the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) remains

the most appropriate index against which to compare TSR over the medium term as

it is an index of companies of similar size to Savills. Savills TSR relative to that of the

FTSE 350 Super Sector Real Estate Index is also shown, as this index better reflects

conditions in real estate markets over recent years.

Total Shareholder return (‘TSR’)

131

Pay for performance

Year

Chief Executive Officer

Total single figure

remuneration

£’000

annual % change

Annual variable

element:

performance-

related profit share

– annual award

against maximum

potential %

Long-term

incentive

to vest (maximum

potential

of award) %

2,992

145.3

+11

63

2,690

130.4

+38

66

1,922

94.8

-42

36

2,815

164.6

-17.8

67.5

2021

3,504

200.3

107.3

100

100

2020

1,294

96.6

-32.6

38

23

2019

2,377

143.4

-0.2

84

50

2018

Jeremy Helsby

2,196

143.7

+2.3

82

41

2017

Jeremy Helsby

2,507

140.5

+3.5

80

84

2016

2,595

135.8

+12

98

50

2015

2,298

121.4

+21

N/A

Total remuneration includes, as required, the notional value of PSP awards (vested or unvested where performance conditions have been met at the conclusion of the

performance period) and executive share options which vested (but were not exercised) in those years.

132

Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees

The table below shows a comparison of the annual change of each individual Director’s pay to the annual change in average employee pay. Average employee pay is based

on a Full Time Equivalent (‘FTE’) calculation.

Percentage change in remuneration from

31/12/2024 to 31/12/2025

Percentage change in remuneration from

31/12/2023 to 31/12/2024

Percentage change in remuneration

from 31/12/2022 to 31/12/2023

Percentage

change in base

salary / fee %

Percentage

change in

benefits %

change in profit

share award %

change in base

salary / fee %

change in

benefits %

change in profit

share award %

change in

benefits %

1.6

13

53

0.9

1.2

-31

-37.2

16.2

59

53

0.9

-31

n/a

198

2.6

24.8

2.6

2.6

2.6

7

2.6

2,342

All UK employees

2.9

7.3

1.8

4.3

6.7

8.2

3.9

5.4

-14.7

133

Percentage change in remuneration

from 31/12/2021 to 31/12/2022

from 31/12/2020 to 31/12/2021

change in

benefits %

change in

benefits %

4.5

-59.9

5.2

159

165

4.6

7.9

165

1.9

2.7

2.7

7

2.7

All UK employees

8.5

3.5

-13.5

-3.9

-1.1

34.3

Notes:

Mark Ridley’s 2021 benefits include £17,539 cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Mark Ridley’s 25th year of service).

2. Simon Shaw’s 2024 benefits include £6,650 cash equivalent of additional holiday entitlement accruing under the Company’s loyalty holiday reward scheme (and reflecting Simon Shaw’s 15th year of service).

3. Appointed Senior Independent Director 1 January 2021. Appointed Chair 1 January 2024.

4. Appointed 14 March 2024.

5. Appointed 1 January 2021.

6. Appointed 1 January 2021. Appointed Senior Independent Director 1 January 2024.

7. Appointed 15 December 2022.

8. Appointed 13 December 2023.

9. Salary, benefits and bonus are compared against full-time equivalent UK employees.

134

CEO to employee pay ratio

The table below shows how the CEO’s single figure remuneration (as taken from

the single figure remuneration table on page 123) compares to the equivalent single

figure remuneration for full-time equivalent UK employees, ranked at the 25th, 50th

and 75th percentile.

Year

Method

25th percentile

pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile

pay ratio

Option A

104:1

74:1

43:1

Option A

101:1

71:1

41:1

Option A

76:1

54:1

30:1

Option A

129:1

86:1

47:1

2021

Option A

144:1

102:1

56:1

2020

64:1

40:1

22:1

Notes to the CEO to employee pay ratio:

The regulations provide three options which may be used to calculate the pay for

the employees at the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile. We have used

Option A, following guidance that this is the preferred approach of some proxy

Advisors and institutional Shareholders. Option A captures all relevant pay and

benefits for all employees in line with the single figure for remuneration calculated

for Executive Directors.

The ratios shown are representative of the FTE 25th percentile, median and 75th

percentile pay for UK employees within the Group as measured on 31 December 2025.

The pay for part-time employees has been grossed-up to one FTE.

The Committee has reviewed the employee data and believes the median pay ratio

to be consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Company’s UK

employees over the period. There has been particular focus again this year on the pay

of more junior employees to continue to help mitigate the increase in the cost of living

which particularly impacts at this level. The increase in the ratio for 2025 compared

with 2024 reflects the improvement of Company performance and the related profit-

share awards which have resulted in an increase in total remuneration for the CEO.

The CEO’s pay is based on the ‘single figure’ of remuneration set out on page 123

of this report. Because a large portion of the CEO’s pay is variable, the pay ratio is

heavily dependent on the outcomes of variable pay plans and, in the case of long-

term share-based awards, also share price movements.

Casual employees and those on zero-hours contracts have their pay annualised

based on their hourly rate, using 37.5 hours per week x 52 weeks per year.

The total pay and benefits and the salary component of total pay and benefits for

the employees at each of the 25th percentile, the median and the 75th percentile are

shown below:

Salary

Total pay and benefits

Year

25th

percentile

Median

75th

percentile

25th

Median

75th

£25,532

£32,445

£50,000

£28,775

£40,212

£69,165

Notes to the calculations:

For Savills IM, Partnership members within the DRC business are excluded from this report.

Pensions disclosure (audited)

During 2025 Company pension allowances for the Group Chief Executive Officer

and the Group Chief Financial Officer were 8% of base salaries, consistent with the

pension contributions for the wider UK workforce.

Mark Ridley no longer accrues a pension benefit under the Company’s legacy defined

benefit pension plan. The value of the legacy benefit is shown below.

Defined benefit

pension accrued

at 31 December

Defined benefit

pension accrued

at 31 December

Mark

Ridley

39,175

45,560

42,339

39,501

36,468

Mark Ridley’s accrued pension ceased to be linked to salary from 29 February

2016, at which point the accrued pension was £31,875 p.a. The pension now

increases in line with the standard revaluation provisions of the Plan that apply to all

deferred pensioners. The amounts shown include revaluation to 31 December 2021,

31 December 2022, 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024 respectively. Mark

Ridley retired from the Plan on 5 September 2025. The revaluation at 31 December

2025 is lower than the accrued pension as at 31 December 2024 as a result of the

commutation of part of the pension into a lump sum in connection with Mark’s

retirement in line with the rules of the Plan.

135

Share interests

Details of shares in the Company which the Directors beneficially held or had a beneficial interest in as at 31 December 2025 are shown below.

Where the performance conditions attaching to any PSP award have been satisfied and the award is due to vest in the future, the PSP award shares (discounted for

anticipated tax liabilities) will count towards the shareholding requirements:

Executive Directors

Number of shares

(including beneficially

held under the SIP)

Unvested shares

with performance

conditions attaching

satisfied (discounted

for anticipated tax

liabilities) (PSP)

Total share interests

that count towards

the shareholding

requirement

Unvested

shares subject

to performance

conditions (PSP)

Deferred share

bonus plan awards

(vesting not subject

to performance

conditions) (DSBP)

Shareholding

requirement

Extent to which

shareholding

guideline met

231,854

2,747

234,601

121,703

272,916

218,574

107%

225,637

2,100

227,737

93,134

210,101

167,269

136%

1. Shareholding requirement of 700% of salary for both Executive Directors.

2. Mark Ridley’s PSP awards that have not reached the end of their performance period will be pro-rated at vesting for service.

The Company currently applies shareholding requirements that the Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer hold shares to the value of seven times

their respective base salaries. New Executive Directors will be expected to build holdings to this level over time, principally through the retention of shares released to them

(after settling any tax due) following the vesting of share awards.

Non-Executive Directors

Number of shares at

31 December

4,983

5,000

3,023

As at 12 March 2026, no Director had bought or sold shares since 31 December 2025.

136

The Savills Sharesave Scheme (audited)

Directors

At

31 December

Granted

during year

Exercised

during year

Lapsed

At

Market value

at date of

exercise

Exercise price

per share

Exercisable

within six

months from

2,371

2,371

759p

01.11.25

2,371

2,371

759p

01.11.25

Scheme interests granted in 2025 (audited)

The Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)

There was no PSP award granted during 2025 as a result of the Company being in an extended close period as a result of a combination of leadership changes and

corporate activity.

Number of shares

Directors

At

Awarded

Vested

Lapsed

At

Date of grant

Closing mid-

market price of

a share the day

before grant

Market value at

date of vesting

First

vesting date

7,682

7,682

30.06.20

833.0p

1,016p

30.06.25

5,183

5,183

25.11.21

1,407p

25.11.26

56,803

56,803

20.04.22

1,095p

20.04.27

65,336

65,336

21.04.23

952.0p

21.04.28

53,620

53,620

17.05.24

1,160p

17.05.29

5,872

5,872

30.06.20

833.0p

1,016p

30.06.25

3,962

3,962

25.11.21

1,407p

25.11.26

43,397

43,397

20.04.22

1,095p

20.04.27

50,000

50,000

21.04.23

952.0p

21.04.28

41,034

41,034

17.05.24

1,160p

17.05.29

The PSP award granted in 2022 was subject to performance in the three years to 31 December 2024. Following the assessment of Savills performance against targets set

at grant, the Committee determined that as the threshold performance targets had not been met, the award would lapse in full. Awards over 13,554 shares, together with a

further 1,980 shares in lieu of dividends, vested under the PSP to Executive Directors during the year. A subscription cost of 2.5p nominal value per share is payable on actual

receipt of shares. The total pre-tax gain on awards vested during the year under the PSP to Executive Directors was £157,437.

137

The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)

Number of conditional share awards

Directors

At

Awarded

Vested

Date of grant

Closing mid-

market price of

a share the day

before grant

Market value at

date of vesting

First

vesting date

90,045

90,045

20.04.22

1,095p

962.5p

20.04.25

108,981

108,981

21.04.23

952.0p

21.04.26

58,541

58,541

24.04.24

1,042p

24.04.27

105,394

105,394

10.06.25

964p

10.06.28

67,328

67,328

20.04.22

1,095p

962.5p

20.04.25

83,876

83,876

21.04.23

952.0p

21.04.26

45,105

45,105

24.04.24

1,042p

24.04.27

81,120

81,120

10.06.25

964p

10.06.28

Awards granted under the DSBP to Executive Directors during the year were based on 50% of the 2024 annual performance-related profit share above an amount equal to

their respective base salaries in line with the Policy. Under the DSBP awards over 157,373 shares and 17,223 shares in lieu of dividends vested to Executive Directors during

the year. The total pre-tax gain on DSBP awards vested during the year was £1,680,487. No DSBP awards lapsed.

During the year, the aggregate gain on the exercise of share options and shares vested was £1,837,924. The mid-market closing price of the shares at 31 December 2025,

the last business day of the year, was 996p and the range during the year was 871p to 1,110p.

Payments to past Directors

No payments to past Directors were made during the year that are required to be reported under the Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’

Report) Regulations 2019.

138

Payments for loss of office

No payments for loss of office were made during the year.

Mark Ridley retired from the role of Group Chief Executive on 31 December 2025.

The remuneration arrangements relating to his retirement reflected his contractual

entitlements and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. Reflecting Mark Ridley’s

decision to retire, there will be no payment in lieu of his notice period and his

contractual benefits ceased on his cessation of employment on 31 December 2025.

Mark Ridley was a ‘good leaver’ under the terms of the Company’s incentive schemes

as a result of his retirement. As a result he remained eligible to receive a payment

under the 2025 annual performance-related profit share scheme as set out earlier

in this report, with the payment to be made 50% in cash and 50% in deferred bonus

shares in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. He will not be eligible

for any bonus under the annual performance-related profit share scheme for 2026.

Mark Ridley’s unvested DSBP awards over 272,916 Savills shares that relate to

performance in the financial years 2022, 2023 and 2024 will be treated in line with

the relevant plan rules and consistent with the treatment of other retirees from

Savills and vest in full at the earliest of his retirement from the Savills Group and their

normal vesting date. Shares will be required to be retained for a minimum of two

years to a value of 250% of base salary in line with the Company’s post-cessation of

employment share ownership guideline. The DSBP awards are subject to rolled-up

dividend shares whereby the number of shares awarded is increased on the vesting

date to reflect final and interim dividends declared during the deferral period. All

elements of bonuses paid remain subject to malus and clawback as well as the

wider terms of the DSBP.

Mark Ridley’s unvested PSP awards over a total of 58,803 Savills shares that relate to

his awards in financial years 2021 and 2024 will remain eligible to vest on their normal

vesting dates. The 2024 award will be subject to a pro-rata reduction to reflect

the period from grant to retirement relative to the award’s three-year performance

period and it remains subject to performance conditions. The 2021 award is in its two

year holding period and has already been subject to the application of performance

conditions. In accordance with the rules of the PSP, dividend equivalent shares will be

added at vesting and any vested shares will remain subject to malus and clawback

provisions. The performance targets applying to the 2023 award were not met and

so this award lapsed in full.

Recruitment of a new CFO

Nick Sanderson’s remuneration terms are set out earlier in this Annual Report on

Remuneration. In addition, in order to facilitate his recruitment and in line with the

Directors’ Remuneration Policy, it was agreed that compensation would be provided

for the remuneration forfeit in joining the Company. The Committee agreed to

replace the FY25/26 bonus forfeit under the Great Portland Estates executive bonus

scheme, pro-rata as appropriate, on a like-for-like basis with the bonus to be paid

60% in cash and 40% in deferred Savills shares that will vest after three years subject

to him then remaining in employment. The after tax number of deferred shares will

be retained towards the Company’s share ownership guidelines.

With regard to Nick Sanderson’s ‘in-flight’ deferred share bonus awards granted

by Great Portland Estates in 2023, 2024 and 2025, these will also be replaced on

a ‘like for like’ basis and will be converted into Savills shares based on the relative

share price on the date of commencing employment and will vest on their original

vesting dates. The net of tax number of shares will need to be retained towards the

Company’s share ownership guidelines.

With regard to Nick Sanderson’s ‘in-flight’ long-term incentive awards granted in

2023 and 2024 under the Great Portland Estates restricted share plan, the number

of shares will be converted into Savills shares based on the relative share price on

the date of commencing employment and will vest on their original vesting dates

subject to the application of the relevant performance underpins. Any vested shares

will be subject to a two year holding period and the net of tax number of shares will

need to be retained towards meeting Savills share ownership guidelines. In addition,

in relation to the 2024 award, the Savills Remuneration Committee has limited the

number of shares to a maximum of 68% of those originally awarded in recognition

of Nick Sanderson only being employed for part of the performance period. There is

no replacement award being granted in relation to the 2025 Restricted Share Award

granted at Great Portland Estates given the proximity of grant to joining Savills.

The replaced awards are on a ‘like for like’ basis.

Full details of the actual buyout and replacement awards will be set out in the 2026

Directors’ Remuneration Report.

139

External directorships

Savills recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited to become non-

executive directors of other companies. Such non-executive duties can broaden

experience and knowledge which can benefit Savills. Subject to approval by the

Board and any conditions which it might impose, the Executive Directors and Group

Executive Board members are allowed to accept external non-executive directorships

and retain the fees received, provided that these appointments are not likely to lead

to conflicts of interest. For non-executive directorships which are considered to arise

by virtue of an Executive Director’s or Group Executive Board member’s position

within Savills, the fees are paid directly to Savills.

The Executive Directors during the year did not receive any fees in respect of

external directorships.

Service contracts and letters of appointment

The Executive Directors have rolling service contracts which are terminable on 12

months’ notice by either the Company or the Executive Director.

Contract date

1 May 2018

Nick Sanderson

26 September 2025

1 May 2025

Nick Sanderson commenced employment on 9 February 2026 and will become Group CFO on

12 March 2026.

The Non-Executive Directors and the Chair have letters of appointment. In line

with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors are subject to annual re-

election at the AGM. The Chair’s letter of engagement allows for six months’ notice.

Appointment of other Non-Executive Directors may be terminated by either party

with three months’ notice.

Date appointed to Board

End date of current letter

of appointment

1 October 2018

31 December 2026

14 March 2024

13 March 2027

1 January 2021

31 December 2026

1 January 2021

1 November 2019

31 May 2028

15 December 2022

31 May 2028

1 October 2018

31 December 2027

13 December 2023

12 December 2026

The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available

for inspection at the Company’s City of London office, 15 Finsbury Circus,

London EC2M 7EB.

Shareholder votes on remuneration matters

The table below shows the voting outcomes for the 2024 Annual Remuneration

Report and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the AGM held on 14 May 2025.

Number of

votes ‘For’ and

discretionary

% of

votes

cast

votes ‘Against’

% of

votes

cast

Total number

of votes cast

Number

of votes

‘Withheld’*

2024 Annual

Directors’

Report

94,739,431

86.9%

14,292,832

13.1%

109,032,263

7,104

Directors’

Policy

87,784,741

80.8%

20,856,573

19.2%

108,641,314

398,053

A vote withheld is not a vote in law.

140

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s UK Listing Rules (UKLR

6.6.4R), the information to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts, where

applicable, under UKLR 6.6.1R, is set out in this Directors’ Report.

Other information incorporated into this Report by reference can be found at:

Page/Note

Principal developments

10

Material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties

33

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

146

Corporate Governance Statement

81

Engagement with UK employees

87

Greenhouse gas emissions

66

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others in

a business relationship

85

Financial risk management

168

UK Corporate Governance Code

The Company has complied throughout the year with all relevant provisions of the

2024 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). A copy of the Code is available

from the Financial Reporting Council’s website at

www.frc.org.uk

.

Operations

The Company and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) operate through a network

of offices and associates throughout the Americas, the UK, Continental Europe, Asia

Pacific, Africa and the Middle East.

Results and dividends

The results for the Group are set out in the consolidated income statement on

page 159 which shows a reported profit for the financial year attributable to the

Shareholders of the Company of £70.9m (2024: £53.6m).

An interim dividend of 7.4p per ordinary share amounting to £10.1m was paid on

29 September 2025. It is recommended that a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary

share (amounting to £21.8m) is declared by the Company at the AGM on 13 May

2026 and, subject to Shareholder approval, paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on

the register of members as at the close of business on 10 April 2026 together with

a supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share (amounting to £14.8m).

More details of the proposed dividend and the Company’s performance can be

found in the Chair’s statement on pages 4 to 6.

Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future

development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The

financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in

the Financial Review, with details of the Group’s treasury activities and exposure to

financial risk included in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Group has prepared its going concern assessment for the period to the end

of June 2027. As in prior years, the Board undertook a strategic business review in

the current year, taking account of the Group’s current position and prospects, the

Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s principal risks and the management of those

risks, as detailed in the Annual Report and the Board’s risk appetite as detailed in

the Strategic Report. Sensitivity analysis was also undertaken, including financing

projections, to flex the financial forecasts under several severe downside scenarios,

which involved applying different assumptions to the underlying forecasted revenues,

costs and underlying profits both individually and in aggregate. These scenarios

assess the potential impact from several macro-economic risks, including a severe

global economic downturn. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the

Group would retain liquidity and maintain significant available facility and covenant

headroom to be able to withstand the impact of such scenarios over the period

of the financial forecast, as a result of the resilience and diversity of the Group,

underpinned by a strong balance sheet.

141

Based on the Group’s positive net cash position of £167.7m (cash and cash

equivalents less overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements and borrowings) and

undrawn borrowing facilities of £414.6m available to the Group at the year-end, as

described in the Financial Review, combined with the assessment explained above,

the Directors have formed the judgement at the time of approving the financial

statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate

resources to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from

the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June 2027. For this

reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing

the consolidated financial statements.

Events after the reporting period

There have been no material events affecting the Group or the Company since

31 December 2025.

Biographical details of the current Directors are shown on pages 76 to 78.

All the Board members served throughout the year. Mark Ridley retired from the

Board effective 31 December 2025. As at 31 December 2025 the Board comprised

the Non-Executive Chair, two Executive Directors and seven Non-Executive Directors.

Interests in the issued share capital of the Company held at the end of the

period under review and up to the date of this Report by the Directors or their

families are set out on page 136 of the Remuneration Report. Details of share

options held by the Directors pursuant to the Company’s share option schemes

are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 137 and 138. It is the Board’s

policy that the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer hold

shares in the Company to the value of seven times their respective base salaries

(£2,177,000 and £1,666,000 respectively).

Directors’ interests in significant contracts

No Directors were materially interested in any contract of significance.

Indemnification of Directors

In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, and to the extent

permitted by law, the Directors and the Group Legal Director & Company

Secretary are granted an indemnity, in respect of any liabilities incurred as a

result of their holding office. Such indemnities were in force during the financial

year to 31 December 2025 and up to the date of this Report. The Company

also maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of legal action against

its Directors and Officers.

Management report

This Directors’ Report, on pages 141 to 145, together with the Strategic Report

on pages 4 to 69, form the Management report for the purposes of DTR 4.1.5R.

Additional information disclosure

Pursuant to regulations made under the Companies Act 2006 the Company is

required to disclose certain additional information. Those disclosures not covered

elsewhere within this Annual Report are as follows:

Share capital and major shareholdings

The issued share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2025 comprised

146,046,938 2.5p ordinary shares, details of which may be found on page 226.

The Company has only one class of share capital formed of ordinary shares. All

shares forming part of the ordinary share capital have the same rights and each

carries one vote. The Directors have authority to allot and issue ordinary shares and

to disapply statutory pre-emption rights. The powers are exercised under authority

of resolutions of the Company passed at the AGM.

Votes may be exercised at general meetings of the Company, by members in

person, by proxy or by corporate representatives (in relation to corporate members).

The Articles provide a deadline for the submission of proxy forms (electronically or

by paper) of not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the

general meeting or the adjourned meeting (as the case may be). A Shareholder can

lose their entitlement to vote at a general meeting where that Shareholder has failed

to provide the Company with information concerning interests in their shares or a call

or other sum payable by the Shareholder to the Company in respect of such shares

remains unpaid.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

142

There are no unusual restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares. The Directors

may refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of

transfer is: (i) lodged at the registered office of the Company or any other place as

the Board may decide accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be transferred

and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right

of the transferor to make the transfer; or (ii) in respect of only one class of shares.

The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a share (whether certificated or

uncertificated), whether fully paid or not, in favour of more than four persons jointly.

As at 31 December 2025 the Company had been notified of the following interests

in the Company’s ordinary share capital in accordance with DTR 5. It should be

noted that these holdings are likely to have changed since notified to the Company.

However, notification of any change is not required until an applicable threshold

is crossed.

Shareholders¹

Number of shares¹

FMR LLC

11,107,586

7.68

Global Alpha Capital Management Ltd.

7,194,238

5.03

Liontrust Investment Partners LLP

7,189,643

4.97

BlackRock, Inc

Not disclosed

<5.00

Heronbridge Investment Management LLP

7,131,812

4.99

Jupiter Fund Management Plc

7,113,311

4.97

Aviva PLC

4,527,444

3.13

The names of Shareholders and percentages of issued share capital are stated as per the notifications

received and have not been subject to independent verification by the Company or any other person.

As such, the above table should not be assumed to be a full and accurate record of all the interests

that are required to be notified to the Company under the DTRs.

On 13 January 2026, Wellington Management Group LLP made a disclosure in

accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital had

crossed the 5% threshold to 5.06% (7,393,386 shares). On 4 February 2026, FMR

LLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company’s

ordinary share capital had crossed the 8% threshold to 8.11% (11,849,695 shares). On

25 February 2026, FMR LLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that the 5%

threshold had been crossed upwards by Fidelity Management & Research Company

LLC, a controlled undertaking of FMR LLC; FMR LLC’s interests in the Company at

the time of that notification was 8.16% (11,919,116 shares). On 5 March 2026 Aviva

PLC made a disclosure in accordance with DTR 5 that its interests in the Company

had fallen below the 3% threshold to 2.98% (4,759,199 shares). No other changes to

the above have been disclosed to the Company in accordance with DTR 5, between

31 December 2025 and 12 March 2026.

As at 31 December 2025, the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘1992

EBT’) held 6,489,985 ordinary shares, the Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit

Trust (the ‘2025 EBT’) held 1,000,738 ordinary shares and the Savills Rabbi Trust

held 304,873 ordinary shares. Any voting or other similar decisions relating to

these shares held in trust are taken by the trustees, who may take account of any

recommendation of the Company. The 1992 EBT and 2025 EBT waive their right

to receive Savills plc dividends. For further details of the trusts please refer to

Note 33 to the financial statements.

Purchase of own shares

In accordance with the UK Listing Rules, at the AGM on 14 May 2025 Shareholders

gave authority for a limited purchase of Savills shares of up to 10% of the issued share

capital of the Company. During the year, no shares were purchased under the authority.

The Board proposes to seek Shareholder approval at the AGM on 13 May 2026

to renew the Company’s authority to make market purchases of its own ordinary

shares of 2.5p each for cancellation, to be held in treasury, sold for cash or (provided

UK Listing Rule requirements are met) transferred for the purposes of or pursuant

to an employee share scheme. Details of the proposed resolution are included in the

Notice of AGM circulated to Shareholders with this Annual Report and Accounts

(the ‘AGM Notice’).

Change of control

There are no significant agreements which take effect, alter or terminate in the event

of change of control of the Company except that under its banking arrangements, a

change of control may trigger an early repayment obligation.

143

Articles of Association

The Company’s Articles are governed by relevant statutes and may be amended

by special resolution of the Shareholders in a general meeting.

Subject to the Articles, UK legislation and any directions given by resolution in

general meeting, the business of the Company is managed by the Directors.

The Company’s rules about the appointment and replacement of its Directors are

contained in the Articles. Unless determined by ordinary resolution of the Company,

the number of Directors shall be not fewer than three and not more than 18.

A Director is not required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification.

However, as more fully described on page 136, in accordance with Board policy, the

Executive Directors are expected to build-up and maintain a shareholding in the

Company. The Board may appoint any person to be a Director and such Director

shall hold office only until the next AGM when he or she shall then be eligible for

reappointment by the Shareholders. The Articles provide that each Director shall

retire from office at the third AGM after the AGM at which he or she was last elected.

A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election. However, in accordance with

the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors of the Company are subject to

annual re-election.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM is to be held at 33 Margaret Street, London W1G 0JD at 12 noon on

13 May 2026; details are contained in the AGM Notice circulated to Shareholders

with this Annual Report and Accounts.

Half-Year Report

Like many other listed public companies, we no longer circulate printed Half-Year

Reports to Shareholders. Instead, half-year results statements are published on

the Company’s website. This is consistent with our target to reduce printing and

distribution costs.

Political contributions

The Company made no political contributions during the year (2024: £nil).

Employees’ policies and involvement

The Directors recognise that the quality, commitment and motivation of Savills

staff is a key element to the success of the Group; see page 87 for more

information as to employee engagement.

The Group provides regular updates covering performance, developments and

progress to employees through regular newsletters, video addresses, the Group’s

intranet, social media and through formal and informal briefings. These arrangements

also aim at ensuring that all of our staff understand our strategy and to build

knowledge on the part of employees of matters affecting the performance of the

Group. The Group also consults with employees so as to ascertain their views in

relation to decisions which are likely to affect their interests.

Employees are able to share in the Group’s success through performance-related

profit share schemes (see page 230 for more details) and for UK employees

(including Executive Directors) share plans which include a Sharesave Scheme and

a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’). The Sharesave Scheme is an HMRC-approved save-

as-you-earn share option scheme which allows participants to purchase shares

out of the proceeds of a linked savings contract at a price set at the time of the

option grant. Participants may elect to save up to £500 per month and options

may normally be exercised in the six months following the maturity of the linked

three-year savings contract. The potential for extending the Sharesave Scheme

internationally remains under consideration. The SIP is also HMRC-approved and

through which participants may make regular purchases of shares (up to the current

statutory limit of £1,800 per year equating to £150 per month) from pre-tax income.

Shares under the SIP normally vest after five years and are free from income tax

and national insurance contributions.

Human rights and equal opportunities

We support the principles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and

the Core Principles of the International Labour Organization.

It is Group policy to provide employment on an equal basis irrespective of gender,

sexual orientation, marital or civil partner status, gender reassignment, race, colour,

nationality, ethnic or national origin, religion or belief, disability or age. In particular,

the Group gives full consideration to applications for employment from disabled

persons. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s policy

wherever practicable to provide continuing employment and to provide training

and career development and promotion to disabled employees.

144

Whistleblowing

The Group encourages staff to report any concerns which they feel need to be

brought to the attention of management. Whistleblowing procedures, which are

published on the Group’s intranet site, are available to staff who are concerned

about possible impropriety, financial or otherwise, and who may wish to ensure

that action is taken without fear of victimisation or reprisal.

Independent auditors

In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the

reappointment of Ernst & Young LLP as Auditors of the Company will be proposed

at the forthcoming AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

Each Director confirms that, so far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and that each of the

Directors has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director

to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish

that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given

pursuant to section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in

accordance with and subject to that section.

Engagement with UK employees

In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 our statement on

engagement with UK employees is on page 87.

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others in a business

relationship with the Company

In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 our statement on

engagement with suppliers, customers and others in a business relationship with

the Company is on pages 85 and 86.

By order of the Board

Chris Lee

Group Legal Director & Company Secretary

Savills plc

Registered in England No. 2122174

145

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial

statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each

financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare the Group and

parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international

accounting standards (‘IFRSs’). Under company law the Directors must not approve

the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair

view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the profit or

loss of the Group and parent Company for that period. In preparing the financial

statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies,

Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides

relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;

provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements

in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular

transactions, other events and conditions on the Group and Company financial

position and financial performance;

in respect of the Group and parent Company financial statements, state whether

UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to

any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate

to presume that the Group and parent Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are

sufficient to show and explain the Group and parent Company’s transactions and

disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and

parent Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the

Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and

parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and

detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing

a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate

Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate

and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in

the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial

statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair,

balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for Shareholders

to assess the Group and parent Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in pages 76 to 78,

confirm to the best of their knowledge:

that the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with UK-

adopted international accounting standards give a true and fair view of the assets,

liabilities, financial position and profit of the parent Company and undertakings

included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

that the Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, includes a fair review of the

development and performance of the business and the position of the Company

and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a

description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved:

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the

Group and parent Company’s auditor is unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order

to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that

the Group and parent Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

On behalf of the Board

Chris Lee

Group Legal Director & Company Secretary

Forward-looking statements

Forward-looking statements have been made by the Directors in good faith using

information up until the date on which they approved the Annual Report and

Accounts. Forward-looking statements should be regarded with caution due to

uncertainties in economic trends and business risks.

146

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

to the members of Savills plc

Opinion

In our opinion:

Savills plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements

(the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and

of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2025 and of the Group’s profit

for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with

UK adopted international accounting standards;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in

accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework

(‘FRS 101’) as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act

2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements

of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Savills plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its

subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2025 which comprise:

Group

Parent Company

Consolidated statement of financial

position as at 31 December 2025

Statement of financial position as at

31 December 2025

Consolidated income statement for

the year then ended

Statement of changes in equity for the

year then ended

comprehensive income for the year

then ended

Related notes 1 to 22 to the financial

statements, including material

accounting policies

Consolidated statement of changes in

equity for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 39 to the financial

statements, including material

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of

the Group financial statements is applicable law and UK adopted international

accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the

preparation of the Parent Company financial statements, is applicable law and United

Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework

(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK)

(ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further

described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is

sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We are independent of the Group and Parent in accordance with the ethical

requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the

UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest

entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements.

Non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to

the Group or the Parent Company and we remain independent of the Group and the

Parent Company in conducting the audit.

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of

the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements

is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent

Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting

included the following:

We obtained management’s going concern assessment and understood the

process undertaken by management to evaluate the operational and economic

impacts of the ongoing macro-economic uncertainty and other downside

scenarios on the Group and to reflect these in the Group’s forecasts.

147

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

to the members of Savills plc

We tested the clerical accuracy of the going concern cash flow models and evaluated

the appropriateness of the methods used to estimate the cash flow forecasts. This

included management’s considerations related to forecast cash flows for climate

change impacts, concluding these not to be material in the going concern period.

We verified that the forecasts used in the going concern model were the latest

forecasts approved by the Board. We confirmed the Group’s forecasts used in the

going concern assessment were consistent with forecasts used by the Group in its

accounting estimates, including those used in the annual goodwill impairment test.

We obtained the cashflow forecasts and covenant calculation for the going

concern period which covers 18 months from the balance sheet date to 30 June

2027. We have tested the assumptions that are most sensitive in each modelled

scenario, being revenues, costs and underlying profits, and tested compliance with

the covenants with focus on adjusted EBITDA. In particular, we compared these

primary assumptions to historical trends, including the business’s performance

during significant economic downturns, particularly the 2008-2009 Global

Financial Crisis. We considered whether the assumptions made were reasonable,

through our assessment of the impact of the macro-economic environment and

considering whether this contradicted any of the assumed growth.

We challenged the appropriateness of each of the key assumptions through

agreeing them to supporting evidence and searching for contradictory evidence,

using our understanding of the Group’s business, evidence gained during the audit

and our industry knowledge, including principal and emerging risks that could

impact the Group.

We assessed management’s stress test on both covenant compliance and liquidity

where a severe global economic downturn analogous to that experienced during

the Global Financial Crisis in 2008-2009 was modelled. We performed our own

reverse stress tests applying further sensitivities to management’s stress scenario

to identify the point at which the covenant would be breached or liquidity eroded.

With regards to any potential acquisition, we considered the impact of this,

including understanding the factors and assumptions within each modelled

scenario. We also obtained evidence of the expected change in the RCF covenant

consents from the lenders and relevant correspondence from lenders supporting

the financing for the acquisition.

We agreed the cash and cash equivalents balances as at 31 December 2025 to

third party confirmations and key terms in the Group’s financing arrangements

such as available facility, loan maturity dates and covenants, by inspecting the

underlying agreements. We have obtained and reviewed the UK revolving credit

facility (‘RCF’) agreement.

We read the board minutes to identify any matters that may impact the going

concern assessment.

We read the going concern disclosures included in the Directors’ Report on page

141 and Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements on page 165 of the Annual

Report in order to assess that the disclosures are appropriate and in conformity

with the reporting standards.

In management’s base case and stress test scenarios, there is sufficient headroom

with regards to liquidity and the covenant, with the RCF refinancing having been

secured in February 2025. We consider the scenarios as tested in our reverse stress

test to be remote.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material

uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may

cast significant doubt on the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a

going concern for a period to 30 June 2027.

In relation to the Group and Parent Company’s reporting on how they have applied

the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw

attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about

whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis

of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going

concern are described in the relevant sections of this report. However, because not all

future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to

the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Overview of our audit approach

Audit scope

We performed an audit of the complete financial

information of six components and audit procedures on

specific balances for a further six components.

We also performed specified procedures on certain

accounts of two additional components.

We performed centralised procedures on financial

statement line items as detailed in the ‘Tailoring the scope’

section below.

148

Key audit matters

Revenue recognition, specifically:

The risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to

cut-off in the transactional advisory business; and

The risk of Management override of controls in relation

to revenue recognition.

Goodwill impairment.

Materiality

Overall Group materiality of £6.8m which represents

5.0% of profit before tax adjusted for certain non-

recurring items.

An overview of the scope of the Parent Company and Group audits

Tailoring the scope

We have followed a risk-based approach when developing our audit approach to

obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence on which to base our audit opinion. We

performed risk assessment procedures, with input from our component auditors, to

identify and assess risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements

and identified significant accounts and disclosures. When identifying components

for which audit work needed to be performed to respond to the identified risks

of material misstatement of the Group financial statements, we considered our

understanding of the Group and its business environment, the applicable financial

reporting framework, the Group’s system of internal control at the entity level,

the existence of centralised processes, applications and any relevant internal

audit results.

We determined that certain centralised audit procedures would be performed

on components of the Group in the following audit areas: provisions for litigation

and claims, restructuring provisions, share based payments, goodwill impairment,

defined benefit pensions, treasury, property, plant and equipment, and certain

balances held by head office entities.

We identified 11 components as individually relevant to the Group due to the

identified risks of material misstatement of the Group financial statements being

associated with the reporting components, or materiality or financial size of the

components relative to the Group.

For those 11 individually relevant components, we identified the significant

accounts where audit work needed to be performed at these components

by applying professional judgement, having considered the Group significant

accounts on which centralised procedures will be performed, the reasons

for identifying the financial reporting component as an individually relevant

component and the size of the component’s account balance relative to the

Group significant financial statement account balance.

We then considered whether the remaining Group significant account balances

not yet subject to audit procedures, in aggregate, could give rise to a risk of

material misstatement of the Group financial statements. We selected three

additional components of the Group to include in our audit scope to address

these risks.

Having identified the components for which work will be performed, we determined

the scope to assign to each component.

Of the 14 components selected, we designed and performed audit procedures

on the entire financial information of six components (‘full scope components’).

For six components, we designed and performed audit procedures on

specific significant financial statement account balances or disclosures of the

financial information of the component (‘specific scope components’). For two

components, we performed specified audit procedures to obtain evidence for

one or more relevant assertions over specific significant financial statement

account balances.

Our scoping to address the risk of material misstatement for each Key audit

matter is set out below.

Involvement with component teams

In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of

work that needed to be undertaken at each of the components by us, as the Group

audit engagement team, or by component auditors operating under our instruction.

Of the six full scope components, audit procedures were performed on one of these

directly by the Group audit team. The audit procedures performed on the other five

full scope components and the six specific scope components were performed by

component audit teams. Where the work was performed by component auditors,

we determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine

that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the

Group as a whole.

149

The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that

has been designed to ensure that the Senior Statutory Auditor, or another Group

audit partner, visit key locations during the year. During the current year’s audit

cycle, in person visits were undertaken by the group audit team to five overseas

component teams in the Group in Dubai, Germany, Spain, China and the US. The

Senior Statutory Auditor has also met with the UK and SIM component audit

teams at the planning, interim and final stages of the audit.

These visits involved discussing the audit approach with the component teams

and any issues arising from their work, meeting with local management, attending

planning or closing meetings depending on the timing of the visit, and reviewing

relevant audit working papers on risk areas. For locations outside of the UK, that

we did not visit in person (six components), our oversight was performed virtually.

We supplemented these visits with further interactions with the component

teams through the use of video or teleconferencing facilities, including virtual

meetings with local management. We held virtual planning meetings before

the year end and regular video conference calls were held with each of our

component teams from the beginning of February 2026 through to the full year

results announcement in March 2026. The review of relevant audit workpapers was

facilitated by the EY electronic audit platform and screen sharing of work. This

allowed appropriate discussions with the component teams on audit strategy, risk

identification and the results of audit procedures performed.

The Group audit team interacted regularly with the component teams where

appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed relevant working papers

and were responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process. Where

relevant, the section on key audit matters details the level of involvement we had

with component auditors to enable us to determine that sufficient audit evidence

had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole.

This, together with the additional centralised procedures performed at Group level,

gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.

Climate change

Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Savills.

The Group has determined that the most significant future impacts from climate

change on its operations will be from shifts in client preferences for real estate

services incorporating climate considerations and the substitution of existing

products or services with lower emissions options. These are explained on pages

55 to 63 in the required Task Force On Climate Related Financial Disclosures and

on pages 31 to 39 in the principal and emerging risks and uncertainties.

Climate commitments are explained on page 39. All of these disclosures form part of

the ‘Other information’, rather than the audited financial statements. Our procedures

on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether

they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge

obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated,

in line with our responsibilities on ‘Other information’.

In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate

change on the Group’s business and any consequential material impact on its

financial statements.

The Group has explained in Note 2 how it has reflected the impact of climate change

in its financial statements, including how this aligns with its commitment to achieve

net zero emissions by 2030. There are no significant judgements or estimates relating

to climate change in the notes to the financial statements as the Group own few

properties and therefore have limited exposure in terms of changes in environmental

requirements. The Group has also assessed that transition costs to a low carbon

economy will be outweighed by alternative business opportunities.

Our audit effort in considering climate change was focused on the adequacy of the

Group’s disclosures in the financial statements and its conclusion that no issues were

identified that would materially impact the carrying values of intangible assets or

have any other material impact on the financial statements. We also challenged the

Directors’ considerations of climate change in their assessment of going concern and

viability and associated disclosures. As part of this evaluation, we performed our own

risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal specialists, to determine

the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change

which needed to be considered in our audit.

Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going

concern, these are described above.

Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the

financial statements to be a key audit matter or to impact a key audit matter.

150

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include

the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on:

the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit

of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Revenue Recognition

Revenue for the year ended 31 December 2025 is

£2550.9m (2024: £2,404.0m).

There is a risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to

cut-off in the transactional advisory business. Transactional

advisory revenue for the year ended 31 December 2025 is

£966.2m (2024: £870.0m).

Considering the relatively high proportion of the

transactional revenue recognised close to the year end, the

risk of misstatement may occur through recognition in the

incorrect period, whether due to Management override,

or error, due to conditions attached to the transactional

advisory revenue.

There is also a risk that all types of revenue may be

misstated through Management override by incorrectly

recognising revenue in order to increase profits to meet

bonus targets, or to smooth financial results.

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 109);

Accounting policies and Note 9 of the Consolidated

Financial Statements (page 175).

Understanding management’s process

We obtained an understanding of the Group’s revenue significant classes of transactions and identified key

financial controls but did not test or rely on controls.

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to cut-off in the transactional advisory business

For a sample of transactional advisory revenue transactions recognised close to the year end (both pre and

post year end), we performed the following procedures:

Obtained the underlying contract with the customer and where applicable, obtained supporting evidence

from external sources.

Read the contracts to identify the performance obligations to assess whether revenue had been

recognised appropriately.

For the same sample, we agreed the revenue to cash receipts, checking that a receivable or accrued income

was recognised where cash was not received prior to the year end.

Where there were performance obligations existing after exchange of contracts and these were not satisfied at

the year end, but cash was received, we checked that revenue was appropriately deferred by testing a sample.

On a sample basis, we obtained credit notes issued in January 2026 to determine if they related to revenue

that had been recognised in December 2025. Where this was the case, we gained an understanding of why the

credit note was issued and obtained reissued invoices to verify that revenue was not overstated in 2025.

Management override

Audit teams at full and specific scope components with significant revenue streams performed specific

procedures to address the risk of Management override.

We tested all material consolidation adjustments, topside adjustments and manual journal entries impacting

revenue by obtaining supporting documentation to corroborate the amounts recorded in the current period.

151

Revenue Recognition

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

Based on the procedures performed, we consider revenue recognition to be appropriate for the year ended 31 December 2025. We did not identify any material cut off

issues relating to transactional advisory revenue or any instances of Management override related to revenue recognition in the year.

How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk and involvement with component teams

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition in relation to cut-off in the transactional advisory business (Risk amount – £966.2m)

We performed full (72.9% of risk amount) and specific scope (14.6% of risk amount) audit procedures over this risk in 11 locations, which covered 87.5% of the risk amount.

We also performed specified procedures over transactional revenue in one location, which covered 2.6% of the risk amount.

Total revenue – Management override (Risk amount – £2,550.9m)

We performed full (71.9% of risk amount) and specific scope (16.2% of risk amount) audit procedures over this risk in 11 locations which covered 88.1% of the risk amount.

We also performed specified procedures in two locations, which covered an additional 2.1% of the risk amount.

The Group audit team issued Group audit instructions to the component teams which included specific substantive procedures to address the fraud risks related to cut-off in

the transactional business and the risk of Management override. The group audit team reviewed the component teams’ key revenue and journal entry workpapers which were

executed in line with the Group audit instructions.

152

Risk

Our response to the risk

Goodwill impairment

At 31 December 2025 the carrying value of goodwill

is £463.8m (2024: £459.0m). The impairment charge

recognised during the year is £2.2m (2024: £1.9m).

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the Cash

Generating Unit (CGU) level. The recoverable amount of

each CGU is determined through a value in use calculation.

The value in use calculation is based on management’s

estimate of the future cash flows of each underlying CGUs

and is most sensitive to the assumptions around revenue

growth rates, operating profit margin and discount rate.

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 109);

Accounting policies and Note 17 of the Consolidated

Financial Statements (page 189).

We understood the methodology applied in management’s impairment reviews for each of the material CGUs

and identified the financial controls over the process but did not test or rely on controls.

For all material CGUs, we performed the following procedures:

We assessed whether the identification of CGUs or groups of CGUs continues to be appropriate for the

purpose of management’s impairment assessment.

We validated the carrying amounts of the net assets subject to impairment testing to the underlying

accounting records, checking consistency between the assets and liabilities included in the carrying value

and the related cash flows.

We tested the integrity and mathematical accuracy of the value in use models prepared by management

to support the recoverable values, and that the models are appropriate for this purpose and in line with the

requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

We agreed forecast cash flows to Board approved budgets and strategic plans.

We performed reserve stress tests over key assumptions to understand what changes in these assumptions

would eliminate headroom.

We considered whether any significant changes occurred between management’s assessment date and

the year end that would impact the impairment test conclusion. We did this by reviewing the ongoing

performance of the business and considering changes in the current macro-economic environment.

We considered the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

We considered whether any reasonably possible change disclosures were required based upon the

headroom within the sensitivity analysis.

We identified the CGUs presenting a higher risk of impairment based on the materiality of the allocated goodwill,

historical and actual trading performance, the level of headroom estimated by management and its sensitivity to

changes in key assumptions. For these CGUs, we performed additional audit procedures, in particular:

We tested the key assumptions supporting management’s forecast cash flows, including revenue growth,

operating profit margin and discount rate. We compared management’s forecasts to relevant economic and

property industry forecasts and to the historical performance of the CGUs. We also engaged our internal

valuation specialists to assist with the evaluation of the discount rates applied in management’s value in

use models.

We performed our own sensitivity analysis to understand the impact of changes to key assumptions, in

particular revenue growth, operating profit margin and discount rate, on the value in use assessment and

stress tested the assessment to conclude on possible impairment.

For CGUs where the recoverability of the goodwill was sensitive to reasonably possible changes in

key assumptions, we determined whether appropriate disclosures have been included in the Group

financial statements.

153

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

Based on our procedures, we conclude that the recoverable value of the goodwill is less than the carrying value for the Pitmore CGU and that management’s impairment of

£2.2m fully writing off the goodwill balance for that CGU is appropriate.

The recoverable values of all other CGUs exceed their carrying value and we conclude that there is no impairment of these assets in the year.

The disclosures prepared by management comply with IAS 36 and appropriately reflect the CGUs where a reasonable change in assumption could result in an

impairment charge.

Management have appropriately highlighted that a reasonably possible change in certain key assumptions in particular revenue and operating profit margin forecasts could

lead to material impairment charges in the US and Riviera.

We concluded appropriate disclosures had been included in the financial statements for the above assumptions.

How we scoped our audit to respond to the risk and involvement with component teams

Goodwill impairment (Risk amount – £463.8m)

We performed centralised procedures over this risk for 19 CGUs which covered 98% of the risk amount, with assistance from a number of component teams.

Our application of materiality

We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.

Materiality

The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of the

financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £6.8m (2024: £6.1m), which is 5% (2024: 5%) of profit before tax adjusted for certain non-recurring items. We believe that

profit before tax adjusted for non-recurring items provides us with the most relevant performance measure to the stakeholders of the entity and therefore have determined

materiality based on this number.

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £7.2m (2024: £6.4m), which is 2% of net assets (equity) (2024: 2% of total assets). We believe that net assets are the

key focus for the users of the financial statements of the Parent Company resulting in the change in the basis upon which we determine materiality for the Parent Company.

154

Starting basis

IFRS profit before tax: £101.0m

Adjustment for non-

recurring items

Add back:

Material transaction-related costs £3.6m

Restructuring costs £30.5m

Impairment charge £4.6m

Less:

Fair value loss on call option £0.7m

Profit on disposal of subsidiaries £4.5m

IFRS profit before tax adjusted for non-

recurring items of £135.9m

Materiality of £6.8m (5% of materiality basis)

During the course of our audit, we reassessed materiality which resulted in a small

increase from our initial materiality of £6.6m to the final materiality of £6.8m. We

have audited using the final materiality of £6.8m.

Performance materiality

The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an

amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of

uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s

overall control environment, our judgement is that performance materiality is 50%

(2024: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely £3.4m (2024: £3.0m). We have set

performance materiality at this percentage due to the risk of material misstatements

occurring within the financial statements, including our understanding of the control

environment and history of past errors identified.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over

significant financial statement accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of

total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component

is based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and

our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year,

the range of performance materiality allocated to components was £0.6m to £2.0m

(2024: £0.6m to £1.8m).

Reporting threshold

An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being

clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected

audit differences in excess of £0.3m (2024: £0.3m), which is set at 5% of planning

materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted

reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures

of materiality discussed above and in light of other relevant qualitative considerations

in forming our opinion.

Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report

including the Overview, Strategic Report, Governance, Shareholder information and

the Appendices set out on pages 273 and 274 other than the financial statements

and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other

information contained within the Annual Report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and,

except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any

form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether

the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or

our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be

materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material

misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material

misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we

have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other

information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

155

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been

properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the

financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with

the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance

with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent

Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not

identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which

the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or

returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited

by us; or

the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’

Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting

records and returns; or

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Corporate Governance Statement

We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term

viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group

and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance

Code specified for our review by the UK Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each

of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially

consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going

concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on

page 141;

Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period

this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 141;

Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the Group

will be able to continue in operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 141;

Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 146;

Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging

and principal risks set out on page 32;

The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk

management and internal control systems set out on page 113; and

The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 102 to 113.

Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page

146, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and

for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as

the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements

that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the

Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of

accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent

Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

156

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud

or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable

assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted

in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it

exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,

individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the

economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of

detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and

regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined

above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material

misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting

from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery

or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our

procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests

with both those charged with governance of the company and management.

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are

applicable to the Group and determined that the most significant are those

relevant to the reporting framework (UK adopted international accounting

standards, the Companies Act 2006 and UK Corporate Governance Code) and

the relevant international tax laws and regulations. In addition, we concluded that

there are certain significant laws and regulations which may have an effect on the

determination of the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements being the

Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, UK financial services legislation, those

laws and regulations relating to employee matters and pensions legislation, and

data protection requirements in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

We understood how Savills plc is complying with those frameworks through

enquiry of management, internal audit, those responsible for legal and compliance

procedures and the company secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through

our review of board minutes and papers provided to the Board and the Audit

Committee, including internal audit reports, and our attendance at the meetings

of the Audit Committee, as well as consideration of the results of our audit

procedures across the Group.

We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material

misstatement, including how fraud might occur by meeting with management

from various parts of the business to understand where it considered there was

susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets impacting bonus

arrangements, and the risk of management override of controls. We considered

the programmes and controls that the Group has established to prevent, deter

and detect fraud, and how senior management monitors those programmes and

controls. The risk in revenue for cut off in the transactional advisory business and

management override of controls in all revenue streams was considered to be

higher and we performed audit procedures to address these fraud risks. These

procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial

statements were free from material fraud or error.

Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-

compliance with such laws and regulations. Our procedures involved:

Enquiry of Group management, divisional management, internal audit, those

charged with governance and legal counsel regarding their knowledge and any

non-compliance or potential non-compliance with laws and regulations of fraud

that could affect the financial statements;

Reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;

Assessment of matters reported to the Audit Committee and the results of

Management’s investigation of such matters, involving the use of specialists

where necessary; and

Journal entry testing, with a focus on revenue journals and journals indicating

large or unusual transactions close to the year end based on our understanding

of the business.

157

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/

auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address

Following the recommendation from the audit committee we were appointed by

the company on 19 May 2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ending

31 December 2021 and subsequent financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and

reappointments is 5 years, covering the years ending 2021 to 2025.

The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance

with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been

undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we

are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the

fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone

other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Christabel Cowling (Senior statutory auditor)

for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP,

Statutory Auditor

London

158

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

for the year ended 31 December 2025

Notes

restated*

8.1 and 9

2,550.9

2,404.0

Employee benefits expense*

12.1

(1,803.0)

(1,693.2)

Depreciation

18 and 19.1

(69.1)

(70.2)

Amortisation of intangible assets

17

(15.8)

(16.1)

Impairments

(4.6)

(1.9)

Other operating expenses*

(575.4)

(549.5)

Increase in provision for expected

credit loss

(2.2)

(8.3)

Other net gains

4.5

1.5

Share of post-tax profit from joint

ventures and associates

20

8.2

7.5

Operating profit

10

93.5

73.8

Finance income

13

49.4

57.5

Finance costs

13

(41.9)

(43.0)

Net finance income

7.5

14.5

Profit before income tax

101.0

88.3

Income tax expense

14.1 and 14.2

(27.4)

(35.4)

Profit for the year

73.6

52.9

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent

70.9

53.6

Non-controlling interests

2.7

(0.7)

73.6

52.9

Notes

restated*

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

15.1

52.0p

39.4p

Diluted earnings per share

15.1

49.3p

37.2p

Supplementary income statement information

Reconciliation to underlying profit

before income tax

Profit before income tax

101.0

88.3

– Restructuring and transaction-

related costs

34.1

33.1

– Other underlying adjustments

10.2

9.0

Underlying profit before income tax

8.1 and 11

145.3

130.4

See Note 7 for details of the prior year restatement.

159

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended 31 December 2025

Notes

Profit for the year

73.6

52.9

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme

and employee benefit obligations

10.5

Changes in fair value of financial assets held at FVOCI

0.1

(0.7)

Tax on other items that will not be reclassified

14.3

(0.9)

(2.9)

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

1.8

6.9

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences

(18.3)

(5.7)

Tax on items that may be reclassified

14.3

(0.3)

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

(18.6)

(5.7)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

(16.8)

1.2

Total comprehensive income for the year

56.8

54.1

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:

Owners of the parent

54.1

55.9

Non-controlling interests

2.7

(1.8)

56.8

54.1

160

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

as at 31 December 2025

Notes

Assets: Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

18

70.5

62.3

Investment property

18

14.4

Right-of-use assets

19.1

205.2

183.0

Goodwill

17

463.8

459.0

Intangible assets

17

42.3

51.8

Investments in joint ventures and associates

20

40.7

38.4

Deferred income tax assets

14.5

72.9

64.8

Financial assets at fair value through other

comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)

21.3

4.9

4.6

Financial assets at fair value through profit

and loss (‘FVPL’)

21.4

27.8

27.3

Defined benefit pension surplus

28

15.9

13.5

Contract related assets

9.2

0.8

1.3

Trade and other receivables

22

73.7

72.6

1,032.9

978.6

Assets: Current assets

Inventories

1.0

Contract assets

9.2

10.5

13.0

Trade and other receivables

22

769.9

718.9

Income tax receivable

4.5

4.0

Derivative financial instruments

21

0.8

0.3

Cash and cash equivalents*

23

531.6

536.5

1,318.3

1,272.7

Liabilities: Current liabilities

Borrowings

25

48.0

41.3

Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement*

23.1

187.2

199.3

Lease liabilities

19.2

51.0

49.7

Derivative financial instruments

21

2.1

1.3

Contract liabilities

9.2

14.4

16.7

Trade and other payables

759.6

729.7

Income tax liabilities

17.3

15.4

Employee benefit obligations

27

18.7

19.4

Provisions

26

29.8

19.2

1,128.1

1,092.0

Notes

Net current assets

190.2

180.7

Total assets less current liabilities

1,223.1

1,159.3

Liabilities: Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

128.7

119.6

Lease liabilities

19.2

204.4

183.4

24.4

12.6

Other payables

16.0

14.8

Employee benefit obligations

27

26.9

25.1

Provisions

26

15.4

23.4

Deferred income tax liabilities

14.5

2.9

418.7

381.5

Net assets

804.4

777.8

Equity:

Share capital

31

3.7

3.6

Share premium

31

116.1

105.0

Other reserves

32

71.4

89.3

Retained earnings

32

575.2

548.9

Equity attributable to owners of

the parent

766.4

746.8

30

38.0

31.0

Total equity

804.4

777.8

Included within cash and cash equivalents are cash balances of £189.2m (31 December 2024: £200.2m)

that are operated within a notional cash pooling arrangement together with overdraft balances

of £187.2m (31 December 2024: £199.3m) presented above in current liabilities. See Note 23.1 for

further details.

The consolidated financial statements on pages 159 to 164 were authorised for

issue by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2026 and were signed on its behalf by:

S J B Shaw

Savills plc

Registered in England No. 2122174

161

Attributable to owners of the parent

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

equity

Share

capital

Share

premium

Other

reserves*

Retained

earnings**

Balance at 1 January 2025

3.6

105.0

89.3

548.9

746.8

31.0

777.8

70.9

70.9

73.6

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme and employee

benefit obligations

Changes in fair value of financial assets at FVOCI

0.1

0.1

Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income/(loss)

14.3

(1.2)

(1.2)

(1.2)

Currency translation differences

(18.3)

(18.3)

(18.3)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

(18.2)

72.3

54.1

56.8

Employee share option scheme:

– Value of services provided

33

28.4

28.4

28.4

– Tax on employee share option schemes

14.4

0.2

0.2

0.2

Issue of share capital

31

11.1

11.2

11.2

Purchase of treasury shares

(17.4)

(17.4)

(17.4)

Dividends

16

(41.2)

(41.2)

(2.0)

(43.2)

Reclassification

0.3

(0.3)

Transfer between reserves

(0.1)

(0.1)

Transactions with non-controlling interests

(1.8)

(1.8)

1.6

(0.2)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

(13.8)

(13.8)

(13.8)

Acquisitions of subsidiaries

29

4.6

4.6

Balance at 31 December 2025

3.7

116.1

71.4

575.2

766.4

38.0

804.4

Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve, merger relief reserve, foreign exchange reserve and revaluation reserve as disclosed in Note 32.

** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are treasury shares, share-based payments reserve and the profit and loss account as disclosed in Note 32.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

162

Attributable to owners of the parent

Non-

controlling

interests

equity

Share

capital

Share

premium

Other

reserves*

Retained

earnings**

Balance at 1 January 2024

3.6

104.9

94.5

514.9

717.9

34.9

752.8

53.6

53.6

(0.7)

52.9

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme and employee

benefit obligations

10.5

10.5

10.5

Changes in fair value of financial assets at FVOCI

(0.7)

(0.7)

Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income/(loss)

14.3

(2.9)

(2.9)

(2.9)

(4.6)

(4.6)

(1.1)

(5.7)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

(5.3)

61.2

55.9

(1.8)

54.1

Employee share option scheme:

– Value of services provided

33

31.4

31.4

31.4

– Tax on employee share option schemes

14.4

0.8

0.8

0.8

Issue of share capital

Purchase of treasury shares

(22.9)

(22.9)

(22.9)

(31.2)

(31.2)

(2.6)

(33.8)

Transfer between reserves

(1.3)

(1.2)

1.2

Transactions with non-controlling interests

4.4

4.4

6.1

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

(8.4)

(8.4)

(8.4)

Acquisitions of subsidiaries

(6.8)

(6.8)

Balance at 31 December 2024

3.6

105.0

89.3

548.9

746.8

31.0

777.8

Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve, merger relief reserve, foreign exchange reserve and revaluation reserve as disclosed in Note 32.

** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are treasury shares, share-based payments reserve and the profit and loss account as disclosed in Note 32.

163

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

35

202.7

177.3

Interest received

47.1

57.2

Interest paid

(40.6)

(42.0)

Income tax paid

(36.9)

(33.9)

Net cash generated from operating activities

172.3

158.6

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

0.2

0.2

Proceeds from sale of financial assets held

at FVOCI and FVPL

1.4

1.0

Proceeds from sale of interests in joint ventures

Dividends received from joint ventures

6.0

4.2

Dividends received from associates

3.5

2.8

Dividends received from other parties

0.7

0.5

Repayment of loans by joint ventures

0.4

Loans to associates

(1.2)

(0.4)

Loans to other parties

(0.1)

(0.5)

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash and

overdrafts acquired

29

(22.4)

(2.6)

Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash and

overdrafts disposed

29

2.4

Deferred consideration paid in relation to

prior year acquisitions

(0.9)

Sublease receipts

2.0

2.1

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

18

(27.8)

(11.7)

Purchase of intangible assets

(5.3)

(9.1)

Purchase of investment in joint ventures

(0.2)

(0.3)

Purchase of investment in associates

(1.1)

Purchase of financial assets held at FVOCI

and FVPL

(1.9)

(6.1)

Net cash used in investing activities

(43.9)

(20.7)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of shares

11.2

Proceeds from transaction with non-

controlling interest

11.3

Payments to non-controlling

interest holders

(0.2)

(5.4)

Proceeds from borrowings

137.8

85.2

Repayments of borrowings

(135.1)

(87.4)

Payment of financing fees

(2.0)

Principal elements of lease payments

19.2

(56.0)

(59.6)

(17.4)

(22.9)

Dividends paid

16, 30

(43.2)

(33.8)

Net cash used in financing activities

(104.9)

(112.5)

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents

and bank overdrafts

23.5

25.4

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

at beginning of year

327.4

310.1

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

and cash equivalents held

(9.9)

(8.1)

Cash, cash equivalents and bank

overdrafts at end of year

23

341.0

327.4

164

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Year ended 31 December 2025

165

1. General information

Savills plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) is a global real

estate services group. The Group operates through a network of offices in the UK,

Europe, Asia Pacific, North America, Africa and the Middle East. Savills plc is listed

on the London Stock Exchange and employed a monthly average of 42,863 staff

worldwide during 2025.

These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of

Directors on 12 March 2026. The Board of Directors have the power to amend the

financial statements after issue.

2. Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK

adopted international accounting standards (‘IFRS’) and with the provisions of the

Companies Act 2006. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going

concern basis (refer to Note 3) and under the historical cost convention as modified

by the revaluation of loans receivable, equity investments held at FVOCI, financial

assets held at FVPL and derivative financial instruments held at fair value.

In preparing the financial statements management has considered the impact of

climate change, taking into account the relevant disclosures in the Strategic Report,

including those made in accordance with the recommendations of the Taskforce

on Climate-related Financial Disclosure. These considerations included the limited

exposure in terms of tangible assets, including in our investment management

business where we do not own the properties, as well as our current assessment

that the transition costs to a low-carbon economy will be outweighed by alternative

business opportunities, therefore not impacting the recoverability of our intangible

assets. On this basis, we concluded that climate change did not have a material

impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates, consistent with the

assessment that this is not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s

going concern or viability assessment.

3. Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future

development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The

financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in

the Financial Review, with details of the Group’s treasury activities and exposure to

financial risk included in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Group has prepared its going concern assessment for the period to the end

of June 2027. As in prior years, the Board undertook a strategic business review in

the current year, taking account of the Group’s current position and prospects, the

Group’s strategic plan, and the Group’s principal risks and the management of those

risks, as detailed in the Annual Report and the Board’s risk appetite as detailed in

the Strategic Report. Sensitivity analysis was also undertaken, including financing

projections, to flex the financial forecasts under several severe downside scenarios,

which involved applying different assumptions to the underlying forecasted revenues,

costs and underlying profits both individually and in aggregate. These scenarios

assess the potential impact from several macro-economic risks, including a severe

global economic downturn. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the

Group would retain liquidity and maintain significant available facility and covenant

headroom to be able to withstand the impact of such scenarios over the period

of the financial forecast, as a result of the resilience and diversity of the Group,

underpinned by a strong balance sheet.

Based on the Group’s positive net cash position of £167.7m (cash and cash

equivalents less overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements and borrowings) and

undrawn borrowing facilities of £414.6m available to the Group at the year-end, as

described in the Financial Review, combined with the assessment explained above,

the Directors have formed the judgement at the time of approving the financial

statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate

resources to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from

the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June 2027. For this

reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing

the consolidated financial statements.

4. Material accounting policies that apply to the consolidated

financial statements

The material accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated

financial statements are set out below. Other material accounting policies applicable

to a particular area are disclosed in the most relevant note.

They can be identified by the following symbol:

These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Year ended 31 December 2025

4. Material accounting policies that apply to the consolidated

financial statements

166

4.1 Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and its

subsidiary undertakings, together with the Group’s share of results of its associates

and joint ventures.

(a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls

an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its

power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which

control is transferred to the Group.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions

between Group companies are eliminated. Profits and losses resulting from

intercompany transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure

consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(b) Acquisition of subsidiaries

The Group applies the acquisition method of accounting to account for business

combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair

value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by

the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in

a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.

The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-

acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate

share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair

value at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration only applies to situations

where contingent payments are not dependent on future employment of vendors.

Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed

to be an asset or liability is recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is

classified as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for

within equity. Payments dependent on future employment are expensed to the income

statement over the relevant period of employment as required by IFRS 3 (revised).

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

(c) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are

accounted for as equity transactions, that is, as transactions with the owners in their

capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and

the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is

recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also

recorded in equity.

(d) Associates and joint ventures

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity

method of accounting.

Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the

carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s share of the

profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The Group’s investment in

associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on

acquisition (see Note 20).

The Group’s share of its associates’ and joint ventures’ post-acquisition profits or losses

is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying

amount of the investment. Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint

ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its

interest in the associate or joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that,

in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate or joint venture)

the Group does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred legal or constructive

obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint

ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate or

joint venture. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides

evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates

and joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with

the policies adopted by the Group.

The carrying amount of associates and joint ventures is tested for impairment in

accordance with the policy described in Note 17.

Profit or loss on disposal of associates and joint ventures is recognised in profit or

loss as other gains/(losses).

4.1 Consolidation

167

(e) Investment management funds

The Investment Management business enters into strategic partnerships and

mandates to provide asset management or investment advisory services to external

clients, and in certain instances also has an interest in the fund general partner or

in co-investment schemes (the Savills Investment Management funds). In its role as

fund manager, the Investment Management business is considered by management

to be acting as an agent which does not have control under IFRS 10 and therefore

the Savills Investment Management funds are not consolidated as part of the Group.

4.2 Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are

measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the

entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are

presented in sterling, which is also the Company’s functional currency.

(b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using

the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange

gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the

translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated

in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred

in other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities are reported as

part of the fair value gain or loss and are recognised in the income statement, except

for financial assets held at FVOCI, which are recognised in other comprehensive

income. Non-monetary items carried at historical cost are reported using the

exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

(c) Group entities

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value

adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to the Group’s presentational

currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange

differences arising from this translation of foreign operations are recognised in

other comprehensive income and taken to the foreign exchange reserve.

The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for

the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the

dates of the transactions.

4.3 Adoption of standards, amendments and interpretations

to standards

Standards, amendments and interpretations adopted for use in the United Kingdom

and mandatorily effective for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January

2025 that are not relevant nor considered to have a significant impact on the Group

and its financial statements include the following:

Amendments to IAS 21: Lack of Exchangeability.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to

have a material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods and

on foreseeable future transactions with the exception of IFRS 18

Presentation and

Disclosure in Financial Statements

which is effective from 1 January 2027. The Group

has commenced a review of the requirements to ensure the presentation changes

and additional disclosure information can be made in line with the required dates.

The Group will apply the new standard from its mandatory effective date of 1 January

2027. Retrospective application is required, and so the comparative information for the

financial year ended 31 December 2026 will be restated in accordance with IFRS 18.

5. Critical accounting estimates and significant judgements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use

of accounting estimates and assumptions. It also requires management to exercise

its judgement in the process of applying our accounting policies. We continually

evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgements based on available information

and experience. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual

results could differ from these estimates.

5. Critical accounting estimates and significant

judgements

168

Our critical accounting estimates are those estimates that carry a significant risk

of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities

within the next financial year. Significant judgements are those made by management

in applying our material accounting policies that have a material impact on the

amounts presented in the financial statements.

Our critical accounting estimates and significant judgements are described in

the following notes to the financial statements.

They can be identified by the following symbol:

Critical Significant
Note estimate judgement
Valuation of defined benefit pension
assets and liabilities 28
Goodwill impairment 17
Debtor recoverability 22
Classification of non-underlying terms* 11
Determination of lease terms 19

Please also refer to the Appendices for the Group’s constant currency analysis, a non-GAAP measure.

6. Financial risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Group has in place

a risk management programme that seeks to limit the adverse effects on the financial

performance of the Group.

The Group treasury function is responsible for implementing risk management

policies applied by the Group. The Group treasury function has a policy and

procedures manual that sets out specific guidelines on financial risks and the use

of financial instruments to manage these.

6.1 Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risks primarily

with respect to the euro, Hong Kong dollar and US dollar. Foreign exchange risk

arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and

net investments in foreign operations. When there is a material committed foreign

currency exposure the foreign exchange risk will be hedged. The Group may finance

some overseas investments through the use of foreign currency borrowings. The

Group does not actively seek to hedge risks arising from foreign currency translations

due to their non-cash nature and the high costs associated with such hedging.

The sensitivity analysis has been prepared for the major currencies to which

the Group is exposed. Recent historical movements in these currencies have

been considered and it has been concluded that a 5–10% movement in rates is a

reasonable benchmark.

For the years ended 31 December, if the average currency conversion rates against

sterling for the year had changed with all other variables held constant, the Group

post-tax profit for the year would have increased or decreased as shown below:

Movement of currency against sterling
£m -10.0% -5.0% +5.0% +10.0%
2025
Estimated impact on post-tax profit
Euro (0.7) (0.4) 0.4 0.8
Hong Kong dollar (1.1) (0.6) 0.6 1.3
US dollar 0.3 0.2 (0.2) (0.4)
Chinese renminbi (0.1) (0.1) 0.1 0.2
Estimated impact on components of equity
Euro (8.6) (4.5) 5.0 10.5
Hong Kong dollar (10.3) (5.4) 6.0 12.6
US dollar (16.9) (8.9) 9.8 20.7
Chinese renminbi (2.6) (1.4) 1.5 3.2

6. Financial risk management

6.1 Foreign exchange risk

169

| | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Movement of currency against sterling | | | |
| £m | -10.0% | -5.0% | +5.0% | +10.0% |
| 2024 | | | | |
| Estimated impact on post-tax profit | | | | |
| Euro | 0.7 | 0.4 | (0.4) | (0.9) |
| Hong Kong dollar | (0.1) | (0.1) | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| US dollar | (0.5) | (0.3) | 0.3 | 0.6 |
| Chinese renminbi | (0.2) | (0.1) | 0.1 | 0.2 |
| Estimated impact on components of equity | | | | |
| Euro | 3.2 | 1.7 | (1.8) | (3.9) |
| Hong Kong dollar | (6.7) | (3.5) | 3.9 | 8.2 |
| US dollar | (18.5) | (9.7) | 10.7 | 22.6 |
| Chinese renminbi | (3.9) | (2.1) | 2.3 | 4.8 |

6.2 Interest rate risk

The Group has both interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Group finances its

operations through a mixture of retained profits and bank borrowings, at both fixed

and floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group

cash flow to interest rate risk, which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates.

Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

Group policy is to maintain at least 70% of its borrowings in fixed rate instruments.

For the year ended 31 December 2025, if the average interest rate for the year had

changed with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax profit for the

year and equity would have increased or decreased as shown below:

Increase in interest rates
£m +0.5% +1.0% +1.5% +2.0%
2025
Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity 0.8 1.7 2.5 3.4
2024
Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
Decrease in interest rates
£m -0.5% -1.0% -1.5% -2.0%
2025
Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity (0.8) (1.7) (2.5) (3.4)
2024
Estimated impact on post-tax profit and equity (1.0) (2.0) (3.0) (3.9)

The rationale behind the 2.0% sensitivity analysis is based upon historic trends

in interest rate movements and the short-term expectation that any increase or

decrease greater than 2.0% is unlikely to occur.

6.3 Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, equity investments, loans

receivables, debt-like financial instruments and derivative financial instruments and

deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to clients,

including outstanding receivables and committed transactions.

The Group has policies that require appropriate credit checks on potential

customers before engaging with them. A risk control framework is used to assess

the credit quality of clients, taking into account financial position, past experience

and other factors. There were no material individual trade receivable balances as

at 31 December 2025. Refer to Note 22 for information on the credit quality of

trade and other receivables and the maximum exposure to credit risk arising on

outstanding receivables from clients.

Individual risk limits for banks and financial institutions are set based on external

ratings and in accordance with limits set by the Board. The utilisation of credit limits

is regularly monitored. As at the reporting date, no significant credit risk existed

in relation to banking counterparties. No credit limits were exceeded during the

reporting year, and management does not expect any losses from non-performance

by these counterparties.

6.3 Credit risk

170

The table below shows the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, overdrafts in notional

pooling arrangements and bank overdrafts, as per the statement of cash flows, split

by counterparty ratings as at 31 December:

2025 2024
Counterparty rating (S&P long-term ratings) £m £m
AA- 9.8 11.6
A+ 200.6 182.3
A 60.0 63.7
A- 31.4 29.5
BBB+ 10.9 3.9
BBB or below 28.3 36.4
Total 341.0 327.4

6.4 Liquidity risk

The Group maintains appropriate committed facilities to ensure the Group has

sufficient funds available for operations and expansion. The Group prepares an

annual funding plan approved by the Board which sets out the Group’s expected

financing requirements for the next 12 months.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve comprising

undrawn borrowing facilities (Note 25) and cash and cash equivalents (Note 23 and

Note 23.1) on the basis of expected cash flow. This is carried out at local level in the

operating companies of the Group in accordance with Group practice as well as on

a Group consolidated basis.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and net-settled derivative

financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period

from the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.

Total
Between Between contractual
Less than 1 and 2 2 and 5 Over undiscounted Carrying
£m a year years years 5 years cash flows values
2025
Borrowings 48.2 1.7 123.5 4.0 177.4 176.7
Overdrafts in notional
pooling arrangement 187.2 187.2 187.2
Lease liabilities 59.4 67.9 103.9 57.4 288.6 255.4
Derivative financial
instruments 2.1 4.2 21.8 13.4 41.5 26.5
Trade and other
payables 331.7 1.5 6.0 339.2 337.9
628.6 75.3 255.2 74.8 1,033.9 983.7
Total
Between Between contractual
Less than 1 and 2 2 and 5 Over undiscounted Carrying
£m a year years years 5 years cash flows values
2024
Borrowings 45.6 3.8 68.7 60.6 178.7 160.9
Overdrafts in notional
pooling arrangement 199.3 199.3 199.3
Lease liabilities 59.1 63.5 108.7 41.2 272.5 233.1
Derivative financial
instruments 1.3 1.0 5.4 14.2 21.9 13.9
Trade and other
payables 347.5 5.0 4.1 356.6 355.2
652.8 73.3 186.9 116.0 1,029.0 962.4

171

6.5 Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

to safeguard the Group’s ability to provide returns for Shareholders and benefits

for other stakeholders; and

to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from 2024.

Savills plc is not subject to any externally-imposed capital requirements, with

the exception of its regulated entities within the Savills Investment Management

Group and its FCA (Financial Conduct Authority) regulated entity, Savills Capital

Advisors Limited, in the UK. All regulated entities complied with the relevant

capital requirements for the year ended 31 December 2025. The Savills Investment

Management Group has regulated entities in the UK, Luxembourg, Germany,

Italy, Japan, Singapore and Australia. For more information on Savills Investment

Management Group’s regulated entities and regulatory requirements, please visit

www.savillsim.com.

In order to maintain an optimal capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount

of dividends paid to Shareholders, return capital to Shareholders, issue new shares or

sell assets to reduce debt.

The Board has put in place a distribution policy which takes into account the

degree of maintainability of the Group’s different profit streams and the Group’s

overall exposure to cyclical Transaction Advisory profits, as well as the requirement

to maintain a certain level of cash resources for working capital and corporate

development purposes.

The Board will recommend an ordinary dividend broadly reflecting the profits

derived from the Group’s less volatile businesses. In addition, when profits from the

cyclical Transaction Advisory business are strong, the Board will consider and, if

appropriate, recommend the payment of a supplemental dividend alongside the final

ordinary dividend. The value of any such supplemental dividend will vary depending

on the performance of the Group’s Transaction Advisory business and the Group’s

anticipated working capital and corporate development requirements through the

cycle. It is intended that, in normal circumstances, the combined value of the ordinary

and supplemental dividends declared in respect of any year are covered at least

1.5 times by retained earnings and/or at least 2.0 times by underlying profits after

taxation. The Group complied with this policy throughout the year.

The Group’s policy is primarily to borrow centrally, if required, to meet anticipated

funding requirements. These borrowings, together with cash generated from

operations, are then on-lent or contributed as equity to certain subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors monitors a number of debt measures on a rolling forward

12-month basis including: gross cash by location; gross debt by location; cash subject

to restrictions; total debt servicing cost to operating profit; gross borrowings as a

percentage of EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation);

and forecast headroom against available facilities. These internal measures indicate

the levels of debt that the Group has and are closely monitored to ensure compliance

with banking covenants and to confirm that the Group has sufficient unused facilities.

The Group complied with all banking covenants throughout the year and met all

internal counterparty exposure limits set by the Board.

The capital structure is as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Equity 804.4 777.8
Cash and cash equivalents 531.6 536.5
Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement (187.2) (199.3)
Bank overdrafts (3.4) (9.8)
Borrowings (gross of transaction costs) (173.4) (151.5)
Cash and cash equivalents net of gross borrowings 167.6 175.9

172

7. Prior year restatement

Presentation of employee benefits expenses associated with property management

contracts within the Income Statement

As part of a systems improvement project within the Group, management identified

that employment costs of employees associated with the delivery of certain lump

sum property management contracts had been incorrectly classified as contract

costs within other operating expenses in the Income Statement. In the current year,

these costs have been correctly classified as part of employee benefits expense

in the income statement. The prior year comparatives have been restated in

accordance with IAS 8.

The table below shows the impact of the prior year restatement on the Group’s

primary financial statements:

2024 2024
reported Restatement restated
£m £m £m
Income Statement
Employee benefits expense 1,581.4 111.8 1,693.2
Other operating expenses 661.3 (111.8) 549.5

This prior year restatement does not have any impact on reported comparative profit

after tax, earnings per share, the Statement of Financial Position or the Statement of

Cash Flows.

8. Segment information

Material accounting policies that apply to segment information

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal

reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating

decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing

performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Group

Executive Board (‘GEB’).

A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing

products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different

from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in

providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is

subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating

in other economic environments.

The GEB primarily manages the business based on the geographic location in

which the Group operates, with the Investment Management business being

managed separately. As the Group is strongly affected by both differences in

the types of services it provides and the geographical areas in which it operates,

the matrix approach of disclosing both the business and geographical segments

format is used.

Revenues and expenses are allocated to segments on the basis that they are

directly attributable or the relevant portion can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

The operating segments are identified as the following regions: Europe, the Middle

East and Africa (‘EMEA’), Asia Pacific and North America. The Savills Investment

Management business is also considered a separate operating segment. The

reportable operating segments derive their revenue primarily from property-

related services. Within EMEA and Asia Pacific, both commercial and residential

services are provided. Other segments are largely commercial-based.

Refer to the Group overview on page 3 and the segmental reviews on pages 10 to

15 for further information on revenue sources. The GEB also reviews the business

with reference to the nature of the services in each region. Therefore, the Group

has presented its segment analysis below in a matrix with the primary operating

segments based on regions in which the Group operates.

The GEB assesses the performance of operating segments based on a measure of

underlying profit before tax which adjusts reported pre-tax profit by profit/(loss)

on disposals, share-based payment adjustment, significant restructuring costs,

significant transaction-related costs, amortisation and impairment of intangible

assets arising from business combinations, impairment of goodwill and other items

that are considered non-operational and material (such as fair value gains/losses

on transaction-related options).

8. Segment information

173

8.1 Segment revenue and underlying profit

North
EMEA Asia Pacific America Total
2025 £m £m £m £m
Revenue
Residential Transactional 274.1 19.5 293.6
Commercial Transactional 268.0 113.6 291.0 672.6
Consultancy 389.4 115.8 41.4 546.6
Property Management 480.0 463.3 943.3
Investment Management 90.3 4.5 94.8
Revenue 1,501.8 716.7 332.4 2,550.9
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax
Residential Transactional 19.6 2.6 22.2
Commercial Transactional 16.2 3.1 5.6 24.9
Consultancy 42.7 4.5 0.3 47.5
Property Management 29.7 22.5 52.2
Investment Management 13.0 0.9 13.9
Unallocated (15.4) (15.4)
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax 105.8 33.6 5.9 145.3
North
EMEA* Asia Pacific America Total
2024 £m £m £m £m
Revenue
Residential Transactional 252.5 17.2 269.7
Commercial Transactional 245.6 129.8 284.5 659.9
Consultancy 364.1 97.8 30.4 492.3
Property Management 436.5 451.6 888.1
Investment Management 87.8 6.2 94.0
Revenue 1,386.5 702.6 314.9 2,404.0
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax
Residential Transactional 16.8 (0.9) 15.9
Commercial Transactional 15.5 6.7 3.5 25.7
Consultancy 39.6 0.5 (0.2) 39.9
Property Management 26.3 22.9 49.2
Investment Management 9.7 0.4 10.1
Unallocated (10.4) (10.4)
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax 97.5 29.6 3.3 130.4

In line with the creation of an EMEA Board to oversee the business in the region, the previously disclosed

segments of UK and Continental Europe and the Middle East (‘CEME’) now form the EMEA segment.

Prior comparatives have been restated to reflect this change.

Revenue attributed to the entity’s country of domicile and individual material foreign

countries (excluding Investment Management) are as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
United Kingdom 1,021.8 969.0
United States 322.5 305.9
Hong Kong & Macau 285.7 286.0

8.1 Segment revenue and underlying profit

174

Underlying profit before tax includes:

North
EMEA Asia Pacific America Total
2025 £m £m £m £m
Depreciation (39.6) (16.7) (12.8) (69.1)
Software amortisation (4.0) (1.2) (1.8) (7.0)
Share of post-tax (loss)/profit from
joint ventures and associates (0.7) 8.9 8.2
Interest income 43.8 2.8 2.8 49.4
Interest expense (35.7) (1.9) (4.3) (41.9)
North
EMEA Asia Pacific America Total
2024 £m £m £m £m
Depreciation (38.9) (17.7) (13.6) (70.2)
Software amortisation (4.0) (1.3) (1.6) (6.9)
Share of post-tax (loss)/profit from
joint ventures and associates (0.7) 8.2 7.5
Interest income 50.6 4.8 2.1 57.5
Interest expense (38.2) (2.0) (2.8) (43.0)

The Unallocated segment includes costs and other expenses at holding company and

subsidiary levels, which are not directly attributable to the operating activities of the

Group’s business segments.

A reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit before tax is provided in Note 11.

Inter-segmental revenue is not material. No single customer contributed 10% or more

to the Group’s revenue for both 2025 and 2024.

8.2 Non-current assets

Non-current assets attributed to the entity’s country of domicile and individual

material foreign countries are as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Non-current assets
United Kingdom 206.9 229.2
United States 282.3 271.2
Other 397.5 345.8
Total non-current assets 886.7 846.2

Non-current assets include goodwill and intangible assets, plant, property and

equipment, right-of-use assets, contract-related assets, non-current non-financial

assets, and investments in joint ventures and associates. Defined benefit pension

surplus, non-current financial assets and deferred tax assets are not included.

175

9. Revenue

Material accounting policies that apply to revenue

The Group recognises revenue from the following major sources:

Residential property transactions

Commercial property transactions

Property consultancy services

Property and facilities management services

Investment management services.

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a

customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Group

recognises revenue when it transfers control of a product or service to a customer.

(a) Residential property transactions

Generally, revenue is recognised at a point in time, when unconditional contracts

are exchanged. Fees are a fixed consideration or a fixed percentage of the

transaction value and are invoiced to the client upon completion.

For new home developments revenue is recognised following the terms of the

contract. In some instances revenue is recognised on a staged basis, reflecting

the Group’s obligations to find a buyer and to further support the client after

exchange of contracts through to completion of the build and contract, which

can be a number of years later. For these developments, revenue recognition

commences when the underlying contracts are exchanged, with total revenue

from the contract recognised by the date of completion in accordance with

contractual terms. Fees are a fixed consideration or a fixed percentage of the

transaction value and are invoiced to the client at each contractual milestone,

in line with the recognition of revenue. In other instances, the revenue will be

recognised when contracts are exchanged and the transaction is unconditional.

In these instances no further support is provided to the client after this point.

(b) Commercial property transactions

Generally, revenue is recognised at a point in time on the date of completion

or when unconditional contracts have been exchanged. Fees are a fixed

consideration or a fixed percentage of the transaction value and are invoiced

to the client upon completion.

(c) Property consultancy services

The Group primarily provides a wide range of professional property services

including valuation, building and housing consultancy, environmental consultancy,

development, planning, research, corporate services, landlord and tenant services

and strategic projects.

Generally, revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are rendered

in accordance with the contract terms. Fee arrangements include fixed fee

arrangements and fee for service arrangements (‘time and materials’).

For fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based on the stage of completion

with reference to the actual services provided to the end of the reporting period

as a proportion of the total services to be provided under the contract. This is

determined on a contract by contract basis with reference to actual costs incurred

in relation to the best estimate of total costs expected for completion of the

contract or using a milestone-based approach, depending on the contract terms.

For fee-for-service contracts, revenue is recognised up to the amount of fees

that the Group is entitled to invoice for services performed to date based on

contracted rates.

Payment arrangements vary between contracts, ranging from monthly retainers,

monthly invoicing, quarterly invoicing, invoicing upon reaching certain milestones

in the contract or payment upon completion of the final performance obligation

in the contract. As a result, services rendered under a contract will often exceed

consideration received from a customer and a contract asset will be recognised.

If payments exceed services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised.

In some instances, revenue will be recognised at a point in time upon delivery of

the final report to the client. This is often the case for standalone valuation reports

where the performance obligation is the provision of a property valuation report to

the client. The Group is entitled to invoice the customer when the final report has

been issued, at which point payment will be due.

9. Revenue

Material accounting policies that apply to revenue

176

(d) Property and facilities management services

The Group primarily manages commercial, industrial, residential, leisure and

agricultural property for owners.

The primary performance obligation relates to the ongoing management of

a property where revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are

rendered in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised over the

life of a contract on a straight-line basis, which is in line with the satisfaction of

the performance obligation.

Payment arrangements vary between contracts. The majority of customers

are invoiced monthly or quarterly in advance, with consideration payable upon

the issue of an invoice. Where invoicing is in advance a contract liability will

be recognised.

In some property management arrangements, the Group is required to evaluate

whether it is the principal (report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (report

revenues on a net basis). Where the primary performance obligation of the

contract relates to the arrangement of services for a customer rather than the

responsibility to provide the services, the Group is considered the agent and the

mark-up for the sub-contracted services will be recognised as revenue (revenues

reported on a net basis).

For leasing fees and management fees on repairs or other ad hoc property

management services outside of the standard contract terms, revenue is

recognised at a point in time upon completion of the performance obligation.

In these instances, the invoice would be raised to the customer upon completion

of the performance obligation and payment due at this time.

(e) Investment management services

Base management fees are received for the provision of fund and asset

management services. Fund management fees are typically either fixed or

calculated as a fixed percentage of the net asset value or gross asset value of the

underlying portfolio of investments on a quarterly basis. Asset management fees

are typically calculated as a fixed percentage of gross rental income or passing

rents on a quarterly basis. Fees are estimated based on the previous quarter’s

actual values and variances to these estimates are recognised in the following

quarter. Revenue is recognised over a period of time as services are rendered

in accordance with the contract terms. Revenue is recognised over the life of

a contract on a straight-line basis, which is in line with the satisfaction of the

performance obligation. Customers are generally invoiced quarterly in advance

with consideration payable upon the issue of an invoice, as a result a contract

liability will be recognised as the payments received will exceed services rendered.

Transaction fees are received for the coordination and management of the due

diligence in connection with acquisitions and sales of assets for customers.

Transaction fees are calculated as a fixed percentage on the purchase or sales

price and are recognised at a point in time upon unconditional exchange

of contracts.

Performance fees are received when a fund’s performance exceeds a designated

return hurdle rate or pre-defined benchmark or when the sale of individual assets

exceeds a designated return hurdle rate. The Group estimates fees for this variable

fee arrangement using a most likely amount approach on a contract by contract

basis. Variable consideration is included in revenue only to the extent that it is

highly probable that the amount will not be subject to significant reversal when

the uncertainty is resolved.

(f) Financing components

For contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or

services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year, the

transaction price is adjusted for the time value money. The financing component

is recognised within finance costs or finance income in the income statement.

177

9.1 Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue of £2,550.9m (2024: £2,404.0m) in the income statement relates solely to

revenue arising from contracts with customers.

The Group derives revenue from the transfer of services over time and at a point

in time in the major product lines and geographical regions as highlighted in the

Group’s segment analysis (Note 8).

9.2 Contract-related assets and liabilities

Contract-related assets and liabilities are as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Asset recognised for costs incurred to obtain a contract –
investment management contracts 0.8 1.3
Contract assets – consulting contracts 10.5 13.0
Accrued income (Note 22) 90.2 70.9
Total contract-related assets 101.5 85.2
Current 100.7 83.9
Non-current 0.8 1.3
101.5 85.2
Deferred revenue 14.4 16.7
Total contract liabilities – current 14.4 16.7

No material impairment loss on contract assets has been recognised in the current

or prior year.

The increase in contract-related assets year-on-year largely relates to acquisitions of

subsidiaries in the year.

Amortisation on investment management contract costs recognised in the income

statement amounted to £0.6m (2024: £0.6m).

All material consulting contracts are for periods of one year or less. As permitted

under IFRS 15, the transaction price allocated to these unsatisfied contracts is

not disclosed.

Revenue recognised in the year that was included in the contract liability balance at

the beginning of the period totalled £16.2m (2024: £11.9m).

There was no revenue recognised in the year from performance obligations satisfied

in previous years.

178

10. Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| In employee benefit expense | | |
| – Restructuring costs | 28.0 | 15.5 |
| – Transaction-related costs | 4.9 | 13.3 |
| In depreciation | | |
| – Depreciation of right-of-use assets – leasehold properties | 47.1 | 48.0 |
| – Depreciation of right-of-use assets – equipment and | | |
| motor vehicles | 3.9 | 3.8 |
| In other operating expenses | | |
| – Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses (including net losses | | |
| on forward foreign exchange contracts) | (1.7) | 3.1 |
| – Restructuring costs | 2.5 | 1.7 |
| – Transaction-related costs | (1.3) | 2.1 |
| – Impairments | 4.6 | 1.9 |
| – Expense relating to short-term leases | 0.7 | 0.6 |
| – Gain on disposal of leases (including sub-lets) | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| In other net gains | | |
| – Dividends from financial assets held at FVPL | (0.7) | (0.5) |
| – Profit on disposal of subsidiaries | (4.5) | – |
| – Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries | | |
| previously classified as associates | – | (4.4) |
| – Net fair value loss on transaction-related derivative | | |
| financial instruments | 0.7 | 3.4 |

Other operating expenses includes £192.2m of contract costs in relation to property

and facilities management contracts (2024: £170.6m, see Note 7 for details on the

prior year restatement). There are no other cost categories within other operating

expenses that are individually material.

10.1 Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, and

its associates

2025 2024
£m £m
Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the
parent Company and the consolidated financial statements 0.9 1.0
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates
for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 3.7 3.4
4.6 4.4
Audit-related assurance services 0.4 0.4
Total 5.0 4.8

Audit-related assurance services relate to the work performed in connection with the

Group’s interim financial statements and regulatory audits.

179

11. Underlying profit before tax

Material accounting policies that apply to underlying profit

before tax

The Group believes that the consistent presentation of underlying profit before

tax, underlying effective tax rate, underlying basic earnings per share and

underlying diluted earnings per share provides additional useful information to

Shareholders on the underlying trends and comparable performance of the Group

over time by excluding significant non-operational costs/income from the GAAP

measures. The ‘underlying’ measures are also used by the Group for internal

performance analysis and incentive compensation arrangements for employees.

These terms are not defined terms under IFRS and may therefore not be

comparable with similarly-titled profit measures reported by other companies.

They are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures.

The non-GAAP measures may be materially higher or lower than GAAP measures

and should not be regarded as a complete picture of the Group’s financial

performance. In particular, underlying profit before tax may be materially higher

or lower than reported profit before tax as a result of the adjustments.

The term ‘underlying’ refers to the relevant measure of profit, earnings or taxation

being reported mainly excluding the impact (pre and post-tax where applicable)

of the following items:

the difference between IFRS 2 charges related to outstanding bonus-related

deferred share awards and the estimated value of the current year bonus pool

expected to be allocated to deferred share awards;

amortisation of intangible assets arising from business combinations (this

excludes software or other pre-existing intangible assets of the acquiree);

items that are considered significant in size and non-operational in nature

including restructuring costs, impairments of goodwill and intangible assets

arising from business combinations and profits or losses arising on disposals

of subsidiaries and other investments; and

significant transaction-related costs associated with business combinations.

The majority of adjustments made to the GAAP measures to arrive at ‘underlying’

measures relate to charges arising as a result of business combinations. The nature

of the Group’s business and the businesses that the Group acquires (being ‘asset

light’ people businesses) require the Group to structure business acquisitions such

that often payment of deferred consideration is linked to recipients’ continuing

and active engagement in the business at the date of the deferred payment, with

these payments required to be expensed to the income statement under IFRS

3. For internal performance analysis and incentive compensation arrangements,

these charges are considered part of the initial cost of acquiring a business,

instead of an ongoing operational cost, and are therefore excluded from the

Group’s ‘underlying’ measures. The same rationale is applied to the exclusion of

amortisation of intangible assets arising from business combinations (excluding

software or other pre-existing intangible assets of the acquiree), any impairments

of goodwill and the aforementioned intangible assets, significant transaction-

related costs associated with business combinations and significant restructuring

costs. These items are not considered to reflect the business’s trading

performance and so are adjusted to ensure consistency between periods.

The adjustment for share-based payments relates to the impact of the accounting

standard for share-based compensation. The annual bonus is paid in a mixture of

cash and deferred shares and the proportions can vary from one year to another.

Under IFRS, the deferred share element is amortised to the income statement over

the vesting period whilst the cash element is expensed in the year. The adjustment

above addresses this by adding to or deducting from profit the difference

between the IFRS 2 charge in relation to outstanding bonus-related share awards

and the estimated value of the current year bonus pool to be awarded in deferred

shares. This adjustment is made to align the underlying staff cost in the year with

the revenue recognised in the same period, providing additional information on

the Group’s performance over time with respect to profitability.

11. Underlying profit before tax

Material accounting policies that apply to underlying profit

before tax

180

The underlying effective tax rate represents the underlying income tax expense

expressed as a percentage of underlying profit before tax. The underlying income

tax expense is the income tax expense excluding the tax effect of the adjustments

made to arrive at underlying profit before tax and other tax effects related to

these adjustments.

Underlying basic earnings per share and underlying diluted earnings per share

both utilise the underlying profit after tax measure instead of GAAP earnings.

The weighted average number of shares remain the same as the GAAP measure.

The Group also refers to revenue and underlying profit on a constant currency

basis which are both non-GAAP measures (see Appendices). Constant currency

results are calculated by translating the current year revenue and underlying profit

using the prior year exchange rates. This measure allows the Group to assess the

results of the current year compared to the prior year, excluding the impact of

foreign currency movements.

Significant judgement

Non-GAAP measures involve the exclusion of items that, in the judgement of

management, need to be disclosed separately in order to provide additional

information with respect to the Group’s operational performance. The items that

are excluded are considered significant and non-operational in nature, in the

judgement of management.

A reconciliation between GAAP and underlying measures is set out below:

2025 2024
£m £m
Reported profit before tax 101.0 88.3
Adjustments:
Amortisation of intangible assets arising from
business combinations 8.8 9.2
Exceptional impairments 4.6 1.9
Share-based payment adjustment 0.6 (1.1)
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries (4.5)
Restructuring costs 30.5 17.2
Transaction-related costs 3.6 15.9
Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries
previously classified as associates (4.4)
Fair value loss on transaction-related options 0.7 3.4
Underlying profit before tax 145.3 130.4

Exceptional impairments in the current year includes the impairment of goodwill

and intangible assets (£3.0m) recognised on the Savills Investment Management UK

Build-to-Rent (‘BTR’) cash generating unit (‘CGU’), following the departure of the

majority of the team in the period, in addition to an impairment of a shareholder loan

regarding a joint venture investment in the Savills Investment Management business

(£1.6m). In the prior year, exceptional impairments related to the impairment of

goodwill of the Indonesian CGU (refer to Note 17 for further details).

Profit on disposal of subsidiaries recognised in the current year relates to the

disposal of 51% of Cureoscity Technologies Limited in February 2025, which is now

an associate of the Group, and the disposal of the Group’s 100% holding in Loudden

Bygg-och Fastighetsservice AB in September 2025.

In the face of continued economic uncertainty and geopolitical risk, the prior year

restructuring process was held open through 2025. This resulted in the Group

recognising further restructuring costs of £30.5m in the year (2024: £17.2m).

181

Transaction-related costs include a £4.6m charge for future consideration payments

which are contingent on the continuity of recipients’ employment in the future

(2024: £13.2m). The current period also includes a £3.0m credit relating to the

reversal of an earn-out position with regard to the Savills Investment Management

BTR acquisition (Pitmore Limited) made in July 2022. In the prior year, a significant

portion of the charge related to the acquisition of DRC Capital LLP (‘DRC’) in 2021.

Transaction-related costs also include £1.5m of professional advisory transaction

fees (2024: £0.2m) and £0.5m of interest on deferred consideration and non-current

future payments in relation to business acquisitions that are linked to employment

(2024: £0.5m). In addition, transaction-related costs included a £0.1m (2024:

£0.1m) charge relating to prepaid amounts issued as part of business acquisitions

that are linked to continued active engagement in the business. Of these items,

prepaid amounts that are linked to active engagement in the business are recorded

as employee benefits expenses in the income statement, unwinding of interest is

recorded as a finance cost in the income statement and all other charges/(credits)

are recorded within other operating expenses. In the current year, transaction-

related costs also include a £0.1m fair value credit in relation to the remeasurement

of contingent deferred consideration (2024: £0.8m fair value charge). The prior year

also included a £1.1m charge in relation to a payment to the non-controlling interest

holder in Savills Real Estate LLC to buy-out their remaining interest in the business.

In the previous year, a fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries previously

classified as associates of £4.4m largely related to the remeasurement of the Group’s

holding in its associate, Riviera Estates SAS, prior to the acquisition of a further 24%

equity interest in the business, bringing the Group’s total shareholding to 75%.

The fair value loss on transaction-related call options in the current year primarily relates

to a £1.5m loss on the initial recognition of the option to purchase a further 65% in the

KMC Property Consultants Pte Ltd (‘KMC’), which is currently an associate, and a £1.0m

gain on the remeasurement of the option which gives the Group the right to purchase

the remaining 20% shareholding in Absolute Maintenance Services Pte Ltd and Solute

Pte Ltd (‘AMS’) in 2027. There is also a fair value loss of £0.6m in the current year relating

to the remeasurement of the option which gives the Group the right to purchase the

remaining 40% in LCA Core Sdn Bhd Group (‘LCA’) in 2027 and a £0.4m gain on the

remeasurement of the option for the remaining 45% shareholding in Savills Property

Servies (India) Private Limited (‘Savills India), exercisable in five tranches between 2029

and 2034. The fair value loss on transaction-related call options in the previous year of

£3.4m related primarily to a loss on the remeasurement of the AMS option.

12. Employees

12.1 Employee benefits expense

2024
2025 restated*
£m £m
Basic salaries and wages 1,063.9 1,005.3
Profit share and commissions 520.9 487.8
Wages and salaries 1,584.8 1,493.1
Social security costs 139.4 120.0
Other pension costs 50.4 48.7
Share-based payments 28.4 31.4
1,803.0 1,693.2

See Note 7 for details of the prior year restatement.

12.2 Staff numbers

The monthly average number of employees (including Directors) for the year was:

2025 2024
EMEA 13,675 13,041
Asia Pacific 28,189 28,430
North America 999 980
42,863 42,451

12.3 Key management compensation

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Key management | | |
| – Short-term employee benefits | 16.8 | 16.1 |
| – Post-employment benefits | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| – Share-based payments | 4.2 | 4.5 |
| | 21.1 | 20.7 |

12. Employees

12.3 Key management compensation

182

The key management of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2025 comprised

the Board of Directors and the GEB members. Directors’ remuneration is contained in

the Remuneration Report on pages 114 to 140.

During the year, seven (2024: eight) GEB members made aggregate gains totalling

£5.2m (2024: £4.3m) on the exercise of options under PSP, DSBP and DSP schemes

(2024: PSP, DSBP and DSP schemes).

Retirement benefits under the defined benefit scheme are accruing for two (2024:

two) GEB members and benefits are accruing under a defined contribution scheme

in Hong Kong for two (2024: two) GEB members.

13. Finance income and costs

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Bank interest receivable | 48.0 | 57.2 |
| Unwinding of discounts on assets | 0.5 | – |
| Finance income from sublease income | 0.2 | 0.2 |
| Net interest on defined benefit pension assets | 0.7 | 0.1 |
| Finance income | 49.4 | 57.5 |
| Bank interest payable | (30.3) | (33.2) |
| Unwinding of discounts on liabilities | (1.7) | (0.7) |
| Finance charges on lease liabilities | (9.9) | (9.1) |
| Finance costs | (41.9) | (43.0) |
| Net finance income | 7.5 | 14.5 |

14. Taxation

Material accounting policies that apply to taxation

Taxation

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is

recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items

recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the

tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted

or substantively enacted at the year-end date in the countries where the

Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management

periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations

in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes

provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to

the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary

differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying

amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities

are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred

income tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or

liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the

transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss and does not give

rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. Deferred income tax

is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively

enacted by the year-end date and are expected to apply when the related deferred

income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable

that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences

can be utilised and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses

can be utilised, except when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible

temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a

transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction,

affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss and does not give

rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.

14. Taxation

Material accounting policies that apply to taxation

Taxation

183

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments

in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates except for deferred income tax

liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled

by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in

the foreseeable future. In respect of deductible temporary differences associated

with investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, deferred tax assets

are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences

will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against

which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally

enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and

when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income tax levied by

the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable

entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Where a temporary difference arises between the tax base of employee share

options and their carrying value, a deferred tax asset is recognised. To the

extent that the future tax deduction matches the cumulative IFRS 2 expense,

the associated deferred tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

with any excess recognised directly in equity. To the extent that the current tax

deduction upon exercise matches the cumulative IFRS 2 expense, the associated

current tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement and the excess of

the associated current tax on exercise is recognised in equity.

14.1 Analysis of taxation expense for the year

2025 2024
£m £m
Current tax
UK tax 22.1 22.6
Adjustment in respect of prior years – UK (1.8) 2.3
20.3 24.9
Overseas tax 19.0 21.6
Adjustment in respect of prior years – overseas (1.2) (1.1)
17.8 20.5
Total current tax 38.1 45.4
Deferred tax
UK tax (2.7) (4.0)
Adjustment in respect of prior years – UK 1.0 2.0
(1.7) (2.0)
Overseas tax (8.8) (10.4)
Adjustment in respect of prior years – overseas (0.2) 2.4
(9.0) (8.0)
Total deferred tax (10.7) (10.0)
Income tax expense 27.4 35.4

184

14.2 Factors affecting taxation expense for the year

The tax on the Group’s profit before income tax differs from the theoretical amount

that would arise using the UK tax rate of 25% (2024: 25%) applicable to profits of the

consolidated entities as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Profit before income tax 101.0 88.3
Tax on profit at 25% (2024: 25%) 25.3 22.1
Effects of:
Adjustment in respect of prior years (2.2) 5.6
Difference in overseas tax rates (3.5) (0.6)
Utilisation of previously unprovided tax losses (0.3)
Expenses and other charges not deductible for tax
purposes 10.1 10.9
Non-assessable income (0.2) (0.7)
Tax on joint ventures and associates (2.1) (1.6)
Income tax expense 27.4 35.4

The effective tax rate of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2025 is 27.1%

(2024: 40.1%), which is higher (2024: higher) than the UK applicable rate.

The Group has performed analysis of the impact from the application of OECD’s Pillar

Two Model Rules on both historical performance and forward-looking projections.

Due to the complexities in applying the legislation, the quantitative impact is not

yet reasonably estimable but since the Group does not generally operate in low-tax

jurisdictions, the impact is not expected to be material.

Deferred tax has been determined using the applicable effective future tax rate that

will apply in the expected period of utilisation of the deferred tax asset or liability.

14.3 Tax components of other comprehensive income

2025 2024
£m £m
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit
pension scheme (0.9) (2.9)
Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Current tax on foreign exchange reserve movements (0.3)
Tax on items relating to components of other
comprehensive income (1.2) (2.9)

14.4 Tax recognised directly in reserves

2025 2024
£m £m
Current tax on share-based payment arrangements 0.5 0.5
Deferred tax on share-based payment arrangements (0.3) 0.3
Current tax on IFRS 16 lease recognition release 0.3 0.2
Deferred tax on IFRS 16 recognition release (0.3) (0.2)
Tax on items recognised directly in reserves 0.2 0.8

185

14.5 Deferred taxation

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Deferred tax assets | | |
| – Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than | | |
| 12 months | 61.4 | 56.5 |
| – Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months | 25.6 | 19.0 |
| | 87.0 | 75.5 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | | |
| – Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than | | |
| 12 months | (12.3) | (11.5) |
| – Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months | (4.7) | (1.8) |
| | (17.0) | (13.3) |
| Deferred tax asset – net | 70.0 | 62.2 |

2025 2024
£m £m
At 1 January – net asset 62.2 55.3
Amount credited to the income statement 10.7 10.0
Tax charged to other comprehensive income
– Defined benefit pension scheme – actuarial losses (0.9) (2.9)
Tax (charged)/credited to reserves
– Employee benefits (0.3) 0.3
– IFRS 16 initial lease recognition released to reserves (0.3) (0.2)
Additions through business combinations (Note 29) (0.7) 0.8
Exchange movement (0.7) (1.1)
At 31 December – net asset 70.0 62.2

Deferred tax assets have been recognised for tax loss carry-forwards and other

temporary differences in various entities in the Group. The largest amounts

recognised are in the German and US businesses. The utilisation of these losses in

both of these countries, while not time restricted, is dependent on the existence

of taxable profits, which are expected to arise in future years. In assessing the

probability and time frame of recovery, management have reviewed the Group’s

strategic plan. This plan anticipates increased profitability in both the US and

Germany in light of the continued recovery of those real estate markets, the results

of recent restructuring programs undertaken and the successful execution of the

global strategy.

As at the reporting date the Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of

£5.0m (2024: £3.4m) in respect of losses amounting to £24.8m, which can be carried

forward indefinitely against future taxable income (2024: £15.5m, which can be

carried forward indefinitely against future taxable income).

14.5 Deferred taxation

186

The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:

Other
Accelerated employee Share-
capital Provisions benefit Tax Retirement based
allowances and other* obligations** losses benefits payments Total
Deferred tax assets £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Balance at 1 January 2024 4.7 16.4 17.3 14.8 1.6 11.3 66.1
Reclassifications from/(to) deferred tax liabilities 0.1 (0.2) (0.1)
Amount (charged)/credited to the income statement (3.0) 0.1 7.4 3.1 2.1 9.7
Amount charged to other comprehensive income (0.2) (0.2)
Amount (charged)/credited to reserves (0.2) 0.3 0.1
Additions through business combinations 1.0 1.0
Exchange movement (0.3) (0.7) (0.1) (1.1)
At 31 December 2024 1.7 17.4 24.4 17.2 1.1 13.7 75.5
Reclassifications (to)/from deferred tax liabilities (0.9) 0.7 (1.5) 0.2 0.7 0.1 (0.7)
Amount credited/(charged) to the income statement 0.2 1.8 2.1 8.3 0.6 1.0 14.0
Amount charged to other comprehensive income (0.5) (0.5)
Amount charged to reserves (0.3) (0.3) (0.6)
Additions through business combinations (Note 29) 0.2 (0.1) 0.1
Exchange movement (0.5) (0.9) 0.6 (0.8)
At 31 December 2025 1.0 19.3 24.1 26.2 1.9 14.5 87.0
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions (14.1)
Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2025 in the statement
of financial position 72.9
Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2024 in the statement
of financial position (net of £10.7m set-off) 64.8

Provisions and other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for expenses not deductible until paid.

** Other employee benefit obligations includes deferred tax assets relating to unpaid bonus accruals, holiday pay provisions, long service leave provisions and other deferred compensation accruals.

187

| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | | Other | | | | |
| | Accelerated | | employee | | | | |
| | capital | Provisions | benefit | Retirement | | Intangible | |
| | allowances | and other* | obligations** | benefits | Revaluations | assets | Total |
| Deferred tax liabilities – Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 1 January 2024 | (0.8) | (1.6) | – | – | – | (8.4) | (10.8) |
| Reclassifications (to)/from deferred tax assets | – | (0.1) | – | 0.2 | – | – | 0.1 |
| Tax (charged)/credited to the income statement | – | (0.8) | – | – | – | 1.1 | 0.3 |
| Tax charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | (2.7) | – | – | (2.7) |
| Additions through business combinations | – | – | – | – | – | (0.2) | (0.2) |
| At 31 December 2024 | (0.8) | (2.5) | – | (2.5) | – | (7.5) | (13.3) |
| Reclassifications from/(to) deferred tax assets | 1.1 | (2.7) | 2.3 | – | – | – | 0.7 |
| Tax (charged)/credited to the income statement | (1.6) | (0.2) | (2.2) | – | (0.3) | 1.0 | (3.3) |
| Tax charged to other comprehensive income | – | – | – | (0.4) | – | – | (0.4) |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | – | (0.2) | – | – | (0.5) | (0.1) | (0.8) |
| Exchange movement | (0.1) | 0.2 | (0.1) | – | – | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| At 31 December 2025 | (1.4) | (5.4) | – | (2.9) | (0.8) | (6.5) | (17.0) |
| Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions | | | | | | | 14.1 |
| Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2025 in the statement of financial position | | | | | | | (2.9) |
| Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2024 in the statement of financial position | | | | | | | |
| (net of £10.7m set-off) | | | | | | | (2.6) |
| Net deferred tax asset | | | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | | | | | | | 68.6 |
| At 31 December 2024 | | | | | | | 62.2 |

Provisions and other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for expenses not deductible until paid.

** Other employee benefit obligations includes deferred tax assets relating to unpaid bonus accruals, holiday pay provisions, long service leave provisions and other deferred compensation accruals.

188

15. Earnings per share

15.1 Basic and diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) are based on the profit attributable to owners of the

Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the

year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held by the EBTs

(2025 closing: 7,490,723 shares, 2024 closing: 8,057,705 shares) and the Rabbi Trust

(2025 closing: 304,873 shares, 2024 closing: 821,163 shares).

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in

issue is adjusted to assume conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, being

the share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the

average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and where

performance conditions have been met.

The earnings and the shares used in the calculations are as follows:

2025 2025 2025 2024 2024 2024
Earnings Shares EPS Earnings Shares EPS
£m million pence £m million pence
Basic earnings per share 70.9 136.3 52.0 53.6 136.0 39.4
Effect of additional shares
issuable under option 7.5 (2.7) 7.9 (2.2)
Diluted earnings per share 70.9 143.8 49.3 53.6 143.9 37.2

15.2 Underlying basic and diluted earnings per share

Significant judgement

See Note 11 for further information on the use of non-GAAP measures.

A reconciliation between GAAP and underlying measures are set out in the following

table (underlying basic earnings per share and underlying diluted earnings per share).

2025 2025 2025 2024 2024 2024
Earnings Shares EPS Earnings Shares EPS
£m million pence £m million pence
Basic earnings per share 70.9 136.3 52.0 53.6 136.0 39.4
Amortisation of intangible
assets arising from business
combinations after tax 6.8 5.0 7.0 5.1
Exceptional impairments
after tax 4.0 2.9 1.4 1.0
Share-based payment
adjustment after tax 0.7 0.5 (0.7) (0.5)
Profit on disposal of
subsidiaries after tax (4.5) (3.3)
Restructuring costs
after tax 23.2 17.0 14.1 10.4
Transaction-related costs
after tax 3.5 2.6 15.6 11.5
Fair value gain step
acquisition of subsidiaries
previously classified
as associates (4.4) (3.2)
Fair value loss on
transaction-related options 0.7 0.5 3.4 2.5
Underlying basic earnings
per share 105.3 136.3 77.2 90.0 136.0 66.2
Effect of additional shares
issuable under option 7.5 (3.9) 7.9 (3.7)
Underlying diluted
earnings per share 105.3 143.8 73.3 90.0 143.9 62.5

Refer to Note 11 for the gross amounts of the above adjustments and a reconciliation

between reported profit before tax and underlying profit before tax, alongside

further details on each of the adjustments.

189

16. Dividends

Material accounting policies that apply to dividends

Dividend distributions are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements

in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s Shareholders.

2025 2024
£m £m
Amounts recognised as distribution to equity holders
in the year:
In respect of the previous year
Ordinary final dividend of 14.5p per share (2023: 13.9p) 19.5 18.8
Supplemental interim dividend of 8.6p per share (2023: 2.0p) 11.6 2.8
In respect of the current year
Interim dividend of 7.4p per share (2024: 7.1p) 10.1 9.6
41.2 31.2

The Group paid £2.0m (2024: £2.6m) of dividends to non-controlling interests.

Under the terms of the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust and the Savills plc

2025 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBTs’), the Trustees have waived their dividend

entitlement for all shares held by the Trust. The dividends paid to the Rabbi Trust are

eliminated upon Group consolidation, as a result the dividends paid by the Group and

the Company are not equal.

The Board recommends a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary share (amounting to

£21.8m), alongside the supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share

(amounting to £14.8m), to be paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on the register

at 10 April 2026. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable.

The total paid and recommended ordinary and supplemental dividend for the 2025

financial year comprises an aggregate distribution of 33.8p per ordinary share

(2024: 30.2p per ordinary share).

17. Goodwill and intangible assets

Material accounting policies that apply to goodwill and

intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition of a subsidiary or

associate over the Group’s share of the fair value of identifiable net

assets acquired.

Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Separately

recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events

or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment. An impairment loss is

recognised for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the recoverable

amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use and fair value less

costs of disposal. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment

testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) or groups

of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the

goodwill arose. The Group allocates goodwill to each business segment in the

geographical region in which it operates.

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of

goodwill relating to the entity sold.

In respect of associates and joint ventures, goodwill is included in the carrying

value of the investment and is not tested for impairment separately.

17. Goodwill and intangible assets

190

Material accounting policies that apply to goodwill and

intangible assets

Intangible assets other than goodwill

Intangible assets arising from business combinations and incremental contract

costs are valued at fair value on acquisition and amortised over the useful

life. Fair value on acquisition is determined by third-party valuation where the

acquisition is significant.

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs

incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. Costs associated

with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense

as incurred.

Measurement subsequent to initial recognition is at cost less accumulated

amortisation and impairment.

Amortisation charges are spread on a straight-line basis over the period of the

assets’ estimated useful lives as follows:

Customer relationships 3–15 years
Order backlogs 2–4 years
Contracts – investment, property management and other
existing business contracts 2–20 years
Brands 10 years
Computer software 3–7 years

Acquired investment management contracts relating to open-ended funds have

been attributed indefinite useful lives, reflecting the open-ended nature of the

funds, the Group’s intention to continue with the management of the funds and

the expectation that these contracts are expected to generate net cash inflows

for the Group.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Assets that have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortisation or

depreciation and are tested annually for impairment or whenever an indicator

of impairment exists. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation

are reviewed for impairment whenever an indicator of impairment exists. An

impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds

the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. Prior

impairments of non-financial assets (other than goodwill) are reviewed for

possible reversal at each reporting date.

Value-in-use is determined using the discounted cash flow method, with an

appropriate discount rate to reflect market rates and specific risks associated

with the asset.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest

levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). Where it

is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the

Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which

the asset belongs.

Critical accounting estimates made in reviewing goodwill

for impairment

The Group tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis by comparing the

carrying value of these assets with the value-in-use calculations of the relevant

CGUs. Within this process, the Group makes a number of key assumptions

including discount rates, terminal growth rates and forecast cash flows. The

assumptions impact the recoverability of goodwill and the requirement for

impairment charges in the income statement. Additional information is within this

note, which highlights the critical estimates applied in the value-in-use calculations

for those CGUs that are considered most sensitive to changes in key assumptions

and the sensitivity of these critical estimates.

191

| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Investment | | | | |
| | | Customer/ | and property | | | | |
| | | business | management | Order | | Computer | |
| | Goodwill | relationships | contracts | backlogs | Brands | software | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 517.7 | 43.5 | 59.7 | 3.5 | 6.3 | 53.4 | 684.1 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 17.2 | 2.0 | – | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.1 | 20.0 |
| Other additions | – | 0.2 | – | – | – | 5.1 | 5.3 |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (1.0) | – | – | – | – | (0.1) | (1.1) |
| Disposals | – | – | (3.9) | – | – | (0.5) | (4.4) |
| Exchange movement | (9.4) | (0.6) | (0.2) | 0.1 | 0.1 | (0.8) | (10.8) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 524.5 | 45.1 | 55.6 | 3.9 | 6.8 | 57.2 | 693.1 |
| Accumulated amortisation and impairment | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 58.7 | 31.8 | 41.9 | 3.3 | 2.8 | 34.8 | 173.3 |
| Amortisation charge for the year | – | 2.6 | 5.7 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 7.0 | 15.8 |
| Impairment | 2.2 | – | 0.8 | – | – | – | 3.0 |
| Disposals | – | – | (3.8) | – | – | (0.5) | (4.3) |
| Exchange movement | (0.2) | (0.2) | (0.2) | – | – | (0.2) | (0.8) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 60.7 | 34.2 | 44.4 | 3.5 | 3.1 | 41.1 | 187.0 |
| Net book value | | | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 463.8 | 10.9 | 11.2 | 0.4 | 3.7 | 16.1 | 506.1 |

During the year, goodwill and intangible assets were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. A total impairment charge of £3.0m was recognised against the Savills

Investment Management UK Build-to-Rent (‘BTR’) CGU, following the departure of the majority of the team in the period (2024: £1.9m impairment charge relating to the

Indonesia CGU). The impairment charge was allocated against the Investment Management segment (2024: allocated against Transaction Advisory £1.4m, Consultancy £0.4m,

Property and Facilities Management £0.1m).

The carrying amount of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives totals £2.0m as at 31 December 2025 (2024: £2.0m), which consists of investment management contracts

in relation to open-ended funds.

Investment and property management contracts includes the investment management contract asset identified on the acquisition of DRC in May 2021. This intangible asset is

amortised over six years, with the amortisation period ending in May 2027. The carrying value of this intangible asset as at 31 December 2025 totals £4.2m (2024: £7.1m).

192

All intangible amortisation charges in the year are disclosed on the face of the income statement.

193

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) identified according to country of operation and business segment.

In most cases, the CGU is an individual subsidiary or operation. Where there are multiple CGUs in a country, these CGUs have been grouped to an extent which represent

the lowest level at which goodwill is internally monitored and tested for impairment annually. A segment-level summary of the allocation of goodwill and indefinite useful life

intangible assets is presented below:

Indefinite life intangible assets relate to investment management contracts.

194

17.1 Method of impairment testing

Goodwill values have been tested for impairment by comparing them against the

‘value-in-use’ in perpetuity of the relevant CGU group. The value-in-use calculations

were based on projected pre-tax cash flows, derived from latest financial budgets

and strategic plans covering a five-year period, prepared by management and

approved by the Board. Cash flows beyond this are extrapolated using perpetuity

growth rates. These projected cash flows were discounted at CGU-specific, risk

adjusted, discount rates to calculate their net present value.

17.2 Key assumptions

The calculation of value-in-use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

(a) CGU-specific operating assumptions

CGU-specific operating assumptions are applicable to the forecasted cash flows

for the years 2026 to 2030 and relate to revenue forecasts and underlying profit

margins in each of the operating CGUs. The value ascribed to each assumption will

vary between CGUs as the forecasts are built up from the underlying business units

within each CGU group.

(b) Discount rate

Future cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current

market assessments of the time value of money. The discount rate used in each CGU

is adjusted for the risk specific to the asset, including the countries in which cash flow

will be generated, for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.

The pre-tax discount rates have been derived using a post-tax weighted average cost

of capital (‘WACC’) methodology. Key inputs to the WACC calculation are the risk-

free rate, the equity market risk premium, beta, the average borrowing rate (cost of

debt) and the country-specific risk premium.

The risk-adjusted discount range of rates used in each region for impairment testing

are as follows:

2025 2024
Discount rate Discount rate
range range
United Kingdom 12.8% 12.8%
Continental Europe 10.8% – 15.1% 10.5% – 15.0%
Asia Pacific 10.8% – 15.5% 10.8% – 15.4%
North America 12.2% – 13.0% 12.1% – 12.6%
Middle East 12.3% 12.3%

(c) Perpetuity growth rates

A terminal value was calculated using perpetuity growth rates in order to forecast

beyond the five years covered by detailed forecasts. The rates are based on

management’s estimate of long-term growth rates in the countries in which the

Group operates. The perpetuity growth rates used in each region for impairment

testing are as follows:

2025 2024
Long-term Long-term
growth rate growth rate
range range
United Kingdom 1.4% 1.4%
Continental Europe 0.7% – 2.8% 0.7% – 3.1%
Asia Pacific 0.6% – 6.4% 0.6% – 6.5%
North America 1.7% – 2.0% 1.8% – 2.1%
Middle East 4.2% 4.5%

195

17.3 Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

The Savills Investment Management UK BTR CGU goodwill balance was fully

impaired during the year (2024: £nil), resulting in a £3.0m total impairment charge

to the income statement (£2.2m of goodwill and £0.8m of intangible assets). The

impairment was recognised following the departure of the majority of the team

during the year.

Management have determined that there has been no impairment to the other CGUs

within the Group. This assessment is a reflection of best estimates in arriving at value-

in-use, future growth rates and the discount rate applied to cash flow projections.

The US and Riviera CGUs were identified as the material CGUs that are considered to

be sensitive to changes in key assumptions, but for which no impairment charge was

considered to be required at 31 December 2025.

The key assumptions applied to the US CGU relate to the average underlying profit

margin of 7.0% and average revenue growth of 9.4% over the five-year forecast

period. The headroom in the value-in-use model for this CGU of £113.7m (49%)

would be reduced to nil if the average underlying profit margin decreased to 4.6%

(assuming no change in revenue assumptions) or the average revenue growth

decreased to 6.7% (assuming variable costs changed in proportion to the change

in revenue). In the Riviera CGU, the key assumptions relate to the average underlying

profit margin of 14.8% and average revenue growth of 8.4% over the five year forecast

period. The headroom in the value-in-use model for this CGU of £1.3m (12%) would be

reduced to nil if the average underlying profit margin decreased to 13.7% (assuming

no change in revenue assumptions) or the average revenue growth decreased to

7.2% (assuming variable costs changed in proportion to the change in revenue).

18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment property

Material accounting policies that apply to PPE and

investment property

PPE and investment property are stated at historical cost less accumulated

depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure directly

attributable to acquisition.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a

separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that the future economic

benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item

can be measured reliably.

Provision for depreciation is made at rates calculated on a straight-line basis to

write off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Freehold property 50 years
Investment property 13 years
Short leasehold property Lower of estimated useful life and
(less than 50 years) unexpired term of lease
Equipment and motor vehicles 3–10 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each

reporting date.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount

if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment property

196

| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Investment | Freehold | Leasehold | Equipment and | Total |
| | property | property | improvements | motor vehicles | PPE |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | – | – | 103.3 | 100.2 | 203.5 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 14.5 | – | 0.1 | 1.3 | 1.4 |
| Additions | – | – | 17.2 | 10.6 | 27.8 |
| Adjustment* | – | – | 0.5 | 5.9 | 6.4 |
| Reclassification to freehold property and leasehold improvements* | – | 0.4 | 11.6 | (12.0) | – |
| Subsidiary disposals | – | – | (0.1) | (0.2) | (0.3) |
| Disposals | – | – | (5.1) | (5.3) | (10.4) |
| Exchange movement | – | – | (2.3) | (2.4) | (4.7) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 14.5 | 0.4 | 125.2 | 98.1 | 223.7 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | – | – | 69.9 | 71.3 | 141.2 |
| Charge for the year | 0.1 | – | 8.9 | 9.1 | 18.0 |
| Adjustment* | – | – | 0.5 | 5.9 | 6.4 |
| Reclassification to freehold property, leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets* | – | 0.2 | 9.1 | (8.7) | 0.6 |
| Subsidiary disposals | – | – | (0.1) | (0.2) | (0.3) |
| Disposals | – | – | (4.9) | (4.9) | (9.8) |
| Exchange movement | – | – | (1.3) | (1.6) | (2.9) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 82.1 | 70.9 | 153.2 |
| Net book value | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 14.4 | 0.2 | 43.1 | 27.2 | 70.5 |

18. Property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) and investment

property

197

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Leasehold | Equipment and | |
| | improvements | motor vehicles | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | |
| At 1 January 2024 | 104.3 | 82.9 | 187.2 |
| Additions through business | | | |
| combinations (Note 28) | – | 1.5 | 1.5 |
| Additions | 4.9 | 6.8 | 11.7 |
| Adjustment* | 3.4 | 4.0 | 7.4 |
| Reclassification to equipment* | (8.7) | 8.7 | – |
| Reclassification to right-of-use assets* | 0.4 | – | 0.4 |
| Disposals | (1.2) | (2.7) | (3.9) |
| Exchange movement | 0.2 | (1.0) | (0.8) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 103.3 | 100.2 | 203.5 |
| Accumulated depreciation | | | |
| and impairment | | | |
| At 1 January 2024 | 63.6 | 55.5 | 119.1 |
| Charge for the year | 8.0 | 10.4 | 18.4 |
| Adjustment* | 3.4 | 4.0 | 7.4 |
| Reclassification to equipment* | (4.4) | 4.4 | – |
| Reclassification to right-of-use assets* | 0.2 | – | 0.2 |
| Disposals | (1.2) | (2.4) | (3.6) |
| Exchange movement | 0.3 | (0.6) | (0.3) |
| At 31 December 2024 | 69.9 | 71.3 | 141.2 |
| Net book value | | | |
| At 31 December 2024 | 33.4 | 28.9 | 62.3 |

Adjustments and reclassifications arise from a review of fixed asset classifications following system

migrations within the Group.

The investment property held by the Group relates to an industrial park property in

Singapore, the principal use of which relates to worker dormitories. The property is

pledged to secure bank borrowings (see Note 25).

The fair value of the investment property as at 31 December 2025 is £14.5m. The

valuation was performed by an independent, professionally qualified external valuer.

19. Leases

Material accounting policies that apply to leases

The Group enters into lease agreements for the use of buildings, equipment and

motor vehicles. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a

wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose

any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held

by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability for

future lease payables at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by

the Group. Depreciation of the right-of-use asset will be recognised in the income

statement on a straight-line basis, with interest recognised on the lease liability.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value

basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease

incentives receivable;

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured

using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;

the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to

exercise that option; and

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the

Group exercising that option.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also

included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted

using the interest rate implicit in the lease.

19. Leases

198

If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in

the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the

individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an

asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment

with similar terms, security and conditions.

The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments

based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they

take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take

effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and interest cost. The finance cost is

charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant

periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease

incentives received;

any initial direct costs; and

restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s

useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably

certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over

the underlying asset’s useful life. An asset’s carrying amount is written down

immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater

than its estimated recoverable amount.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all

leases of low value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the

income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or

less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and

equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational

flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The

majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the

Group and not by the respective lessor.

Sub-leases

The Group sometimes enters into sub-lease agreements where the underlying

asset is sub-let to a third-party sub-lessee. In a sublease transaction, the lease

between the original lessee and lessor (the head lease) remains in effect.

The Group classifies the sub-lease at lease inception as a finance lease or

operating lease based on the extent to which risks and rewards incidental to

ownership of the underlying asset lie with the lessor or the lessee.

The Group’s sub-leases are all classified as finance leases. The Group therefore

derecognises the original right-of-use asset relating to the head lease and

continues to account for the original lease liability as it did before commencement

of the sublease. A receivable for the net investment in sub-lease is recognised and

evaluated for impairment annually.

Finance income is recognised over the lease term based on a pattern reflecting a

constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in sub-lease.

Any difference between the right-of-use asset and the net investment in the

sublease is recognised in the Income Statement in the relevant period.

In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances

that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise

a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are

only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or

not terminated). The judgements made impact the value of the right-of-use assets

and lease liabilities recognised in the statement of financial position upon initial

recognition of a lease.

The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in

circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control

of the lessee.

199

19.1 Right-of-use assets

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Equipment | |
| | | and | Total right- |
| | Leasehold | motor | of-use |
| | properties | vehicles | assets |
| | £m | £m | £m |
| Cost | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 373.8 | 14.8 | 388.6 |
| Additions | 49.3 | 3.2 | 52.5 |
| Additions through business combinations (Note 29) | 5.1 | – | 5.1 |
| Reclassification from equipment | (2.0) | 0.6 | (1.4) |
| Lease modifications | 18.4 | 0.9 | 19.3 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (23.8) | (3.1) | (26.9) |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.9) | (0.3) | (1.2) |
| Exchange movement | (4.7) | 0.5 | (4.2) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 415.2 | 16.6 | 431.8 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | | |
| At 1 January 2025 | 197.9 | 7.7 | 205.6 |
| Charge for the year | 47.1 | 3.9 | 51.0 |
| Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) | (22.2) | (2.9) | (25.1) |
| Disposal of subsidiaries | (0.6) | (0.2) | (0.8) |
| Reclassification from equipment | (1.7) | (0.3) | (2.0) |
| Exchange movement | (2.3) | 0.2 | (2.1) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 218.2 | 8.4 | 226.6 |
| Net book value | | | |
| At 31 December 2025 | 197.0 | 8.2 | 205.2 |

Equipment
and Total right-
Leasehold motor of-use
properties vehicles assets
£m £m £m
Cost
At 1 January 2024 366.6 14.7 381.3
Additions 19.7 4.3 24.0
Additions through business combinations 1.7 1.7
Reclassification from leasehold improvements (0.4) (0.4)
Lease modifications 14.4 14.4
Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) (24.1) (3.3) (27.4)
Exchange movement (4.1) (0.9) (5.0)
At 31 December 2024 373.8 14.8 388.6
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2024 175.7 7.3 183.0
Charge for the year 48.0 3.8 51.8
Disposals (including disposals relating to sub-lets) (23.6) (3.2) (26.8)
Reclassification from leasehold improvements (0.2) (0.2)
Exchange movement (2.0) (0.2) (2.2)
At 31 December 2024 197.9 7.7 205.6
Net book value
At 31 December 2024 175.9 7.1 183.0

200

19.3 Net investment in sub-leases

19.2 Lease liabilities

2025 2024
£m £m
At 1 January 233.1 254.2
Additions 63.1 24.9
Lease modifications 19.2 14.4
Additions through business combinations (Note 29) 1.7 1.7
Disposal of subsidiaries (0.3)
Disposal of leases (1.6) (0.4)
Repayments of lease liabilities (65.9) (68.7)
Unwinding of discount 9.9 9.1
Exchange movement (3.8) (2.1)
At 31 December 255.4 233.1
Current 51.0 49.7
Non-current 204.4 183.4

Cash outflows with respect to leases, which includes short-term lease payments,

totalled £66.6m (2024: £69.3m). Refer to Note 10 for information on the amount

charged to the income statement with respect to short-term and variable

lease payments.

The Group sub-leases office space. Sub-lease receivables (net investment in sub-

lease) amount to £9.2m as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: £11.2m), split

between non-current of £7.5m and current of £1.7m (31 December 2024: non-current

£9.5m, current £1.7m). The current balance is included in other receivables.

The future lease payments receivable are as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Less than a year 1.9 2.0
Between 1 and 2 years 1.7 1.7
Between 2 and 3 years 1.6 1.7
Between 3 and 4 years 1.7 1.7
Between 4 and 5 years 1.7 1.8
Over 5 years 1.1 3.0
Total undiscounted cash flows 9.7 11.9
Discounting (0.5) (0.7)
Carrying value of net investment in sub-lease 9.2 11.2

201

20. Investments in joint ventures and associates

Material accounting policies that apply to investments in joint ventures and associates

Refer to Note 4.1 for the accounting policy with respect to investments in joint ventures and associates.

Joint ventures Associates
Investment
(including
Investment loans) Goodwill Total
£m £m £m £m
Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2025 10.2 1.7 3.6 5.3
Additions 0.2 0.6 0.5 1.1
Conversion of loans to equity 1.4 1.4
Fair value of associate
recognised upon disposal of
subsidiary (Note 29) 0.3 2.3 2.6
Disposals (0.2)
Exchange movement (0.3) (0.3)
At 31 December 2025 10.2 2.3 7.8 10.1
Share of profit
At 1 January 2025 19.9 3.0 3.0
Group’s share of profit from
continuing operations 6.4 1.8 1.8
Dividends received (6.0) (3.5) (3.5)
Exchange movement (1.2)
At 31 December 2025 19.1 1.3 1.3
Total
At 31 December 2025 29.3 3.6 7.8 11.4
Joint ventures Associates
Investment
(including
Investment loans) Goodwill Total
£m £m £m £m
Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2024 10.6 2.5 3.6 6.1
Additions 0.3
Reclassification to associate (0.5) 0.5 0.5
Fair value remeasurement prior
to subsidiary acquisition 4.4 4.4
Transfer upon subsidiary acquisition (5.6) (5.6)
Impairment (0.2) (0.2)
Disposals (0.1)
Exchange movement (0.1) 0.1 0.1
At 31 December 2024 10.2 1.7 3.6 5.3
Share of profit
At 1 January 2024 16.7 5.5 5.5
Group’s share of profit from
continuing operations 7.0 0.5 0.5
Dividends received (4.2) (2.8) (2.8)
Exchange movement 0.4 (0.2) (0.2)
At 31 December 2024 19.9 3.0 3.0
Total
At 31 December 2024 30.1 4.7 3.6 8.3

20. Investments in joint ventures and associates

202

In the opinion of the Directors, the Group does not have any joint ventures or

associates that are individually material to the results of the Group.

The Group has one associate with net liabilities as at 31 December 2025 (2024:

one joint venture and one associate), restricting the ability of this entity to transfer

funds to its shareholders in the form of dividends. The associate has no significant

liabilities to which the Group is exposed, nor has the Group any significant contingent

liabilities or capital commitments in relation to its interest in this associate.

Refer to Note 39 for a full list of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures

and associates.

21. Investments and derivative financial instruments

Material accounting policies that apply to investments and

derivative financial instruments

Financial assets held at FVOCI

The Group has made an irrevocable election at initial recognition for equity

investments to be classified as FVOCI (fair value through other comprehensive

income). Changes in fair value are recognised through other comprehensive

income rather than profit or loss. Dividends from these investments are recognised

in profit or loss as other operating income. When such investments are disposed

or become impaired, the accumulated gains and losses, recognised in other

comprehensive income, are reclassified to retained earnings and will not be

recycled to the income statement.

Financial assets held at FVPL

The Group holds loans and other debt like financial instruments at fair value with

changes in fair value recognised through profit or loss. Any gains or losses that

arise when such instruments are disposed are recognised in operating profit/(loss)

within the income statement.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract

is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in the fair

value of the Group’s derivative instruments are recognised immediately in the

income statement.

The three levels of valuation methodology used are:

Level 1

– uses quoted active market prices.

Level 2

– uses observable inputs other than quoted active market prices.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments relating to forward foreign

exchange contracts are determined by using valuation techniques using

observable market data.

Gains and losses on forward foreign exchange contracts are recognised in net

foreign exchange gains and losses in the income statement.

Level 3

– uses inputs that are not based on observable market data, such as

internal models or other valuation methods.

Financial assets held at FVOCI (unlisted equity investments) included in Level 3

fall under two categories. The first, where cost has been determined as the best

approximation of fair value. Cost is considered the best approximation of fair

value in these instances either due to insufficient more recent information being

available and/or there being a wide range of possible fair value measurements due

to the nature of the investments and cost is considered the best estimate of fair

value within the range. The second, where management have determined the fair

value of the unlisted equity security based upon the latest trading performance

of the investments, cash flow forecasts of the investments and applying these

to a discounted cash flow valuation and/or considering evidence from recent

fundraising initiatives undertaken.

Financial assets held at FVPL included in Level 3 fall under two categories.

The first, where the fair value of investment funds is based on underlying asset

values determined by the Fund Manager’s quarterly financial statements. The

second, where management have determined the fair value of convertible loans

based upon the latest trading performance of the equity investments and cash

flow forecasts of the investments and applying these to a discounted cash flow

valuation. See Note 21.4 for the terms of these loans.

21. Investments and derivative financial instruments

203

The fair value of deferred consideration included in Level 3 has been determined by management based upon the latest trading performance and forecasts of the

underlying business and applying these forecasts to the relevant deferred consideration earn-out criteria. The fair value of the expected deferred consideration due to be

paid is then discounted to determine the fair value of the deferred consideration payable.

21.1 Categories of financial instruments

Financial
Financial Financial assets at Total
assets at assets at amortised carrying
FVPL FVOCI cost amount
£m 2025 2025 2025 2025
Financial assets at FVOCI 4.9 4.9
Financial assets at FVPL 27.8 27.8
Trade and other receivables 741.4 741.4
Derivative financial instruments 0.8 0.8
Cash and cash equivalents 531.6 531.6
Total financial assets 28.6 4.9 1,273.0 1,306.5
Financial
Financial Financial assets at Total
assets at assets at amortised carrying
FVPL FVOCI cost amount
£m 2024 2024 2024 2024
Financial assets at FVOCI 4.6 4.6
Financial assets at FVPL 27.3 27.3
Trade and other receivables 684.1 684.1
Derivative financial instruments 0.3 0.3
Cash and cash equivalents 536.5 536.5
Total financial assets 27.6 4.6 1,220.6 1,252.8
Financial
Financial liabilities at Total
liabilities amortised carrying
at FVPL cost amount
£m 2025 2025 2025
Borrowings 176.7 176.7
Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements 187.2 187.2
Lease liabilities 255.4 255.4
Trade and other payables 2.6 335.3 337.9
Derivative financial instruments 26.5 26.5
Total financial liabilities 29.1 954.6 983.7
Financial
Financial liabilities at Total
liabilities amortised carrying
at FVPL cost amount
£m 2024 2024 2024
Borrowings 160.9 160.9
Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangements 199.3 199.3
Lease liabilities 233.1 233.1
Trade and other payables 2.3 352.9 355.2
Derivative financial instruments 13.9 13.9
Total financial liabilities 16.2 946.2 962.4

204

21.2 Fair value hierarchy

| | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m |
| Assets | | | |
| Financial assets at FVOCI | | | |
| – Unlisted equity investments | – | 4.9 | 4.9 |
| Financial assets at FVPL | – | 27.8 | 27.8 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.8 | – | 0.8 |
| Total assets | 0.8 | 32.7 | 33.5 |
| Liabilities | | | |
| Deferred consideration | – | 2.6 | 2.6 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 0.5 | 26.0 | 26.5 |
| Total liabilities | 0.5 | 28.6 | 29.1 |

Level 2 Level 3 Total
2024 £m £m £m
Assets
Financial assets at FVOCI
– Unlisted equity investments 4.6 4.6
Financial assets at FVPL 27.3 27.3
Derivative financial instruments 0.3 0.3
Total assets 0.3 31.9 32.2
Liabilities
Deferred consideration 2.3 2.3
Derivative financial instruments 1.3 12.6 13.9
Total liabilities 1.3 14.9 16.2

The gross notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange

contracts at 31 December 2025 were £182.0m (2024: £135.4m). All contracts mature

within one year and are classed as current.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 financial (liabilities)/assets for the

period ended 31 December 2025:

Contingent Derivative Financial Financial
deferred financial assets at assets at
£m consideration instruments FVOCI FVPL
Opening balance 1 January 2025 (2.3) (12.6) 4.6 27.3
Additions – recognised through
reserves (13.8)
Additions – recognised through
the income statement (1.5)
Additions 0.1 1.8
Reclassification (0.6)
Disposals (0.2) (1.4)
Settlement 0.2
Conversion of loan 0.4
Remeasurement 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.2
Exchange movement 1.0 (0.1) (0.1)
Closing balance 31 December 2025 (2.6) (26.0) 4.9 27.8

The derivative financial liabilities classified as Level 3 relate to put and call options, the

fair value of which is derived from management’s best estimate of the average EBITDA

forecast of the relevant businesses. Subsequent to initial recognition, gains and losses

on these options are recognised in operating profits in the income statement.

Derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2025 include:

A put and call option on the remaining 20% of the AMS group, exercisable in 2027.

The option is classified as non-current.

A put and call option for the remaining 40% shareholding in the LCA group,

exercisable in 2026. The option is classified as current.

A put and call option for the remaining 45% shareholding in Savills India, exercisable

in five tranches between 2029 and 2034. This option is classified as non-current.

21.2 Fair value hierarchy

205

A put and call option for the remaining 40% shareholding in Savills Projects

Holdings Pte Ltd group (‘Merx’) which is exercisable in 2027 of which 11% is

expected to exercise early in 2026. The charge upon initial recognition of the

liability has been recognised in reserves in the current year. The option is split

between current and non-current.

A put and call option for the remaining 30% shareholding in K&T Investment

Pte Ltd group (‘Alpina’) which is exercisable in 2031. The charge upon initial

recognition of the liability has been recognised in reserves in the current year.

The option is classified as non-current.

A put and call option for the remaining 65% of KMC Property Consultants Pte

Limited (‘KMC’) which is exercisable in 2028 (35%) and 2030 (30%) respectively.

As an associate, KMC is not consolidated and the charge upon initial recognition

of the liability has been recognised through the consolidated income statement.

This option is classified as non-current.

21.3 Financial assets at FVOCI

Financial assets at FVOCI comprise the following individual equity investments:

2025 2024
£m £m
Unlisted securities
Andor Holdco Limited 1.7 1.7
Income Analytics Limited 1.7 1.2
Thirdfort Limited 0.2 0.2
Home Click Pte Limited 0.2 0.2
Other smaller investments 1.1 1.3
4.9 4.6

21.4 Financial assets at FVPL

Financial assets at FVPL comprise instruments held in Savills Investment

Management investment funds.

At 31 December, the Group also held the following conditional commitments to

co-invest in a number of Savills Investment Management funds:

2025 2024
£m £m
Asia Pacific Income and Growth Fund FCP-RAIF 0.5 0.5
Savills IM UK Value Boxes Fund FCP-RAIF 2.3 2.3
DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV LP 0.7 0.9
Simply Affordable Homes 2 LP 0.2 0.7
Savills IM UK Build to Rent Fund FCP-RAIF 0.1 0.3
Savills IM European Urban Logistics & Industrial
Fund FCP-RAIF 0.4 1.2
Savills IM European Living Fund FCP-RAIF 0.3 0.5
4.5 6.4

206

22. Trade and other receivables

Material accounting policies that apply to trade

and other receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at their transaction price and

subsequently measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment.

Receivables are discounted where the time value of money is material.

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses

prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision

for all trade receivables and contract assets. These estimates are based on historic

credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors

and macro-economic and specific country-risk considerations with higher default

rates applied to older balances.

In addition, if specific circumstances exist which would indicate that the receivable

is irrecoverable then a specific provision is made. A provision is made against

trade receivables and contract assets until such time as the Group believes there

to be no reasonable expectation of recovery, after which the trade receivable or

contract asset balance is written off.

Critical accounting estimate made when reviewing

debtor recoverability

Provisions for impairment of trade receivables have been made. In reviewing the

appropriateness of these provisions, consideration has been given to the ageing

of the debt and the potential likelihood of default, taking into account current

and future economic conditions. Impairment analysis is performed by local

management using a provision matrix to measure the expected credit losses,

which is based on historical credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking

factors specific to the debtors and economic environment.

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Non-current | | |
| Trade receivables | 14.8 | 10.7 |
| Other receivables | 2.4 | 8.7 |
| Other assets | 49.0 | 43.7 |
| Net investment in sub lease (Note 18.3) | 7.5 | 9.5 |
| | 73.7 | 72.6 |
| Current | | |
| Trade receivables | 572.1 | 542.6 |
| Less: loss allowance/impairment of receivables provision | (20.7) | (22.5) |
| Trade receivables – net | 551.4 | 520.1 |
| Other receivables | 75.1 | 70.8 |
| Prepayments | 53.2 | 57.1 |
| Accrued income | 90.2 | 70.9 |
| | 769.9 | 718.9 |

The carrying value of the above receivables is approximate to their fair value.

There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as

the Group has a large number of clients internationally dispersed with no individual

client owing a significant amount. The credit quality of receivables is managed at a

local subsidiary level on a regular basis. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the

reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned above.

The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

Other non-current assets relate primarily to signing-on bonuses that are amortised to

the income statement over the relevant contractual clawback period.

Other non-current receivables include loans of £0.9m receivable from associates (2024:

£0.1m), £1.6m of loans issued to entities that the Group recognises as financial assets

held at FVOCI (2024: £1.9m) and insurance reimbursement assets of £nil (2024: £6.7m).

22. Trade and other receivables

207

Other current receivables relate primarily to employee loans, insurance reimbursement

assets, rental deposits, accrued interest income, client funds and loans due from other

parties. Loans due from other parties include loans of £0.1m receivable from joint

ventures (2024: £0.5m) and loans of £nil receivable from associates (2024: £1.1m).

The carrying amounts of the Group’s gross current trade receivables are

denominated in the following currencies:

2025 2024
£m £m
Sterling 222.9 213.4
Euro 103.3 98.1
Hong Kong dollar 36.3 38.9
US dollar 65.7 66.0
Australian dollar 24.0 23.4
Chinese renminbi 33.3 36.0
Other 86.5 66.8
572.1 542.6

22.1 Impairment of trade and other receivables

With the exception of trade receivables, the other classes within trade and other

receivables do not contain material allowances for impairment. Accrued income and

contract assets are measured net of lifetime expected credit losses using a provision

matrix similar to trade receivables.

With respect to trade receivables, an allowance for impairment is made based on

historical credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to

the debtors and economic environment, as evidence of a likely reduction in the

recoverability of the cash flows. Local management have assessed the expected

credit losses for trade receivables in the current geopolitical and economic

environment and the expected loss rates have been reviewed based on their

judgement as to the impact on their trade receivables portfolio. In addition, certain

customers have been identified as having a significantly elevated risk and have been

provided for on a specific basis. Overall, the expected loss rate on trade receivables

has remained stable at 3.6% (31 December 2024: 4.1%).

The loss allowance provision for trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 and 2024

was determined as follows:

More More More More
than than than than
30 days 60 days 90 days 180 days
2025 Current past due past due past due past due Total
Expected loss rate 0.2% 1.2% 0.8% 3.5% 36.4% 3.6%
Gross carrying amount (£m) 419.0 51.9 26.0 25.7 49.5 572.1
Loss allowance provision (£m) (1.0) (0.6) (0.2) (0.9) (18.0) (20.7)
More More More More
than than than than
30 days 60 days 90 days 180 days
2024 Current past due past due past due past due Total
Expected loss rate 0.3% 0.4% 3.1% 7.0% 45.2% 4.1%
Gross carrying amount (£m) 398.1 48.7 29.1 25.8 40.9 542.6
Loss allowance provision (£m) (1.1) (0.2) (0.9) (1.8) (18.5) (22.5)

The loss allowance provision for trade receivables as at 31 December reconciles to the

opening loss allowance provision as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
At 1 January (22.5) (19.6)
Increase in loss allowance recognised in the income
statement during the period (2.2) (7.6)
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible 3.4 4.3
Foreign exchange 0.6 0.4
At 31 December (20.7) (22.5)

A 1% increase in the expected loss rate in each ageing category would increase the

loss allowance provision by £5.7m.

208

23. Cash and cash equivalents

Material accounting policies that apply to cash and

cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call with

banks, together with other short-term highly liquid investments with original

maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount

of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and cash

equivalents include cash balances that are operated within a notional cash pooling

arrangement, together with overdraft balances, which are presented separately

in current liabilities in the statement of financial position when IAS 32 offsetting

requirements are not met. Bank overdrafts are included under borrowings in the

statement of financial position.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash

equivalents, as defined above, are net of overdraft balances within the notional

cash pooling arrangement and outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered

an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

2025 2024
£m £m
Cash at bank and in hand 407.8 427.5
Short-term bank deposits 123.8 109.0
531.6 536.5

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

The effective interest rate on short-term bank deposits as at 31 December 2025

was 2.42% (2024: 3.72%); these deposits have an average maturity of 37 days

(2024: 35 days).

Cash subject to restrictions in Asia Pacific amounts to £31.1m (2024: £31.5m) which

is cash pledged to banks in relation to property management contracts and cash

remittance restrictions in certain countries. These amounts are accessible by the

Group and are consolidated within the Group’s cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

2025 2024
£m £m
Sterling 203.5 237.8
Hong Kong dollar 102.0 98.7
Euro 72.5 60.1
Chinese renminbi 31.4 33.1
US dollar 26.8 12.8
Japanese yen 6.7 16.8
Australian dollar 7.2 8.5
South Korean won 8.6 9.2
Singapore dollar 20.3 10.7
Other currencies* 52.6 48.8
531.6 536.5

Other currencies include United Arab Emirates dirham, Omani rial, Egyptian pound, Saudi riyal, Bahrain

dinar, Canadian dollar, Czech koruna, New Taiwan dollar, Macau pataca, Thai baht, Vietnamese dong,

New Zealand dollar, Indonesian rupiah, Malaysian ringgit, Indian rupee, Danish krone, Polish zloty, Swiss

franc and Swedish krona.

23.1 Notional pooling arrangement

For internal cash management purposes, the Group maintains a notional cash pooling

arrangement with Barclays Bank PLC, whereby credit and debit cash balances for

the participating bank accounts are notionally offset. There is no overdraft cost or

charge associated with any pooled overdraft that is fully offset by pooled credit cash

balances. As at 31 December 2025, the notional cash pooling arrangement included

cash balances of £189.2m presented in cash and cash equivalents (31 December

2024: £200.2m) and overdrafts of £187.2m (31 December 2024: £199.3m) presented

in current liabilities. This represents as at 31 December 2025 surplus pooled credit

cash balances of £2.0m (31 December 2024: surplus pooled credit cash £0.9m).

23. Cash and cash equivalents

23.1 Notional pooling arrangement

209

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents net of

overdrafts comprise the following:

2025 2024
£m £m
Cash and cash equivalents 531.6 536.5
Overdrafts in notional pooling arrangement (187.2) (199.3)
Bank overdrafts (see Note 25) (3.4) (9.8)
341.0 327.4

24. Trade and other payables

Material accounting policies that apply to trade and

other payables

Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently

measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Trade

payables and other payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due

within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | | 2024 |
| | 2025 | restated* |
| | £m | £m |
| Non-current | | |
| Deferred consideration | 3.0 | 3.1 |
| Other payables* | – | 0.2 |
| Accruals – relating to deferred and contingent business | | |
| acquisition payments linked to employment conditions | 5.4 | 7.1 |
| Accruals* | 7.6 | 4.4 |
| | 16.0 | 14.8 |
| Current | | |
| Deferred consideration | 0.4 | 0.9 |
| Trade payables* | 101.8 | 108.7 |
| Other taxation and social security | 64.6 | 61.7 |
| Other payables | 85.8 | 59.8 |
| Accruals – relating to deferred and contingent business | | |
| acquisition payments linked to employment conditions | 3.7 | 1.2 |
| Accruals* | 503.3 | 497.4 |
| | 759.6 | 729.7 |

2024 includes a restatement of £32.3m from current trade payables to current accruals and £4.4m from

non-current other payables to non-current accruals in relation to commissions.

The carrying value of trade and other payables is approximate to their fair value.

Deferred consideration relates to deferred business acquisition payments not linked

to continuing employment.

The Group’s current accruals include bonus and commission accruals of £361.6m

(2024: £351.8m). The Group’s current other payables include amounts owed to clients

with respect to cash held on their behalf of £20.8m (2024: £22.8m) and loans payable

to associates of £nil (2024: £0.2m).

24. Trade and other payables

210

24.1 Liabilities under supplier finance arrangements

The Group has supplier finance arrangements within the business in Spain.

Participation in these arrangements is at the suppliers’ own discretion. Suppliers that

participate in the supplier finance arrangement will receive early payment on invoices

sent to the business from the external finance providers. If suppliers choose to

receive early payment, they pay a fee to the finance provider, to which the Group is

not party. In order for the finance provider to pay the invoices, the goods must have

been received or supplied and the invoices approved by the business. Payments to

suppliers ahead of the invoice due date are processed by the finance providers and,

in the majority of cases, the business settles the original invoice by paying the finance

providers in line with the original invoice maturity date. Payment terms with suppliers

have not been renegotiated in conjunction with these arrangements. The Group

provides no security to the finance provider.

All trade payables subject to the supplier finance arrangement are included in trade

and other payables in the consolidated statement of financial position. There were no

material business combinations or foreign exchange differences that would affect the

liabilities under supplier finance arrangements in the year.

All amounts are presented within trade and other payables.

2025 2024
£m £m
Carrying amount of liabilities under supplier
finance arrangement
Liabilities presented within trade payables 8.3 13.9
– of which suppliers have received payment
from the finance provider 3.0 5.3
Range of payment due dates
30–90 30–90
days after days after
Liabilities under supplier finance arrangement invoice date invoice date
30–90 30–90
Comparable trade payables that are not part days after days after
of the supplier finance arrangement invoice date invoice date

25. Borrowings

Material accounting policies that apply to borrowings

Interest-bearing bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts are initially measured at fair

value, net of transaction costs incurred, and subsequently measured at amortised

cost using the effective interest rate method.

2025 2024
£m £m
Non-current
Secured bank loans 8.8
Loan notes 120.0 120.0
Transaction costs (issuance of loan notes) (0.1) (0.4)
128.7 119.6
Current
Bank overdrafts 3.4 9.8
Unsecured bank loans due within one year or on demand 33.0 1.5
Secured bank loans due within one year or on demand 11.6
Loan notes due within one year or on demand 30.0
48.0 41.3
176.7 160.9

As at 31 December 2025, the Group held a £360.0m multi-currency revolving credit

facility (‘RCF’) expiring in February 2029 (with two 1-year extension options and which

can be increased by an additional £90.0m accordion facility). As at 31 December 2025

£30.0m (2024: none) of the RCF was drawn and classified as current. On 4 March

2026, the first 1-year extension option was exercised, extending the RCF’s maturity

to February 2030.

In addition to the RCF, unsecured bank loans also include £1.9m of loans in Singapore,

denominated in Singapore dollar (2024: £0.6m) and maturing within one year

(2024: £0.6m). They also include a £0.9m working capital loan in Thailand, which

is repayable on demand and denominated in Thai baht (2024: £0.9m) and a £0.2m

bank loan in Indonesia which is repayable on demand and denominated in Indonesian

rupiah (2024: £nil).

25. Borrowings

211

The secured bank loans include the following loans in Singapore, all denominated

in Singapore dollar:

a term loan amounting to £9.5m (2024: £nil) with £8.1m classified as non-

current. The loan is repayable in monthly instalments and matures in 2032.

The loan is secured by a mortgage on the Group’s investment property and its

rental proceeds.

money market loans amounting to £3.1m (2024: £nil) and revolving credit facilities

amounting to £3.3m (2024: £nil). These are secured by term deposits amounting

to £1.5m.

a term loan amounting to £3.7m (2024: £nil), which is secured by a customer

contract and its proceeds in Singapore.

a term loan amounting to £0.8m (2024: £nil), with £0.7m classified as non-current.

The loan is repayable in monthly instalments and matures in 2032. The loan is

secured by a mortgage on leasehold property, plant and equipment in Singapore.

Non-current loan notes reflect the £120.0m (2024: £150.0m, of which £120.0m

was non-current and £30.0m was current) of debt held by the Group through the

issuance of 7, 10 and 12 year fixed-rate private placement notes in the US institutional

market which were issued in June 2018. The 7 year private placement notes, totalling

£30.0m, were repaid in June 2025.

Movements in borrowings are analysed as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Opening amount as at 1 January 160.9 157.2
Additional borrowings (including overdraft movement)* 137.8 90.3
Repayments of borrowings (including overdraft movement)* (141.3) (88.2)
Addition through business combination 19.2 1.3
Amortisation of transaction costs 0.3 0.4
Foreign exchange (0.2) (0.1)
Closing amount as at 31 December 176.7 160.9

2025 includes £6.2m in repayments of borrowings in relation to overdrafts. 2024 includes a £5.1m increase

in overdraft balances within additional borrowings and £0.8m increase in repayments of borrowings.

The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings exposed to interest rate changes at the

reporting date is:

2025 2024
£m £m
Less than 1 year 54.6 11.1
54.6 11.1

The Group’s remaining borrowings are fixed rate instruments and therefore excluded

from the above analysis.

The effective interest rates at the reporting date were as follows:

2025 2024
% %
Bank overdrafts 9.00 5.52
Bank loans 3.94 5.80
Loan notes 3.21 3.16

The carrying amounts of borrowings are materially approximate to their fair value,

with the exception of the Group’s long-term fixed rate private note placements. The

fair value of these loan notes as at 31 December 2025 is £112.2m (31 December 2024:

£136.7m). The difference between the fair value and the book value is not recognised

in the reported results for the year. The fair value has been calculated based upon a

discounted cash flow valuation utilising observable market rates of borrowing that

are comparable to the remaining length of the loan notes. The valuation technique

falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in IFRS 13.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the

following currencies:

2025 2024
£m £m
Sterling 149.9 158.9
Indian rupee 3.1
Singapore dollar 22.3 0.6
Other 1.4 1.4
176.7 160.9

212

The Group has the following undrawn borrowing facilities:

2025 2024
Fixed Floating Total Fixed Floating Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Expiring within 1 year or on demand 0.1 80.7 80.8 0.1 61.2 61.3
Expiring between 1 and 5 years 330.0 330.0 360.0 360.0
Expiring greater than 5 years 0.4 3.4 3.8
0.5 414.1 414.6 0.1 421.2 421.3

26. Provisions

Material accounting policies that apply to provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive

obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required

to settle that obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions

are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle

the obligation at the reporting date and are discounted to present value where the

effect is material, with the unwinding of the discount included in finance costs.

Professional indemnity claims

These arise from various legal actions, proceedings and other claims that are

pending against the Group and are based on management’s best estimates of the

most likely outcome, taking into account the opinions of legal counsel. The non-

current portion of these provisions is expected to be utilised within the next two

to five years. Provisions on professional indemnity claims are recognised when it is

probable that the Group will be required to settle claims against it as a result of a

past event and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. The Group

recognises a provision based on the expected settlement amount for the claim,

based on management’s best estimate and taking into account opinions of legal

counsel. The nature of the amounts provided in respect of legal actions, proceedings

and other claims is such that the extent and timing of cash flows can be difficult to

estimate and the ultimate liability may vary from the amounts provided.

A separate receivable from insurers in relation to professional indemnity claims is

recognised to the extent it is virtually certain of being received. This receivable is

recognised within other receivables.

Dilapidation provisions

The Group is required to perform dilapidation repairs and restore properties

to agreed specifications on leased properties prior to the properties being

vacated at the end of their lease term. Provision for such cost is made where a

legal obligation is identified and the liability can be reasonably quantified. The

provisions are reviewed on an annual basis for changes in cost estimates. These

amounts are based on management’s best estimates of repair and restoration

costs at a future date and therefore a degree of uncertainty exists over the value

of future cash outflows, given that these are subject to repair and restoration cost

price fluctuations and the extent of repairs to be completed at the end of the

lease term.

Restructuring provisions

A provision is recognised when there is a present constructive obligation to meet

the costs of restructure. This arises when there is a detailed formal plan for the

restructuring, identifying at least the business or part of the business concerned,

principal locations affected and the location, function and approximate number

of employees to be compensated for terminating their services and when the

plan has been communicated to those affected by it, raising an expectation that

the plan will be carried out. These amounts are based on management’s best

estimates and comprise primarily termination payments to employees affected

by restructuring.

Other provisions

Other provisions includes obligations relating to sales tax payable and other claims

against the Group (not related to professional indemnity claims). These amounts

are based on reasonable estimates, taking into account the opinions of subject

matter experts and legal counsel. Other provisions also includes provisions for

loss-making contracts, with provision based on management’s estimated losses

over the length of the contract.

26. Provisions

213

| | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Professional | | | | |
| | indemnity | Dilapidation | Restructuring | Other | |
| | claims | provisions | provision | provisions | Total |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| At 1 January 2025 | 11.6 | 13.6 | 12.0 | 5.4 | 42.6 |
| Provided during | | | | | |
| the year | 6.4 | 0.8 | 30.0 | 1.4 | 38.6 |
| Interest unwind | – | 0.2 | – | – | 0.2 |
| Utilised during the year | (4.5) | – | (27.7) | (3.2) | (35.4) |
| Additions through | | | | | |
| business combinations | | | | | |
| (Note 29) | – | 0.1 | – | 0.7 | 0.8 |
| Released during | | | | | |
| the year | – | – | – | (1.2) | (1.2) |
| Exchange movement | (0.5) | – | 0.2 | (0.1) | (0.4) |
| Closing amount as at | | | | | |
| 31 December 2025 | 13.0 | 14.7 | 14.5 | 3.0 | 45.2 |
| Current | 8.8 | 3.8 | 14.5 | 2.7 | 29.8 |
| Non-current | 4.2 | 10.9 | – | 0.3 | 15.4 |
| Expected utilisation of | | | | | |
| non-current portion | 2–5 years | 2–12 years | – | 2–5 years | – |

Professional
indemnity Dilapidation Restructuring Other
claims provisions provision provisions Total
At 31 December 2024 £m £m £m £m £m
Current 0.4 1.7 12.0 5.1 19.2
Non-current 11.2 11.9 0.3 23.4
Total 11.6 13.6 12.0 5.4 42.6

Other information about provisions

The professional indemnity claims provision and related insurance asset are

presented in the accounts as follows:

2025 2024
£m £m
Provisions – current 8.8 0.4
Provisions – non-current 4.2 11.2
Trade and other receivables – non-current (6.7)
Trade and other receivables – current (6.4)
6.6 4.9

27. Employee benefit obligations

In addition to the defined benefit obligations pension scheme disclosed in Note 28,

the following are included in employee benefit obligations:

2025 2024
£m £m
At 1 January 44.5 44.0
Provided during the year 16.6 17.0
Additions through business combinations (Note 29) 0.2 0.6
Actuarial movement on employee benefit scheme (1.7) 0.1
Utilised during the year (12.7) (15.9)
Transfer to accruals 0.3
Disposal of subsidiaries (0.3)
Exchange movement (1.3) (1.3)
At 31 December 45.6 44.5
2025 2024
£m £m
Current 18.7 19.4
Non-current 26.9 25.1
45.6 44.5

The above provisions relate to holiday pay and long service leave in the EMEA and

Asia Pacific. Profit shares are included within accruals (Note 24).

214

28. Retirement benefit plans

Types of retirement benefit plans

Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit

that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more

factors, such as age, years of service and compensation.

The asset or liability recognised in the statement of financial position in respect

of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit

obligations at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined

benefit obligations are calculated annually by independent actuaries using the

projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligations

are determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows.

The defined benefit scheme charge consists of net interest costs, past service

costs and the impact of any settlements or curtailments and is charged as an

expense as they fall due.

All actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in other comprehensive

income in the period in which they arise.

Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed

contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive

obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets

to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and

prior years. Contributions in respect of defined contribution pension schemes

are charged to the income statement when they are payable. The Group has

no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. Prepaid

contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a

reduction in the future payments is available.

Critical accounting estimates

Determining the value of the future defined benefit obligation requires estimation

in respect of the assumptions used to calculate present values. These include

future mortality, discount rate and inflation. Management determines these

assumptions in consultation with an independent actuary.

The Group operates both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Group’s

main plans in the UK are:

The Savills UK Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined contribution plan.

The Pension Plan of Savills (the ‘UK Plan’), which provided final salary pension

benefits to some employees, but was closed with regard to future service-based

benefit accrual with effect from 31 March 2010. From 1 April 2010, pension benefits

for former employees of the UK Plan are provided through the Savills UK Group

Personal Pension Plan.

There are also a number of defined contribution individual pension plans and a

Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme in Hong Kong, to which the Group contributes.

The Group also has retirement arrangements around the world in line with local

markets and cultures, including the Savills Fund Management GMBH Plan (the ‘SFM

Plan’) in Germany which provides final salary benefits to five active employees and

108 former employees. The plan is closed to future service-based benefit accrual.

UK Plan

The UK Plan is administered by a separate Trust that is legally separated from the

Company. The Board of the pension fund is composed of six trustees. The Board

of the pension fund is required by law and by its Article of Association to act in the

interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. The Board of the

pension fund is responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the

fund. The contributions are determined by an independent qualified actuary on the

basis of triennial valuations.

A full actuarial valuation of the UK Plan was carried out as at 31 March 2025 and has

been updated to 31 December 2025 by a qualified independent actuary.

28. Retirement benefit plans

UK Plan

215

Rule 23 of the governing Trust Deed and Rules of the UK Plan covers the rights

upon termination of the UK Plan, which is triggered when there are no beneficiaries

surviving in accordance with Rule 19. Management interprets these rules that in the

event of the UK Plan winding up with no members, any surplus assets would be

returned to the Company. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the scheme is

recognised in full.

In June 2023, the High Court handed down a decision (Virgin Media Limited v

NTL Pension Trustees II Limited and others) which potentially had implications for

the validity of amendments made by schemes, including the UK Plan, which were

contracted-out on a salary-related basis between 6 April 1997 and the abolition

of contracting-out in 2016. The Government announced on 5 June 2025 that

new legislation will be introduced to give affected pension schemes the ability to

retrospectively obtain written actuarial confirmation that historical benefit changes

met the necessary standards at the time. The Trustee and Management awaits

this legislation to be enacted through Parliament prior to concluding whether any

such retrospective confirmations should be obtained.

SFM Plan

The SFM Plan is administered by an external Trust that is legally separated from the

Company. The Trust Agreement requires the trustee to maintain the plan assets in

the interest of the beneficiaries of the plan and to fulfil their pension entitlements

in the event of insolvency to the extent of the plan assets held. The Investment

Committee of the fund, advised by expert investment managers, is responsible for

the investment policy with regards to the assets of the fund. The contributions are

determined based on the annual valuations of an independent qualified actuary.

A full actuarial valuation of the SFM Plan was carried out as at 31 December 2025

by a qualified independent actuary.

Section 5.2 of the SFM Plan Trust Deed provides the Trustor (Savills Fund

Management GmbH, Savills Fund Management Holding AG, and Savills Investment

Management (Germany) GmbH respectively) with an unconditional right to a refund

of surplus assets assuming the full settlement of plan liabilities in the event of a plan

wind-up. Furthermore, in the ordinary course of business neither Trustor nor Trustee

have any rights to unilaterally wind up, or otherwise augment the benefits due to

members of the scheme. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the scheme is

recognised in full.

Impact on the income statement

The net charge arising from the Group’s retirement benefit plans as recognised in the

income statement is shown below:

2025 2024
£m £m
Charges relating to defined contribution schemes included
in employee benefit expenses 50.3 43.6
Net interest income included in finance income
– UK Plan (0.6)
– SFM Plan (0.1) (0.1)
Total net retirement benefit plans charge in the
income statement 49.6 43.5

Impact on the statement of comprehensive income

The net income arising from the Group’s retirement benefit arrangements as

recognised in the statement of comprehensive income is shown below:

2025 2024
£m £m
Actuarial (losses)/gains:
– UK Plan (0.3) 10.6
– SFM Plan 1.2
Total net retirement benefit plans income in the
statement of comprehensive income 0.9 10.6

216

Statement of financial position

The amount outstanding as at 31 December 2025 in relation to defined contribution

schemes within current trade and other payables is £2.5m (2024: £3.5m).

The net defined benefit surplus in respect of defined benefit plans reported in the

Group’s statement of financial position sheet is set out below. Plans in surplus are

presented within non-current assets and plans in deficit within non-current liabilities.

2025 2024
Present Fair Present Fair
value value of value value of
of plan of plan
obligations assets Asset obligations assets Asset
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Recognised in non-
current assets
UK Plan (170.1) 180.3 10.2 (168.7) 178.6 9.9
SFM Plan (10.3) 16.0 5.7 (10.7) 14.3 3.6
Total (180.4) 196.3 15.9 (179.4) 192.9 13.5

Movements in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities

Movements in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities

217

Plan assets

2025 2024
Quoted Unquoted Total Quoted Unquoted Total
UK Plan £m £m £m % £m £m £m %
– Government
bonds 43.6 43.6 24% 58.1 58.1 33%
– Corporate
bonds
(investment
grade) 1.0 1.0 1% 0.7 0.7 0%
– Cash and cash
equivalents 9.5 9.5 5% 6.5 6.5 4%
Liability-driven
investment
(‘LDI’)* 54.1 54.1 30% 65.3 65.3 37%
Investment
funds 23.2 23.2 13% 22.8 22.8 13%
Bonds 42.4 29.7 72.1 40% 23.6 35.4 59.0 33%
Cash and cash
equivalents 6.3 6.3 3% 4.1 4.1 2%
Asset-backed
securities** 24.6 24.6 14% 27.4 27.4 15%
Total 127.4 52.9 180.3 100% 120.4 58.2 178.6 100%

A portfolio of gilt and swap contracts that is designed to hedge the majority of the interest rate and

inflation risks associated with the scheme’s obligations. Government bonds include fixed and index-linked

gilts, less repo cash.

** A portfolio of primarily mortgage-backed securities and loans.

Plan assets

218

2025 2024
Unquoted Unquoted
SFM Plan £m % £m %
Investment funds 16.0 100% 14.3 100%
Total 16.0 100% 14.3 100%

No Plan assets are the Group’s own financial instruments or property occupied or

used by the Group. The fair values of the above equity and debt instruments are

provided by the fund managers. The fund managers use best-practice techniques to

value their holdings in investment funds, with valuations validated by an independent

appraisal firm. Where available, fair values are determined based on quoted market

prices in active markets.

Although the UK Plan does not invest directly in the Group’s financial instruments,

it does invest in passive equity funds, so will have some exposure to the FTSE All-

Share Index, hence indirectly to the Savills plc share price.

Significant actuarial assumptions

UK Plan SFM Plan
2025 2024 2025 2024
Expected rate of salary increases 3.25% 3.25% 2.50% 2.50%
Projection of social security
contribution ceiling 2.25% 2.25%
Rate of increase to pensions
in payment
– pension promise before
1 January 1986 2.00% 2.20%
– pension promise after
1 January 1986 2.00% 2.20%
– accrued before 6 April 1997 3.00% 3.00%
– accrued after 5 April 1997 2.70% 2.90%
– accrued after 5 April 2005 1.90% 2.00%
Rate of increase to pensions
in deferment
– accrued before 6 April 2001 5.00% 5.00%
– accrued after 5 April 2001 2.10% 2.70%
– accrued after 5 April 2009 2.10% 2.50%
Discount rate 5.60% 5.50% 4.18% 3.51%
Inflation assumption 2.80% 3.10% 2.00% 2.00%

Significant actuarial assumptions

219

Assumptions regarding future mortality are set based on actuarial advice in

accordance with published statistics and experience. These assumptions translate

into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at age 60:

UK Plan SFM Plan
2025 2024 2025 2024
Retiring at the end of the – Male 88.3 87.7 86.0 85.9
reporting year
– Female 89.7 89.6 89.4 89.3
Retiring 20 years after the – Male 89.8 89.1 88.7 88.6
end of the reporting year – Female 91.2 91.0 91.6 91.5

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligations to changes in the principal

assumptions is:

Increase/(decrease)
UK Plan SFM Plan
£m £m
1% increase in discount rates (17.5) (0.1)
1% increase in inflation rate 9.1 0.1
1% increase in salary increase rate 0.3
1 year increase in life expectancy 4.9 0.4

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual

change in the defined benefit obligations as it is unlikely that the change in

assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions

may be correlated.

Furthermore, in presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the

defined benefit obligations has been calculated using the projected unit credit

method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in

calculating the defined benefit obligations liability recognised in the statement

of financial position.

The sensitivity of the plan assets to changes in the principal assumptions is:

Increase/(decrease)
UK Plan SFM Plan
£m £m
1% increase in discount rates* (18.0) (0.2)
1% increase in inflation rate (7.1)

Sensitivity to a change in government bond yields with unchanged credit spreads.

Risks arising from the Group’s defined benefit plans

Through the defined benefit plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the

most significant of which are detailed below:

Asset volatility The Plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate
set with reference to corporate bond yields; if Plan assets
underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The Plan
holds a significant proportion of equities and funds, which
are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long
term while providing volatility and risk in the short term.
Changes in bond yields A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the
Plan’s liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an
increase in the value of the Plan’s bond holdings.
Inflation risk Higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. The majority
of the Plan’s assets are either unaffected by or are loosely
correlated with inflation, meaning that an increase in
inflation will also increase the deficit.
Life expectancy The majority of the Plan’s obligations are to provide
benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life
expectancy will result in an increase in the Plan’s liabilities.

220

Forecasted benefits payable from the defined benefit plans

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations is 13 years for the

UK Plan and 12 years for the SFM Plan.

Expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted pension benefits:

Less than Between Between Over
a year 1–2 years 2–5 years 5 years Total
2025 £m £m £m £m £m
Pension benefit
payments
– UK Plan 7.8 7.5 26.7 370.5 412.5
– SFM Plan 0.6 0.6 2.0 15.1 18.3

Expected contributions to post-employment benefit plans for the year ending

31 December 2026 are £0.6m.

221

29. Transactions

Acquisition of subsidiaries

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the Group’s acquisitions in the year are provisional and will be finalised within 12 months of the

acquisition date. These are summarised below:

Provisional fair value to the Group
Alpina Others Total
£m £m £m
Non-current assets: Property, plant and equipment 1.4 1.4
Investment property 14.5 14.5
Right-of-use assets 4.6 0.5 5.1
Intangible assets 1.1 1.7 2.8
Deferred tax asset 0.1 0.1
Current assets: Inventories 0.8 0.8
Trade and other receivables 43.1 0.6 43.7
Cash and cash equivalents 4.6 2.9 7.5
Current liabilities: Borrowings (10.3) (10.3)
Lease liabilities (0.3) (0.1) (0.4)
Contract liabilities (0.5) (0.5)
Trade and other payables (33.0) (1.5) (34.5)
Income tax liabilities (0.6) (0.3) (0.9)
Employee benefit obligations (0.2) (0.2)
Provisions (0.4) (0.4)
Non-current liabilities: Borrowings (8.9) (8.9)
Lease liabilities (0.8) (0.5) (1.3)
Provisions (0.1) (0.3) (0.4)
Deferred tax liabilities (0.8) (0.8)
Net assets 15.2 2.1 17.3
Non-controlling interest share of net liabilities/assets (4.6) (4.6)
Net assets acquired 10.6 2.1 12.7
Goodwill 11.8 5.4 17.2
Purchase consideration 22.4 7.5 29.9
Consideration satisfied by:
Cash paid 22.4 7.5 29.9

29. Transactions

222

K&T Investment Pte Ltd (‘Alpina’)

On 4 December 2025, the Group purchased 70% of the K&T Investment Pte Ltd

group which includes Alpina Holdings Pte Limited, Digo Corporation Pte Limited,

Kontourz Pte Limited, Digo Building Construction Pte Limited, Alpina Energy Pte Ltd

and Wan Dormitory Pte Ltd. Alpina is a leading provider of government and public

sector works in Singapore which offers a comprehensive range of building solutions

and Savills has options to increase the ownership to 100% in 2030.

Total acquisition consideration is provisionally determined at £22.4m which was paid

upon acquisition.

Goodwill of £11.8m has been determined. Goodwill is attributable to the experience

and expertise of key staff members and is not expected to be deductible for

tax purposes.

Acquisition-related costs of £0.3m have been expensed as incurred to the income

statement and classified within other operating expenses.

The acquired business contributed revenue of £10.3m and profit of £3.1m to the

Group for the period from the date of acquisition to 31 December 2025. Had the

acquisition been made at the beginning of the financial year, revenue would have

been £65.6m and a profit of £5.1m would have been recognised.

The fair value of trade and other receivables of £43.1m includes £8.0m of trade

receivables. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £8.6m, £0.6m of

which is expected to be uncollectible.

Other acquisitions

On 31 March 2025, the Group acquired 100% of the equity interest in Osborne King &

Megran Limited (‘Osborne King’), a commercial property agency in Northern Ireland.

In addition, on 1 August 2025 the Group purchased 100% of Richard L. Hoffman &

Associates, Inc. and Compustall Services Inc. (‘Hoffman’), a relocation management

consulting firm in the United States.

Total acquisition consideration for these transactions is provisionally determined

at £7.5m, which was all paid as cash consideration upon completion. In addition,

earn-out payments (contingent on retention of property management clients and

operating profit targets) are payable in relation to the Osborne King acquisition

over the period until the end of 2027. The maximum value of these payments totals

£3.5m and is deemed to be linked to continued active engagement with the business.

Earn-out payments are also due on the Hoffman acquisition (contingent on retention

and operating profit targets), which are payable over the period to December 2032.

The maximum value of these payments totals £13.5m and is deemed to be linked to

continued active engagement with the business. As required by IFRS 3, the expected

value of these payments will be expensed to the income statement over the relevant

period of engagement.

Goodwill of £5.4m has been provisionally determined. Goodwill is attributable to

the experience and expertise of key staff and strong industry reputation and is not

expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition-related costs of £0.4m have been expensed as incurred to the income

statement and classified within other operating expenses.

The acquired businesses contributed revenue of £8.4m and a profit of £0.7m to the

Group for the period from acquisition to 31 December 2025. Had the acquisitions

been made at the beginning of the financial year, revenue would have been £18.2m

and the profit would have been £2.1m. The impact on the Group’s overall revenue and

profits is not material.

The fair value of trade and other receivables acquired of £0.6m includes £0.3m of

trade receivables. The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £0.3m, all of

which is expected to be collectible.

223

Disposal of subsidiaries

On 24 February 2025, the Group sold 51% of its ordinary A shares in Cureoscity

Technologies Limited (‘CTL’) for cash proceeds of £2.3m. From this date the Group

ceased to have control, with the Group equity accounting for CTL as an associate

from this date. The Group derecognised £0.9m of net assets, including £0.2m of cash,

and recognised a £2.6m investment in an associate. The Group incurred transaction

costs of £0.2m, resulting in a profit on disposal of £3.8m.

On 30 September 2025, the Group sold its 100% holding in Loudden Bygg-och

Fastighetsservice AB for cash proceeds of £0.6m. The Group derecognised net

liabilities of £0.1m, including £0.1m of cash, and recognised a profit on disposal

of £0.7m.

30. Non-controlling interests

Material non-controlling interests

The total non-controlling interest at the end of the year is £38.0m (2024: £31.0m).

The majority of non-controlling interests in respect of the Group’s subsidiaries where

the Group does not own a holding of 100% are not considered to be individually

material, with the exception of the 29% non-controlling interest held by Samsung Life

in the Savills IM Group (31 December 2025: £37.0m, 31 December 2024: £36.8m). The

profit after tax allocated to the non-controlling interest of the Savills IM Group for the

year ended 31 December 2025 was £1.0m (31 December 2024: £2.8m loss after tax).

2025 2024
Savills IM Group £m £m
Non-current assets 95.4 101.7
Current assets 77.4 82.7
Current liabilities (32.0) (43.1)
Non-current liabilities (12.0) (14.3)
Net assets 128.8 127.0
Revenue 94.8 94.1
Profit/(loss) after tax 2.9 (10.3)

30. Non-controlling interests

224

Reconciliation of non-controlling interests

Non- Total non-
controlling controlling
Savills IM interest in Other non- Total non- interests
Group net Savills IM controlling controlling presented
assets Group interests interests Transfer in reserves
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Balance at 1 January 2025 127.0 36.8 (5.8) 31.0 31.0
Profit for the year 2.9 1.0 1.7 2.7 2.7
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme 1.2 0.3 0.3 (0.3)
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income (0.3) (0.1) (0.1) 0.1
Currency translation differences 0.9 0.3 0.8 1.1 (1.1)
Total comprehensive income for the year 4.7 1.5 2.5 4.0 (1.3) 2.7
Employee share option scheme: value of services provided 0.6 0.2 0.2 (0.2)
Dividends (0.6) (2.0) (2.0) (2.0)
Other reserve movements:
– EBT contributions to Savills plc (2.9) (0.9) (0.9) 0.9
Transfer between reserves (0.6) 0.1 (0.5) 0.6 0.1
Transactions with non-controlling interest holders 1.6 1.6 1.6
Acquisitions of subsidiaries 4.6 4.6 4.6
Balance at 31 December 2025 128.8 37.0 1.0 38.0 38.0

Reconciliation of non-controlling interests

225

| | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | Non- | | | | Total non- |
| | | controlling | | | | controlling |
| | Savills IM | interest in | Other non- | Total non- | | interests |
| | Group net | Savills IM | controlling | controlling | | presented |
| | assets | Group | interests | interests | Transfer | in reserves |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 | 134.1 | 33.5 | 1.4 | 34.9 | – | 34.9 |
| (Loss)/profit for the year | (10.3) | (2.8) | 2.1 | (0.7) | – | (0.7) |
| Other comprehensive loss: | | | | | | |
| Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income | (0.3) | (0.1) | – | (0.1) | 0.1 | – |
| Currency translation differences | (2.6) | (0.8) | (0.3) | (1.1) | – | (1.1) |
| Total comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year | (13.2) | (3.7) | 1.8 | (1.9) | 0.1 | (1.8) |
| Employee share option scheme: value of services provided | 1.9 | 0.6 | – | 0.6 | (0.6) | – |
| Dividends | – | – | (2.6) | (2.6) | – | (2.6) |
| Other reserve movements: | | | | | | |
| – Issue of deferred shares | 7.6 | 2.1 | – | 2.1 | (2.1) | – |
| – EBT contributions to Savills plc | (2.5) | (0.7) | – | (0.7) | 0.7 | – |
| – Other | (0.9) | (0.3) | – | (0.3) | 0.3 | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | – | 1.2 | 1.2 | – | 1.2 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | 5.3 | (0.8) | 4.5 | 1.6 | 6.1 |
| Acquisitions of subsidiaries | – | – | (6.8) | (6.8) | – | (6.8) |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 | 127.0 | 36.8 | (5.8) | 31.0 | – | 31.0 |

226

31. Share capital and premium

Material accounting policies relating to share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable

to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net

of tax, from the proceeds. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of

consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a charge

to equity. Repurchased shares which are not cancelled, or shares purchased for

the Employee Benefit Trusts and the Savills Rabbi Trust, are classified as treasury

shares and presented as a deduction from total equity.

2025 2024 2025 2024
Authorised and allotted Number of shares* Number of shares* £m £m
Ordinary shares of 2.5p each:
Authorised 202,000,000 202,000,000 5.1 5.1
Issued, called up and fully paid 146,046,938 144,560,279 3.7 3.6

Movement in issued, called-up and fully paid share capital:

Share Share
capital premium
Number of shares* £m £m
At 1 January 2024 144,389,919 3.6 104.9
Issued to direct participants on
exercise of options under the
Sharesave Scheme 16,140 0.1
Issued to direct participants under
the Performance Share Plan 154,220
At 31 December 2024 144,560,279 3.6 105.0
Issued to direct participants on
exercise of options under the
Sharesave Scheme 1,467,700 0.1 11.1
Issued to direct participants under
the Performance Share Plan 18,959
At 31 December 2025 146,046,938 3.7 116.1

Number of shares are stated before the impact of the shares held by the EBTs and Rabbi Trust.

Each issued, called-up and fully paid ordinary share of 2.5p is a voting share in the

capital of the Company, is entitled to participate in the profits of the Company and

on winding-up is entitled to participate in the assets of the Company.

At the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) held on 14 May 2025, the Shareholders gave

the Company authority, subject to stated conditions, to purchase for cancellation

up to 14,456,771 of its own ordinary shares (AGM held on 15 May 2024: 14,439,084).

Such authority remains valid until the conclusion of the next AGM or 14 August 2026,

whichever is the earlier.

31. Share capital and premium

As at 31 December 2025, the EBTs held 7,490,723 shares (2024: 8,057,705 shares)

and the Rabbi Trust held 304,873 shares (2024: 821,163). These shares are held

by the Group as ‘treasury shares’. Any voting or other similar decisions relating to

these shares are taken by the trustees of the EBTs and the Rabbi Trust, who may

take account of any recommendation of the Company. The EBTs waive all of their

dividend entitlement. For further details of the EBTs and the Rabbi Trust refer to

Note 33. A reconciliation of the movement in treasury shares for the year ended

31 December is shown below:

Number of treasury shares 2025 2024
At 1 January 8,878,868 9,117,575
Shares acquired 1,800,738 2,112,426
Shares reissued (2,884,010) (2,351,133)
At 31 December 7,795,596 8,878,868

32. Retained earnings and other reserves

The share premium account represents the premium on shares issued. This reserve is

non-distributable.

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled

share-based payments provided to employees, including key management personnel,

as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 33 for further details of these plans.

When the employees exercise their awards, the portion of the share-based payments

reserve which represents the share-based payment charge for those awards is

transferred to retained earnings and the Group discharges its obligation.

Treasury shares represent the cost of shares in Savills plc purchased in the market

and held in trust to satisfy the exercise of share options.

The capital reserve includes mandatory minimum required capital reserves for certain

regulated entities within the Investment Management business. These reserves are

restricted with respect to dividend payments and distributions and are required to

be treated separately to regular retained earnings.

The capital redemption reserve includes the nominal value of shares bought back by

the Company. This reserve is non-distributable.

The merger relief reserve arose from the acquisition of Studley Inc (2014 acquisition)

and records the premium value of the shares issued as part of the consideration for

the acquisition of this business. This reserve is non-distributable.

The foreign exchange reserve primarily records exchange differences arising from the

translation of the balance sheets of foreign currency denominated subsidiaries.

The revaluation reserve primarily records fair value movements on the Group’s equity

investments held at FVOCI (see Note 21). This reserve is non-distributable.

227

32. Retained earnings and other reserves

228

Attributable to owners of the parent
Share- Capital
based Profit Total redemption Merger Foreign Total
payments Treasury and loss retained and capital relief exchange Revaluation other
reserve shares account* earnings* reserve reserve reserve reserve reserves
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Balance at 1 January 2025 68.0 (91.5) 572.4 548.9 (0.8) 37.9 67.4 (15.2) 89.3
Profit attributable to owners of the Company 70.9 70.9
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 1.4 1.4 (18.3) 0.1 (18.2)
Employee share option scheme:
– Value of services provided 28.4 28.4
– Tax on employee share option schemes 0.2 0.2
– Exercise of options (30.8) 29.5 1.3
– Exercise of options: tax on employee share option schemes (0.2) 0.2
Purchase of treasury shares (17.4) (17.4)
Dividends (41.2) (41.2)
Reclassification (0.3) (0.3) 0.3 0.3
Transactions with non-controlling interest holders (1.8) (1.8)
Transfer between reserves (0.1) (0.1)
Fair value of derivative financial instruments (13.8) (13.8)
Balance at 31 December 2025 65.6 (79.4) 589.0 575.2 (0.8) 37.9 49.1 (14.8) 71.4

Included within profit and loss account is tax on items taken directly to equity (Note 14.4) as disclosed above.

229

| | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Attributable to owners of the parent | | | | | | | | |
| | Share- | | | | Capital | | | | |
| | based | | Profit | Total | redemption | Merger | Foreign | | Total |
| | payments | Treasury | and loss | retained | and capital | relief | exchange | Revaluation | other |
| | reserve | shares | account* | earnings* | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserves |
| | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 | 60.3 | (92.6) | 547.2 | 514.9 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 71.9 | (14.5) | 94.5 |
| Profit attributable to owners of the Company | – | – | 53.6 | 53.6 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Other comprehensive (loss)/income | – | – | 7.6 | 7.6 | – | – | (4.5) | (0.8) | (5.3) |
| Employee share option scheme: | | | | | | | | | |
| – Value of services provided | 31.4 | – | – | 31.4 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Tax on employee share option schemes | 0.8 | – | – | 0.8 | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options | (24.0) | 24.0 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| – Exercise of options: tax on employee share option schemes | (0.5) | – | 0.5 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Purchase of treasury shares | – | (22.9) | – | (22.9) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Dividends | – | – | (31.2) | (31.2) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Transfer between reserves | – | – | (1.3) | (1.3) | – | – | – | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Transactions with non-controlling interest holders | – | – | 4.4 | 4.4 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Fair value of derivative financial instruments | – | – | (8.4) | (8.4) | – | – | – | – | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 | 68.0 | (91.5) | 572.4 | 548.9 | (0.8) | 37.9 | 67.4 | (15.2) | 89.3 |

Included within profit and loss account is tax on items taken directly to equity (Note 14.4) as disclosed above.

230

33. Share-based payment arrangements

Material accounting policies relating to share-based

payment arrangements

The Group operates equity-settled share-based compensation plans. The fair

value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options

is recognised as an expense.

All equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date

of grant. Fair value is based on the market value of the underlying shares at the

date of grant of the option or measured by use of the Actuarial Binomial option

pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled

share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value.

Service and non-market performance conditions are included in assumptions

about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of each

reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are

expected to vest based on the service and non-market performance conditions.

It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income

statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Any cash proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are

credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options

are exercised.

Where National Insurance contributions are payable in respect of some of the

share-based payment transactions upon exercise, a liability is accrued in relation

to this.

Employee Benefit Trust and Savills Rabbi Trust

The Company has established the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust, the

Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust (collectively the ‘EBTs’) and the Savills

Rabbi Trust (the ‘Rabbi Trust’), the purposes of which are to grant awards to

employees, to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the Savills Deferred

Share Bonus Plan and the Savills Deferred Share Plan and to hold shares in the

Company for subsequent transfer to employees on the vesting of the awards

granted under the schemes. The assets and liabilities of the EBTs and Rabbi Trust

are included in the Group statement of financial position. Investments in the

Group’s own shares are shown as a deduction from equity. The Savills plc 2025

Employee Benefit Trust was established during the year.

The Group operates four equity-settled share-based payment arrangements,

namely the Sharesave Scheme, the Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’), the Deferred

Share Plan (‘DSP’) and the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’). The Group

recognised total expenses relating to equity-settled share-based payment

transactions of £28.4m in 2025 (2024: £31.4m). Of the total share-based payments

charge, £1.0m (2024: £1.2m) relates to the Sharesave Scheme, £9.0m (2024:

£10.4m) relates to the DSP, £18.0m (2024: £19.4m) relates to the DSBP and £0.4m

(2024: £0.4m) relates to the PSP.

Refer to the Remuneration Report for details of the PSP, page 137. Refer to the

Directors’ Report for details of the Sharesave Scheme, page 144. The DSBP

has been established to provide employees with an element of the annual

performance-related profit share which is deferred and awarded as shares in

Savills plc. DSBP awards have a deferral period of between three and five years.

The DSP provides certain employees with an award over Savills plc shares for

purposes including recruitment and retention. Current awards under the DSP

have a deferral period of between one and seven years. In addition to continued

employment, DSP awards may be granted with performance conditions attaching,

primarily relating to financial targets.

33. Share-based payment arrangements

231

33.1 Movements in share schemes

Sharesave PSP DSP DSBP
2025 number of awards (‘000) awards awards awards awards
Outstanding at 1 January 1,899 485 3,284 7,012
Granted 970 1,696
Exercised (1,468) (16) (757) (1,836)
Cancelled (27)
Forfeited/lapsed (51) (112) (227) (149)
Outstanding at 31 December 353 357 3,270 6,723
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average exercise price
for awards outstanding at the
beginning of the year, exercised
in the year and forfeited/lapsed
in the year (pence) 756.9
Weighted average exercise price
for awards granted and outstanding
at end of the year (pence) 756.9
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years) 2.3 1.6 1.6
Weighted average share price at
the date of exercise for awards
exercised in the year (pence) 1,000.2 1,016.0 979.1 970.8
Sharesave PSP DSP DSBP
2024 number of awards (‘000) awards awards awards awards
Outstanding at 1 January 2,091 641 3,770 6,661
Granted 116 669 1,785
Exercised (16) (136) (952) (1,245)
Cancelled (84)
Forfeited/lapsed (92) (136) (203) (189)
Outstanding at 31 December 1,899 485 3,284 7,012
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average exercise price
for awards outstanding at the
beginning of the year, exercised
in the year and forfeited/lapsed
in the year (pence) 756.9
Weighted average exercise price
for awards granted and outstanding
at end of the year (pence) 756.9
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years) 0.8 3.0 1.7 1.7
Weighted average share price at
the date of exercise for awards
exercised in the year (pence) 1,103.8 1,020.3 1,090.8 1,092.7

232

33.2 Fair value of options

For all the DSP and DSBP schemes the fair value of awards is the closing share price

before award date. The Actuarial Binomial model of actuaries Lane Clark & Peacock

LLP is used to fair value awards granted under the PSP and Sharesave schemes.

The fair values of options granted in the period are shown below.

Fair value
Grant Grant date Deferred period pence
DSBP 2025 10 June 2025 2.8–3 years 964.0
DSBP 2025 10 June 2025 4 years 964.0
DSP 2025 10 June 2025 0.5–5 years 964.0
DSP 2025 27 October 2025 3–4 years 1,028.0

34. Contingent liabilities

The Group is involved in a number of disputes in the ordinary course of business.

Provision is made in the financial statements for all claims where costs can be

estimated reliably and settlement is probable, refer to Note 25 for further details.

35. Cash generated from operations

| | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2025 | 2024 |
| | £m | £m |
| Profit for the year | 73.6 | 52.9 |
| Adjustments for: | | |
| Income tax (Note 14.1) | 27.4 | 35.4 |
| Depreciation (Note 18 and 19.1) | 69.1 | 70.2 |
| Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 17) | 15.8 | 16.1 |
| Fair value gain on step acquisition of subsidiaries previously | | |
| classified as associates | – | (4.4) |
| Net fair value (gain)/loss on derivative financial instrument | | |
| and FVPL investments | (1.1) | 6.0 |
| Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment, | | |
| intangible assets and leases | 0.2 | (0.2) |
| Gain on disposal of subsidiaries | (4.5) | – |
| Impairments | 4.6 | 1.9 |
| Increase in provision for expected credit loss | 2.2 | 8.3 |
| Net finance income (Note 13) | (7.5) | (14.5) |
| Share of post-tax profit from joint ventures and | | |
| associates (Note 20) | (8.2) | (7.5) |
| Dividends from other parties | (0.7) | (0.5) |
| Increase in employee and retirement obligations | 3.9 | 0.6 |
| Exchange movement in operating activities | (1.9) | (3.4) |
| Increase in provisions | 2.2 | 2.0 |
| (Increase)/decrease in insurance reimbursement asset | (0.2) | 0.4 |
| Charge for share-based compensation (Note 33) | 28.4 | 31.4 |
| Operating cash flows before movements in working capital | 203.3 | 194.7 |
| Increase in inventories | (0.1) | – |
| Increase in trade and other receivables and contract assets | (125.8) | (58.2) |
| Increase in trade and other payables and contract liabilities | 125.3 | 40.8 |
| Cash generated from operations | 202.7 | 177.3 |

Foreign exchange movements resulted in a £14.6m decrease in current and non-

current trade and other receivables (2024: £2.6m increase) and a £16.0m decrease

in current and non-current trade and other payables (2024: £5.7m decrease).

233

36. Analysis of liabilities arising from financing activities

| | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | |
| | | | Non-cash | | Movements | | |
| | | | movements | | through | | |
| | | | recognised in | Other | business | | |
| | At | | the income | non-cash | combinations | Exchange | At |
| | 1 January | Cash flows | statement | movements | and disposals | movement | 31 December |
| 2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Bank loans | (1.5) | (32.7) | – | – | (19.2) | – | (53.4) |
| Loan notes | (150.0) | 30.0 | – | – | – | – | (120.0) |
| Transaction costs | 0.4 | – | (0.3) | – | – | – | 0.1 |
| Lease liabilities | (233.1) | 65.9 | (9.9) | (80.7) | (1.4) | 3.8 | (255.4) |
| Liabilities arising from financing activities | (384.2) | 63.2 | (10.2) | (80.7) | (20.6) | 3.8 | (428.7) |

Non-cash movements recognised in the income statement represent amortisation of transaction costs and unwinding of discount on lease liabilities. Other non-cash

movements to lease liabilities represent new leases and disposal of leases.

The part of the lease payment that represents cash payments for the principal portion of the lease liability is presented as a cash flow resulting from financing activities

(2025: £56.0m, 2024: £59.6m). The part of the lease payment that represents the interest portion of the lease liability is presented as an operating cash flow, consistent

with the presentation of the Group’s loan and bank interest payments (2025: £9.9m, 2024: £9.1m).

234

37. Related party transactions

Other than disclosed below and the information provided within the Remuneration

Report and Note 12.3 (Key management compensation), there were no significant

related party transactions during the year.

(a) Loans to related parties

Refer to Note 22 for details of loans made to joint ventures and associates.

(b) Transactions with associates and joint ventures

There were no material transactions with associates and joint ventures in the current

or prior year, with the exception of transactions and balances disclosed in Notes 22

and 24.

38. Post-balance sheet events

Proposed acquisition of Eastdil Secured Holdings, LLC (‘Eastdil’)

On 12 March 2026, the Group signed a definitive agreement to acquire Eastdil, the

global real estate investment bank, for total consideration of US$921.25m (c.£685m).

Total consideration is equal to the enterprise value of US$1,112.5m (c.£827m),

less Eastdil’s existing debt of US$191.25m (c.£142m). Of the total consideration,

US$552.75m (c.£411m) will be payable in cash on completion, subject to customary

completion adjustments, and US$368.50m (c.£274m) will be satisfied by the

allotment and issue of new ordinary shares to the ultimate holders of equity interests

in Eastdil. Completion is subject to customary regulatory clearances and is expected

to occur in Q2/Q3 2026.

As at the date of approval of these financial statements, the acquisition has not yet

completed, and the Group does not have control over Eastdil.

Other

There have been no events that occurred after the reporting period that require

disclosure or events that require adjustment to the financial statements or are

considered to have a material impact on the understanding of the Group’s current

financial position.

235

39. Group investments

In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full list of subsidiaries, partnerships, associates and joint ventures, including the registered office and the

effective percentage of equity owned by the Group, as at 31 December 2025, is disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated, all subsidiary undertakings are consolidated into

the Group financial statements and share capital wholly comprises ordinary shares which are indirectly held by the Company. Unless otherwise stated, percentage of equity

owned is the same as the percentage of voting rights.

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Incoll Group Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Incoll Management Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Moores Cost Consulting Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (ACT) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (Aust) Holdings Pty Limited

(ii)
Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (Aust) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (NSW) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (QLD) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (SA) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (TAS) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (VIC) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills (WA) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Capital Advisory Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Occupier Services Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Project Management Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Project Services (SA) Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Valuations Pty Limited Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Sales W.L.L. Bahrain Flat/shop: 2802, Building: 2504, Road: 2832,
Savills Middle East Co. W.L.L. Bahrain Flat/shop: 2804, Building: 2504, Road: 2832,
Savills Canada, Inc. Canada 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3
Savills Inc. Canada 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3
Savills Services Inc. Canada 181 Bay Street – Suite 200, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3

39. Group investments

236

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Guardian Property Services (Shanghai) Company Limited China Room 220, Block 1, No.100 Jinyu Road, Pu Dong, Shanghai
Savills Business Information Technology (Shenzhen) Limited China Unit 201, A Tower, No.1 QianWan Yi Road, Qianhai Shengan Cooperation
District, Shenzhen
Savills Property Services (Beijing) Company Limited China 2101 East Tower, Twin Towers, B-12 Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang
District, Beijing 100022
Savills Property Services (Chengdu) Company Limited China Room 2106, Yanlord Landmark, No.1 Section 2, Renmin South Road,
Chengdu 610016
Savills Property Services (Chongqing) Company Limited China Room 1601, 16th floor, GuoHua Financial Center, No. 9 JuXianYan Square,
JiangBeiZui, Chongqing
Savills Property Services (Guangzhou) Company Limited China Room 1301, R&F Center, No.10 Hua Xia Road, Zhujiang New Town,
Guangzhou 510623
Savills Property Services (Hainan) Limited China Room 9A, Baifang Building, Baifang Square, No.105 Binhai Avenue,
Longhua District, Haikou
Savills Property Services (Hengqin) Limited China Room 105-19233, No. 6 Baohua Road, Hengqin new area, Zhuhai
Savills Property Services (Shanghai) Company Limited China Unit D, Room 62, Block 3, No.227, Ru Shan Road, Shanghai
Savills Property Services (Tianjin) Company Limited China Unit 4607, Tianjin World Financial Center, No.2 Dagu North Road,
Xiaobailou Street, Heping District, Tianjin
Savills Property Services (Wuhan) Company Limited China Unit 08-10, 27th Floor, CITIC PACIFIC Mansion, No.1627 Zhongshan
Avenue, Jiang’an District
Savills Property Services (Zhuhai) Company Limited China Unit 3702-12, CITIC Southern Airlines International Plaza, No. 52 South
Haibin Road, Xiangzhou District, Zhuhai
Savills Real Estate Valuation (Guangzhou) Company Limited China Room 2105, R&F Center, No.10 Hua Xia Road, Zhujiang New Town,
Guangzhou 510623
Savills Technology Innovation Services (Shanghai) Company Limited China Room 205, floor 2 west, No. 707 Zhangyang road, China (Shanghai) Pilot
Free Trade Zone
Shenzhen Guardian Property Management Limited China Unit 03, 9/F, China Resources Tower, No.2666, Keyuan South Road,
Nanshan District, Shenzhen, 518000
Swan Property Services (Beijing) Company Limited China 2101 East Tower, Twin Towers, B-12 Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang
District, Beijing 100022

237

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Savills Engineering Consulting Shanghai Company Limited China Room 205, floor 2 west, No. 707 Zhangyang road, China (Shanghai)
Pilot Free Trade Zone
Savills CZ s.r.o. Czech Republic Florentinum, Building C, Na Florenci 2116/15, Prague 1, 110 00
Cluttons Egypt Consulting JSC Egypt Building 17, Street 210, Al Maadi, Cairo
Savills Egypt Consulting JSC Egypt Building 17, Street 210, Maadi, Cairo.
Savills SASU France 59, Rue De Tocqueville, 75017, Paris
Savills Valuation SAS France 59, Rue De Tocqueville, 75017, Paris
BRICKBYTE GmbH Germany Rosental 4, 80331 München
Savills Advisory Services GmbH Germany Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main
Savills Advisory Services Germany GmbH & Co. KG Germany Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main
Savills Immobilien Beratungs GmbH Germany Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main
Savills Immobilien Beteiligungs – GmbH Germany Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main
Savills Immobilien Management GmbH Germany Taunusanlage 18, 60325 Frankfurt am Main
Savills Property Management Deutschland GmbH Germany Bonner Straße 209, 50968 Köln
Savills Facility Management Deutschland GmbH Germany Bonner Straße 209, 50968 Köln
Savills Channel Islands Limited Guernsey Royal Terrace, Glategny Esplanade, St Peter Port, GY1 2HN
Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust

(v)
Guernsey Third Floor Cambridge House, Le Truchot, St Peter Port, GY1 1WD
Absolute Result Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Bridgewater Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
BTHK Property Management Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Champion Insurance and Computer Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Dominion Office Centre Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills IT Solutions Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Express Engineering Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Express Maintenance Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing

238

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Gateway Contractors Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Greenscape Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
GRVM Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guard Able Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Care Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Management Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Mandarin Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Partners Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Property Agencies Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Property Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Integrated Management Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian ProTech Facilities Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Hip Kwan Property Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Kenda Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Kwik Park Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Mount Link Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Quartey Properties Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills (China) Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Asia Pacific Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Building Services Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Design Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Engineering Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Guardian (Holdings) Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills India Holding Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Indonesia Holding Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central

239

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Savills Management Services Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Philippines Holding Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Project Consultancy Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Property Management Holdings Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Property Management Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Realty Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Regional Services Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Property Services Limited Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Valuation and Professional Services Limited Hong Kong Room 1208, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Valuation and Professional Services (China) Limited Hong Kong Room 1208, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Security and Safety Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Swan Hygiene Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Swan Hygiene Solutions Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Swan Pest Control Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Tarrayon Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
The Peninsular Centre Retailers Association Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills International Realty Limited Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central
Savills Prestige Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Smart Management Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Smart Parking Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Premium Plus Services Limited Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
PT Savills Indonesia IRE Indonesia Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, Jakarta 10270
PT Savills Consultants Indonesia Indonesia Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19, Jakarta 10270
Savills Valuation Advisor LLP India 463 Embassy Lake Terrace, L-6,T-4, Kempapura Hebbal, P&T Col.
Kavalbyrasandra, Bangalore North, Bangalore-560032, Karnataka
Actium

(ii)
Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2

240

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Anateo Limited

(ii)
Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Savills Advisory Services (Ireland) Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Savills Commercial (Ireland) Limited

(ii)
Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Savills Management Resource Ireland Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Savills Residential (Ireland) Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Savills Italia S.r.l. Italy Via Manzoni, 37 – 20121 Milano
Savills Italy SRL (EUR) Italy Via Manzoni, 37 – 20121 Milano
Savills Asset Advisory Company Limited Japan TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo 100-0006
Savills Japan Company Limited Japan TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo 100-0006
Savills Japan Valuation GK Japan TOHO Hibiya Promenade Building 8F, 1-5-2 Yurakucho, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo 100-0006
1992 EBT Holdings Limited

(v)
Jersey 50 La Colomberie, St. Helier, JE2 4QB
Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust

(v)
Jersey 13 Castle Street, St Helier, JE1 1ES
Savills (Jersey) Limited Jersey 19 Halkett Place, St Helier, JE2 4WG
Savills (Macau) Limited Macau Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade
Savills Project Consultancy (Macau) Limited Macau Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade
Savills Property Management (Macau) Limited Macau Suite 1309-1310, 13/F Macau Landmark, 555 Avenida da Amizade
Savills (Myanmar) Limited Myanmar No. 8, Unit 8-A, Centerpoint Towers, No. 65, Corner of Sule Pagoda Road
& Merchant Street, Kyauktada Township, Yangon
Savills Asset and Property Management BV Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD
Savills Agency B.V. Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD
Savills B.V. Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD
Savills Building & Project Consultancy B.V. Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD
Savills Consultancy B.V. Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD
Savills Holdings B.V. Netherlands Viñoly Building, Claude Debussylaan 48, Amsterdam 1082 MD

241

242

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Medasil Desarrollos S.L Spain calle Pedro I Pons, nº 9-11, Puerta 6, Planta 2. Barcelona
Savills Förvaltning AB Sweden Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm
Savills Sweden AB Sweden Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm
Savills Sweden Investment AB Sweden Regeringsgatan 48, 111 56 Stockholm
Verbier Hospitality SA Switzerland 45 Route de Verbier Station, CH-1936 Verbier, Valais
Savills (Taiwan) Limited Taipei 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110
Savills Residential Services (Taiwan) Limited Taipei 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110
Savills Valuation & Professional Services (Taiwan)

(iii)
Taipei 21/F, No. 68, Sec. 5, Zhong-Xiao East Road, Taipei 110
Savills (Thailand) Limited Thailand 990 Abdulrahim Place Building, 26/F, Rama IV Road, Silom Subdistrict,
Bang Rak District, Bangkok
Savills Services (Thailand) Limited Thailand 990 Abdulrahim Place Building, 26/F, Rama IV Road, Silom Subdistrict,
Bang Rak District, Bangkok
Savills Real Estate LLC (Dubai) United Arab Emirates 22nd Floor, Arenco Tower, Sheikh Zayed Road, PO Box 3087 Dubai
Savills Real Estate LLC (Sharjah) United Arab Emirates 2702C, Al Marzouqi Towers, King Faisal Street
Automotive Property Consultancy Holdings Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Automotive Property Consultancy Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
B Bids Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Cordea Savills Investments Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Currell Residential Limited United Kingdom 9 Bonhill Street, London, EC2A 4DJ
Grosvenor Hill Ventures Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Nash Bond Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Osborne King & Megran Limited United Kingdom Longbridge House 2nd Floor, 16-24 Waring Street, Belfast, BT1 2DX
Prime Purchase Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Savills (L&P) Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Savills (NI) Limited United Kingdom 2nd Floor, Longbridge House, 16-24 Waring Street, Belfast, BT1 2DX
Savills (Overseas Holdings) Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD

243

244

Fully owned subsidiary Country of incorporation Registered office
Kelly, Legan & Gerard Inc. United States 398 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Savills Dallas Lease Administration LLC United States 15660 N Dallas Pkway, Ste 1200 Dallas, TX 75248
Macro Consultants LLC United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Savills (L&P) Inc United States Unex House, 132–134 Hills Road, Cambridge, CB2 8PA
Savills America Limited United States 1521 Concord Pike Suite 201, Wilmington, Delaware, 19803
Gravitas Lease Audit Services LLC United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Savills Inc. United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Savills Rabbi Trust

(v)
United States 570 Lexington Ave, New York, NY 10022
Savills Occupier Services Inc. United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Studley International, Inc United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Studley Advisors, Inc United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
SVS (GA) Inc. United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
T3 Realty Advisors West Corp United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
T3 Realty Advisors, LLC United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
The Great Studley Stamp Company United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Richard L. Hoffman & Associates, Inc. United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Compustall Services Inc. United States 399 Park Avenue – 11th FL, New York, NY 10022
Savills Vietnam Company Limited Vietnam 21/F, Tòa Tây-Lotte Center Hanoi, 54 Lieu Giai Street, Cong Vi Ward,
Ba Dinh District, Hanoi City
SVVN Price Valuation Limited Liability Company Vietnam 17 Fl., Vincom Centre Building, 72 Le Thanh Ton Str., Ben Nghe Ward,
Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City

245

Subsidiaries of which the Group owns less than 100% % owned Country of incorporation Registered office
Savills Investment Management (Australia) Pty Limited 71 Australia Level 36, Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney NSW 2000
Savills Retail Management Pty Limited

(vi)
55 Australia Level 25, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000
Savills Belux Group SA 99.9 Belgium Avenue Louise 81, 1050 Brussels
DRC UK Whole Loan Fund (Feeder) (GP) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
DRC UK Whole Loan Fund (GP) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
European Real Estate Debt Fund II (GP) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 1) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 2) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
European Real Estate Senior Debt (GP 3) Limited 71 Cayman 94 Solaris Avenue, Camana Bay,
PO Box 1348, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108
Savills IM Japan Residential Fund II Feeder GP Limited 71 Cayman c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre,
27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008
Savills Property Services (Shenzhen) Company Limited 85 China Unit 02, 9/F, China Resources Tower, No.2666, Keyuan
South Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, 518000
Savills Egypt 55 Egypt Building 17, Street 210, Maadi, Cairo
Riviera Estates SAS 75 France 11 Avenue Jean Medecin, 06000, Nice
Savills Investment Management SAS 71 France 54–56 Avenue Hoche, 75008 Paris
Savills Fund Management GmbH 71 Germany Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main
Savills Fund Management Holding AG 71 Germany Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main
Savills Investment Management (Germany) GmbH 71 Germany Sonnenstrasse 19, Munich
Savills Investment Management (KVG) GmbH 63.83 Germany Rotfeder-Ring 7, D-60327 Frankfurt-am-Main
Jiayi Savills Property Services Limited 51 Hong Kong 23/F, Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central

246

Subsidiaries of which the Group owns less than 100% % owned Country of incorporation Registered office
Savills Projects HK Limited 60 Hong Kong Rooms 1202-04, 12/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Billion Property Management Limited 80 Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Investment Management Asia Limited 71 Hong Kong Level 54, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East
The Aurora Management Services Limited 80 Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Vignature Property Management Limited 70 Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills The Vision Property Management Limited 60 Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Savills Property Services (India) Private Limited 55 India 15th Floor, SKAV SEETHALAKSHMI, Corporation No.21,
Kasturba Road, Bangalore-560001, Karnataka
PT Savills Advisory Services 70 Indonesia Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19,
Jakarta 10270
PT Savills Management Services 60 Indonesia Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19,
Jakarta 10270
PT Savills Research Consultancy 60 Indonesia Panin Tower – Senayan City, 16/F, Jl.Asia Afrika Lot.19,
Jakarta 10270
Savills Investment Management SGR S.p.A 71 Italy Via San Paolo 7, 20121 Milan
Savills Residential Italy SRL

(vi)
51 Italy Via di Montoro, 8 – 00186 Roma (RM)
JVF GP GK 64.52 Japan c/o Akasaka International Accounting Office 2-10-5
Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo
Savills Investment Architecture Design GK 71 Japan 3F BPR Place Kamiyacho, 1-11-9 Azabudai, 1 Chome-11
Azabudai, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-0041
SIM Real Estate GK 71 Japan 3F BPR Place Kamiyacho, 1-11-9 Azabudai, 1 Chome-11
Azabudai, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-0041
DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund III (GP) Limited 71 Jersey The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF
DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund III (SLI GP) Limited 71 Jersey The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF
DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV (GP) Limited 71 Jersey The Forum, 4 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE2 4UF
DRC European Real Estate Debt Fund IV (SLI) LP 71 Jersey 4th Floor, Ensign House, 29 Seaton Place, St. Helier, JE2 3QL

247

248

249

250

251

Joint ventures % owned Country of incorporation Registered office
Shanghai No.1 and FPD Savills Property Management 47 China Building No1, 3rd Floor, No.400, Fangchun Rd, Pudong
Company Limited District, Shanghai
Zhuhai Hengqin Savills Assets Operation Management 51 China Room 105-1460, No. 6 Baohua road, Hengqin new area, Zhuhai
Company Limited
Chuangtuo Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited. 50 China Rm 408, No.481 Zhengli Rd., Yangpu District, Shanghai
Beijing Baiwang Savills Real Estate Company Limited 49 China Room 501, 5F, Block 2, No. 2 South Yongjie Rd., Haidian
District, Beijing
Beijing Wangjing High Tech Savills Consultancy Services Co., Limited. 40 China Room 406, 4/F, Tower A, No. 2 Lize Zhonger Road, Chaoyang
District, Beijing
Foshan Meizhi & Savills Property Management Co., Limited 40 China Unit 2404, Building No.4, Midea Fortune Plaza, 1 Chende Road,
Shunde District, Foshan
Gohigh Savills (Shanghai) Property Management Company Limited 49 China Unit 1904,-5-G, Main Tower, No. 2 Huashan Road, Jingan
District, Shanghai
Guangzhou Nansi & Savills Property Management Co Limited 49 China Room 603, No.1 Jingmao Zhonger Street, Nan Sha Area,
Guang Zhou
Shanghai Qihui Savills Property Services Company Limited 49 China Rm 548, 9F, No. 583 Lingmu Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai
Beijing Haizhi Savills Property Management Company Limited 30 China Zone B, 6/F, Tower B, No.18 Zhong Guan Cun Avenue, Haidian
District, Beijing
Beijing Hongyuan Savills Property Management Company Limited 40 China Unit 104, F1,Building 4, No.2 Jinsui Avenue, Shunyi District, Beijing
Shenzhen Qianhai Savills Property Services Company Limited 40 China Unit 05, 3/F, Qianhai Shengang Innovation Center D, No.4008,
Menghai Avenue, Qianhai Shengan Cooperation District, Shenzhen
Shanghai Kuntin Savills Property Management Company Limited. 40 China Room 252, 2F, No. 309 Meilong Rd, Xuhui District, Shanghai
Daisy Savills Property Management (Beijing) Company Limited 35 China Unit 301, 3/F, No. 18 Jianguomennei Avenue, Chaoyang
District, Beijing
Suzhou Industrial Park Hengtai Savills Property Management 35 China Unit 701, Building 1, Moon Bay International Business Center,
Company Limited 9 Cuiwei Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou
Suzhou Jiarun Savills Property Management Co. Limited 34 China Unit 1211, 12th Floor, Room 101, Building 1, Xinneng Business Plaza,
No. 99 Si’an Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

252

Joint ventures % owned Country of incorporation Registered office
Beijing BHG Savills Retail & Property Management Company Limited 24.5 China Room 107, Block 1, No 208, Lane 4, North Xiangyun Road, Daxing
District, Beijing
Beijing Oriental Savills Asset Management Company Limited 30 China Unit 303, 3/F No, 9 West Street Wangfujing, Dongcheng
District, Beijing
Nanjing Smart Science Technology Park & Savills Property 30 China Room 468, Floor 4, building 9, Xingzhihui Business Garden, No. 19,
Management Company Limited Xinghuo Road, Jiangbei New District, Nanjing, 210008
Shanghai South Hongqiao & Savills Property Management Co., Limited. 49 China No.5 Building, No. 277 Huqingping Highway, Minhang
District, Shanghai
Savills Raycom Property Management (Beijing) Company Limited 30 China Unit B1-08, No.2 South Road Ke Xue Yan, Haidian District, Beijing
Shanghai Landsea Savills Property Management Co., Limited. 49 China 9F, No. 583 Lingling Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai
Shanghai Poly Savills Property Management Company Limited 30 China Unit 01, 20/F, South Tower, No.528 South Pu Dong Road,
Pu Dong, Shanghai
Shanxi Zhidi Savills Property Services Company Limited 30 China 4/F, Block 3, No.42 Xing Shan Temple, Xian City
Anlian Savills Property Management (Shenzhen) Limited 25.5 China Unit B02(b), 19/F, Anlian Plaza, No.4018, Jintian Road, Futian
District, Shenzhen
COSCO Savills Property Development Company Limited 25 China Unit N, 8th Floor, Building 1, No.720 and 728 Pudong Ave, Pudong
District, Shanghai
Beijing Financial Street Savills Property Management Company Limited 20 China B1/F, Tong Tai Building, 33 Financial Street, West District, Beijing.
Beijing Zhong Bao Savills Property Management Company Limited 10 China 603 China Life Tower, 16 Chao Wai Street, Chaoyang
District, Beijing
Xi’an Qujiang Savills Property Services Co., Limited. 30 China Room 1109-1, 11th Floor, No.2 Building of Huashang Culture&Media
Center, No. 3001 Yanxiang Road, Xujiang New District, Xi’an
Beijing Hualian Fashion Savills Property Management Co., Limited. 24.5 China Rm.304, Block1, Land 4, No.208 North Xiangyun Road, Daxing
District, Beijing
Heng Fu Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited 49 China Building A1, No. 57 Fuxing West Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai
Jintai Savills Property Management (Shanghai) Co., Limited 35 China Rm 702, 6F, No.938 Jinshajiang Rd., Putuo District, Shanghai
Shaanxi Daxia Savills Urban Services Co., Ltd 40 China Room 10401, No.1 Building, No. 355 Huixin Road, Qujiang New
District, Xian

253

254

255

Associates % owned Country of incorporation Registered office
KSH Guardian Property Management Limited 50 Hong Kong 7/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Yuen Sang Property Management Company Limited 50 Hong Kong Room 2501, 25/F, Alexandra House, 18 Chater Road, Central
Savills Taiping Property Management Limited 45 Hong Kong Rooms 805-813, 8/F, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing
Guardian Home Limited 40 Hong Kong Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek
Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories
Hengli Savills Property Management Limited 49 Hong Kong Unit 1806-08, Tower Two, Lippo Centre, 89 Queensway
Glory Crest Limited 40 Hong Kong Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek
Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories
Guardian Home (Chun Shek) Limited 40 Hong Kong Shop No. 301, 3rd Floor, Chun Shek Shopping Centre, Chun Shek
Estate, 1 Shing Tin Street, Shatin, New Territories
Cordea Nichani India Advisers Private Limited 17.75 India Ground Floor Front, 19 Kumarakrupa Road, Bangalore 560001
Rootcorp Ranganatha Limited 17.75 Mauritius 4th Floor, Raffles Tower, 19 Cybercity, Ebene
Monaco Real Estates SARL 51 Monaco 10 Ter Boulevard Princesse Charlotte
H Investment Pte Limited 40.5 Singapore 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838
Huttons Asia Pte Limited 40.5 Singapore 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838
Huttons Capital Pte Limited 40.5 Singapore 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838
Huttons International Pte Limited 40.5 Singapore 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838
Huttons Pte Limited 33.8 Singapore 3 Bishan Place #05-01 CPF Bishan Building S 579838
KMC Property Consultants Pte Limited 35 Singapore Cecil Street #19-08 Prudential Tower
Really Pte Limited

(ii)
32.7 Singapore 70 Shenton Way #09-12 EON Shenton S 079118
Cureoscity Technologies Limited 49 United Kingdom 10 Orange Street, Haymarket, London, WC2H 7DQ
Vucity 29.68 United Kingdom 10 Orange Street, Haymarket, London, WC2H 7DQ

256

Fully owned entities not controlled by the Group Country of incorporation Registered office
Liffey Valley Management Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Mahon Point Management Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
White Water (Newbridge) Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
White Water Management Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
White Water Residential DAC (Designated Activity Company) Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
2GCSSO Limited Ireland 33 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2
Liverpool ONE Management Services Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD
Moor House Management Services Limited United Kingdom 33 Margaret Street, London, W1G 0JD

(i) Directly owned by Savills plc.

(ii) Both ordinary and redeemable shares owned by the Group.

(iii) Partnership interest.

(iv) The Group does not control these entities (as defined by IFRS 10) and they are not consolidated in to the Group’s financial statements.

(v)

The Group does not have a shareholding in these employee benefit trusts, however, these trusts are specifically designed to serve the purposes of the sponsoring Group entity and to ensure that there will be minimal

risk of any conflict arising between the duties of the trustees and the interest of the Group entity. Accordingly, these trusts are under the de facto control of the Group entity. IFRS 10 control assessment also supports

that these trusts are under control of the Group entity and are consolidated into the Group’s financial statements on that basis.

(vi)

Listed as a non-wholly owned subsidiary as equity ownership is less than 100% however due to the Group having a present ownership interest in the remaining equity shares subject to put options, it has been

determined that there is no non-controlling interest present and the entity is accounted for as a wholly owned subsidiary.

The Group holds a number of investments in associates and joint ventures where it holds more than 50% of the shareholding in these entities. Similarly, the Group holds

a number of joint ventures and associates where the shareholding is less than 50% and three subsidiaries where the shareholding is less than 50%. In all these instances

management has determined the appropriate classification of these shareholdings based on the contractual arrangements and agreements in place, in particular focusing on

the parties who have the ability to direct/control the relevant activities of the investment taking into account representation on the Board of Directors, ability to participate/

direct policy making processes and the rights to variable returns from the investee.

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

as at 31 December 2025

Assets: Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

3.2

3.0

Right-of-use assets

8.1

32.5

37.1

Intangible assets

0.5

1.0

Investments in subsidiaries

189.0

195.6

Deferred income tax assets

2.9

3.1

Defined benefit pension surplus

15

0.6

0.6

6.2

6.2

234.9

246.6

Assets: Current assets

102.0

92.2

Income tax receivable

2.1

Cash and cash equivalents

101.4

136.5

205.5

228.7

Liabilities: Current liabilities

8.2

6.5

6.2

Trade and other payables

14

30.4

27.6

15

0.3

37.2

34.1

Net current assets

168.3

194.6

Total assets less current liabilities

403.2

441.2

Liabilities: Non-current liabilities

8.2

41.5

47.9

2.8

44.3

50.6

358.9

390.6

Equity:

Share capital

3.7

3.6

Share premium

116.1

105.0

Other reserves

38.2

38.2

Retained earnings

200.9

243.8

Total equity

358.9

390.6

The loss after income tax of the Company for the year was £5.5m (2024:

£51.9m profit).

The Company financial statements on pages 257 to 259 were authorised for issue by

the Board of Directors on 12 March 2026 and were signed on its behalf by:

S J B Shaw

257

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Attributable to owners of the Company

premium

Capital

redemption

reserve*

Merger relief

reserve*

Share-based

payments

reserve**

Retained

Balance at 1 January 2025

105.0

0.3

37.9

67.5

176.3

390.6

Loss for the year

(5.5)

(5.5)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

(5.5)

(5.5)

28.4

28.4

– Exercise of share options

(30.8)

6.5

(24.3)

11.1

11.2

19

(41.5)

(41.5)

Balance at 31 December 2025

3.7

116.1

0.3

37.9

65.1

135.8

358.9

Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve as disclosed above.

** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are the share-based payments reserve and retained earnings as disclosed above.

258

Attributable to owners of the Company

premium £m

Capital

redemption

reserve* £m

Merger relief

reserve* £m

Share-based

payments

reserve** £m

Retained

Balance at 1 January 2024

104.9

37.9

60.1

148.3

355.1

51.9

51.9

Remeasurement of defined benefit pension scheme

15

0.6

0.6

Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income

(0.2)

(0.2)

Total comprehensive income for the year

52.3

52.3

31.4

31.4

– Exercise of share options

(24.0)

7.1

(16.9)

– Exercise of share options: tax on employee share option schemes

(0.1)

(0.1)

19

(31.4)

(31.4)

Balance at 31 December 2024

37.9

67.5

176.3

390.6

Included within other reserves on the face of the statement of financial position are the capital redemption reserve as disclosed above.

** Included within retained earnings on the face of the statement of financial position are the share-based payments reserve and retained earnings as disclosed above.

259

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. General information

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England,

United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 33 Margaret Street, London

W1G 0JD. The Company’s registered number is 2122174.

2. Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial

Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’) and in accordance

with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition,

measurement, and disclosure requirements of UK adopted international accounting

standards (‘IFRS’), but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with

the Companies Act 2006 and has excluded certain information as permitted by FRS

101. There is no material effect of applying the measurement differences between

IFRS and FRS 101.

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and under the

historical cost convention.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company is exempt

from presenting an income statement and statement of comprehensive income. The

amount of profit for the year of the Company is disclosed in the Company balance

sheet and statement of changes in equity. The Company has produced its own

income statement and statement of comprehensive income for approval by its Board.

The Company receives dividends from subsidiaries and charges subsidiaries for the

provision of Group-related services.

Disclosure exemptions under FRS 101

The following disclosure exemptions have been adopted under FRS 101:

Presentation of a cash flow statement and related notes

Capital management disclosures

Disclosure of information relating to new standards not yet effective and not

yet applied

Disclosures in respect of the key management personnel compensation

Disclosure of related party transactions between wholly-owned subsidiaries and

parents within a group

IFRS 2 Share-based payment disclosures.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated

financial statements.

3. Going concern

The Group’s business activities together with the factors likely to affect its future

development performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The

financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing

facilities are all described in the Financial Review on pages 28 to 30. Note 3 to the

Group’s financial statements covers the Directors’ assessment of the going concern

of the Group and therefore the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the

Company also has adequate resources to continue as a going concern for at least

12 months from the date of the approval of the financial statements until at least June

2027. For this reason they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting

in preparing the financial statements.

4. Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, and

its associates

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company were £0.9m

(2024: £1.0m). Note 10.1 in the consolidated financial statements includes the

requirement to disclose fees for other services on a consolidated basis.

5. Critical accounting estimates and significant judgements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use

of accounting estimates and assumptions. It also requires management to exercise

its judgement in the process of applying our accounting policies. We continually

evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgements based on available information

and experience. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual

results could differ from these estimates.

Our critical accounting estimates are those estimates that carry a significant

risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and

liabilities within the next financial year. Significant judgements are those made by

management in applying our material accounting policies that have a material impact

on the amounts presented in the financial statements.

Our critical accounting estimates and significant judgements are described in the

following notes to the financial statements.

260

5. Critical accounting estimates and significant

judgements

Note

Critical

estimate

Significant

judgement

Valuation of defined benefit pension assets

and liabilities

The Company recharges some of the Group’s international subsidiaries with

respect to their allocation of central corporate costs and in some instances receives

recharged costs from its international subsidiaries with respect to the cost of global

initiatives incurred by those subsidiaries. The Company endeavours to invoice

its subsidiaries in sterling to minimise the risk of exposure to foreign currency

movements. Similar to the Group, when there is a material committed foreign

currency exposure the foreign exchange risk will be hedged, however the Company

does not actively seek to hedge risks arising from foreign current transactions due to

the high costs associated with such hedging. The impact of foreign exchange risk is

considered minimal for the Company.

6.2 Interest rate risk

The Company has interest-bearing assets in the form of cash and cash equivalents

and short-term interest bearing loans issued to its subsidiaries. The impact of interest

rate changes is not considered material for the Company, with the value of interest

income recognised in the period having a greater dependency on the level of cash

and cash equivalents and intercompany loans maintained by the Company. The value

of interest-bearing assets that the Company holds in any given period is primarily

determined by the management of the UK Group’s cash pooling arrangement and

the timing and value of dividends paid up by the Company’s subsidiary.

The Company’s credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, as well as

outstanding receivables primarily due from the Group’s subsidiaries.

As at 31 December 2025, all of the Company’s cash was held with Barclays Bank PLC

(2024: all cash), which is an A+ rated bank.

Significant individual intercompany receivable balances include £25.3m (2024:

£33.0m) due from Savills (UK) Limited and a £50.0m loan receivable from Savills

Holding Company Limited (2024: £40.0m). There are no other significant individual

receivable balances as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.

6.4 Liquidity risk

The Company is part of the Group’s UK cash pooling arrangement, which is

managed by the Group Treasury function and provides the Company access to the

Group’s revolving credit facility and other centrally managed sources of financing.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents on

the basis of expected cash flows.

The table below analyses the Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity

groupings based on the remaining period from the reporting date to the contractual

maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted

cash flows, unless otherwise stated.

Less

than

a year

Between

1 and 2

years

Between

2 and 5

years

Over

5 years

contractual

undiscounted

cash flows

Carrying

values

7.9

7.9

23.8

13.9

53.5

48.0

14.6

14.6

14.6

22.5

7.9

23.8

13.9

68.1

62.6

7.9

23.8

23.8

63.4

14.7

14.7

14.7

22.6

23.8

78.1

68.8

261

7. Property, plant and equipment

The Company’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment is the same

as set out in Note 18 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements. All of the

Company’s property, plant and equipment relates to equipment.

Equipment

Cost

At 1 January

12.7

11.1

Additions

1.7

1.6

Disposals

At 31 December

14.3

12.7

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January

9.7

8.2

Charge for the year

1.5

1.5

Disposals

At 31 December

11.1

9.7

Net book value

3.2

3.0

8. Leases

The Company enters into lease agreements for the use of buildings only.

The Company’s accounting policy for leases is set out in Note 19 of the

Group’s consolidated financial statements.

8.1 Right-of-use assets

Cost

62.2

62.2

62.2

62.2

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

25.1

20.4

Charge for the year

4.7

29.7

25.1

Net book value

32.5

37.1

8.2 Lease liabilities

60.2

Repayments of lease liabilities

(7.9)

(7.9)

Unwinding of discount

1.8

1.8

Closing amount as at 31 December

48.0

Current

6.5

6.2

Non-current

41.5

47.9

8.3 Net investment in sub-leases

The Company sub-leases office space to a subsidiary of the Group. Sub-lease

receivables (net investment in sub-lease) amount to £6.4m as at 31 December 2025

(31 December 2024: £7.2m), split between non-current of £5.4m and current of

£1.0m (31 December 2024: non-current £6.2m, current £1.0m). The current balance

is included in other receivables.

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

262

8. Leases

8.3 Net investment in sub-leases

The future lease payments receivable are as follows:

Less than a year

1.0

1.0

Between 1 and 2 years

Between 2 and 3 years

Between 3 and 4 years

Between 4 and 5 years

Over 5 years

2.1

3.1

Total undiscounted cash flows

7.1

8.1

Discounting

(0.9)

Carrying value of net investment in sublease

6.4

7.2

9. Intangible assets

The Company’s intangible assets consist of computer software only. The Company’s

accounting policy for intangible assets is set out in Note 17 of the Group’s

consolidated financial statements.

Cost

4.9

4.8

Additions

4.9

4.9

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

3.9

3.5

Amortisation charge for the year

0.5

0.4

4.4

3.9

0.5

263

10. Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provisions for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount

exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.

Refer to Note 18 for the accounting policy with respect to the investment in subsidiaries indirectly owned, which is linked with the accounting policy for share-based

payment arrangements.

Direct

investments

in subsidiaries

Investments

in subsidiaries

indirectly owned

– share-based

payment

contribution

Investments

in EBT

At 1 January 2024

81.5

51.8

49.1

182.4

Increase due to IFRS 2 share-based payment contribution to subsidiaries

28.6

28.6

Increase due to capital contribution to EBT

22.9

22.9

Decrease due to EBT contributions from subsidiaries

(20.0)

(20.0)

Decrease due to write-off of non-recoverable contributions from subsidiaries

(1.3)

(1.3)

Decrease due to write-off of investment in EBT upon exercise of options

(17.0)

(17.0)

At 31 December 2024

81.5

59.1

55.0

195.6

Increase due to IFRS 2 share-based payment contribution to subsidiaries

25.6

25.6

Increase due to capital contribution to EBT

17.5

17.5

Decrease due to EBT contributions from subsidiaries

(22.1)

(22.1)

Decrease due to write-off of non-recoverable contributions from subsidiaries

(3.4)

(3.4)

Decrease due to write-off of investment in EBT upon exercise of options

(24.2)

(24.2)

At 31 December 2025

81.5

59.2

48.3

189.0

A full list of the Company’s subsidiaries are listed in the consolidated financial statements Note 39. The Company directly owns Savills Holding Company Limited, all other

subsidiaries in the Group are indirectly owned. The carrying value of the investment in the Company’s subsidiary is assessed for impairment by comparing the carrying value

of the investment to the underlying net assets of the subsidiary. No impairment was identified during the year.

264

11. Taxation

The Company’s accounting policy for taxation is set out in Note 14 of the Group’s

consolidated financial statements.

The tax charged to other comprehensive income is as follows:

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Deferred tax on remeasurement of defined benefit

pension scheme

Tax on items relating to components of other

comprehensive income

The tax credited/(charged) to reserves is as follows:

Current tax on IFRS 16 lease recognition release

Deferred tax on IFRS 16 recognition release

Tax on items recognised directly in reserves

The deferred income tax assets and liabilities at 31 December are as follows:

Deferred tax assets

– Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than

12 months

2.5

2.4

– Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months

1.2

3.5

Deferred tax liabilities

– Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than

12 months

(0.3)

– Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months

(0.3)

(0.6)

(0.5)

Deferred tax asset – net

2.9

3.1

At 1 January – net asset

3.1

Amount (charged)/credit to the income statement

Tax charged to other comprehensive income

– Defined benefit pension scheme – actuarial

remeasurements

Tax charged to reserves

– IFRS 16 initial lease recognition released to reserves

At 31 December – net asset

2.9

3.1

265

11. Taxation

The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:

Deferred tax assets

and other*

payments

1.2

1.6

2.8

Tax credited to the income statement

0.9

Tax charged to reserves

At 31 December 2024

1.9

1.7

Tax charged to the income statement

At 31 December 2025

1.8

1.7

3.5

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to

set-off provisions

(0.6)

Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2025 in

the statement of financial position

Deferred tax asset at 31 December 2024 in

the statement of financial position (net of

£0.5m set-off)

Deferred tax liabilities

Accelerated

capital

allowances

Retirement

benefits

Tax charged to the income statement

Tax charged to other comprehensive income

(0.5)

(0.4)

(0.6)

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to

set-off provisions

0.6

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2025 in

the statement of financial position

Deferred tax liabilities at 31 December 2024

in the statement of financial position (net of

£0.5m set-off)

Net deferred tax asset

Provisions and Other primarily includes deferred tax assets relating to accruals and provisions for

expenses not deductible until paid.

266

12. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at their transaction price and subsequently

measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment.

Non-current

Net investment in sub-lease (Note 8.3)

5.4

6.2

Prepayments

Current

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

95.2

82.5

Other receivables

2.4

Prepayments

5.0

7.3

102.0

92.2

The carrying value of trade and other receivables is approximate to their fair value.

Trade and other receivables do not contain material allowances for impairment.

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company include £50.0m of

intercompany loans (2024: £40.0m). With the exception of intercompany loans,

amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are unsecured, interest-

free and generally cleared within the month. Intercompany loans are unsecured

and repayable on demand. The intercompany loan balance as at 31 December 2025

attracts an arm’s-length rate of interest, charged at a market rate determined by

the aggregation of average daily SONIA, 12-month IBOR reform published credit

adjustment spread and 1%. The loans are classified as current as repayment is

expected within 12 months of the reporting date.

13. Cash

Cash at bank and in hand includes cash in hand and deposits held on call with banks,

together with other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities

of three months or less and working capital overdrafts, which are subject to an

insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash at bank and in hand

101.4

136.5

101.4

136.5

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

101.4

136.4

Euro

101.4

136.5

267

14. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently

measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Trade payables

12.0

11.8

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

0.9

0.5

Other taxation and social security

Accruals

16.5

30.4

27.6

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest-free and repayable

on demand.

The Company’s accruals include bonus and commission accruals of £13.9m

(2024: £11.9m).

15. Retirement benefit plans

The Company’s accounting policy for retirement benefit plans is set out in Note 28

of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Refer to Note 28 of the Group’s financial statements for further information on the

critical estimate with respect to the valuation of defined benefit assets and liabilities.

The Company participates in the Savills UK Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined

contribution plan and the UK Plan, a defined benefit plan. The Company’s proportion

of the Group’s pension costs as they relate to past service is 5.53% in both the

current and prior year. Further details on the pension schemes can be found in

Note 28 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The table below summarises the Company’s defined benefit pension amounts:

Non-current asset in the statement of financial position

Actuarial gain included in other comprehensive income

The amounts recognised in the Company’s statement of financial position are

as follows:

Present value of funded obligations

(9.4)

(9.3)

Fair value of plan assets

10.0

9.9

Non-current asset in the statement of financial position

268

15. Retirement benefit plans

The movement in the defined benefit asset for the UK Plan over the year is as follows:

Present value

of obligation

Fair value of

plan assets

Present value

of obligation

Fair value of

plan assets

(9.3)

9.9

(10.8)

10.8

Interest (expense)/income

(0.5)

(0.5)

Remeasurements:

– Loss on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest income

(1.0)

(1.0)

– Gain from change in financial assumptions

1.4

1.4

– (Loss)/gain from change in demographic assumptions

– Experience losses

– Benefit payments

(0.4)

(0.4)

(9.4)

10.0

(9.3)

9.9

The Company had £0.2m of employee benefit obligations as at 31 December 2025 (2024: £0.3m), relating to holiday pay and long service leave.

269

16. Non-current provisions

The Company holds dilapidation provisions with respect to leasehold properties.

The Company’s accounting policy for provisions is set out in Note 26 of the Group’s

At 1 January 2025

Provided during the year

2.8

Expected utilisation of non-current provision

7 years

17. Share capital

Details of the share capital of the Company are shown in Note 31 of the Group’s

18. Share-based payment arrangements

The Company operates an equity share-based payment arrangement whereby

employees are granted shares in Savills plc, namely the Performance Share Plan

(‘PSP’), the Deferred Share Plan (‘DSP’), the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)

and the Sharesave Scheme. Refer to Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated financial

statements for further discussion.

The Company’s accounting policy for share-based payments is the same as set out

in Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company recognises the share-based payment charge relating to its employees

in the income statement with the share-based payment charge relating to employees

of the Group’s subsidiaries recognised as an increase to the Company’s cost of

investment in subsidiary non-current asset on the statement of financial position,

with a corresponding entry to the Company’s share-based payment reserve. When

contributions from the Group’s subsidiaries are received, these are recognised against

the carrying value of the investment in subsidiary non-current asset to the extent

that they relate to the IFRS 2 charge (see Note 10).

The Company has established the Savills plc 1992 Employee Benefit Trust and the

Savills plc 2025 Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBTs’), the purposes of which are to

grant awards to employees, to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the Savills

Deferred Share Bonus Plan and the Savills Deferred Share Plan and to hold shares

in the Company for subsequent transfer to employees on the vesting of the awards

granted under the schemes. From a Company perspective, cash contributions to the

EBTs are recognised as an investment in subsidiary non–current asset. When treasury

shares are transferred out of the EBTs upon vesting, the related cost of investment

in subsidiary non-current asset is derecognised (see Note 10). The Savills plc 2025

Employee Benefit Trust was established during the year.

Movements in share schemes

2025 number of awards (‘000)

Sharesave

awards

PSP

awards

DSBP

awards

Outstanding at 1 January

85

485

674

Granted

267

Exercised

(53)

(16)

(259)

Forfeited/lapsed

(112)

Outstanding at 31 December

32

357

682

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average exercise price for awards

outstanding at the beginning of the year,

exercised in the year and forfeited/lapsed in

the year (pence)

759.0

Weighted average exercise price for awards

granted and outstanding at end of the

year (pence)

759.0

Weighted average remaining contractual

life (years)

2.3

1.4

Weighted average share price at the date

of exercise for awards exercised in the

year (pence)

998.5

1,016.0

962.5

270

18. Share-based payment arrangements

Movements in share schemes

2024 number of awards (‘000)

Sharesave

awards

PSP

awards

DSBP

Outstanding at 1 January

89

641

618

Granted

115

161

Exercised

(170)

(105)

Cancelled

(2)

Forfeited/lapsed

(2)

(101)

Outstanding at 31 December

85

485

674

Exercisable at 31 December

outstanding at the beginning of the year,

exercised in the year and forfeited/lapsed in

the year (pence)

759.0

granted and outstanding at end of the

759.0

Weighted average remaining contractual

life (years)

3.0

Weighted average share price at the date

of exercise for awards exercised in the

1,020.3

965.5

Fair value of options

For details on the fair value of awards see Note 33 of the Group’s consolidated

financial statements.

The fair values of options granted in the period are shown below.

Grant

Grant date

Deferred

period

Fair value

pence

DSBP 2025

10 June 2025

3 years

964.0

19. Dividends

Final dividends are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements

in the period in which they are approved in a general shareholders’ meeting. Interim

dividends are recognised when paid.

Amounts recognised as distribution to equity holders

in the year:

In respect of the previous year

Ordinary final dividend of 14.5p per share (2023: 13.9p)

19.7

19.0

Supplemental interim dividend of 8.6p per share (2023: 2.0p)

11.7

In respect of the current year

Interim dividend of 7.4p per share (2024: 7.1p)

10.1

9.7

41.5

The Board recommends a final dividend of 15.7p per ordinary share (amounting to

£21.8m), alongside the supplemental interim dividend of 10.7p per ordinary share

(amounting to £14.8m), to be paid on 18 May 2026 to Shareholders on the register

at 10 April 2026. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable.

The total paid and recommended ordinary and supplemental dividend for the 2025

financial year comprises an aggregate distribution of 33.8p per ordinary share

(2024: 30.2p per ordinary share).

271

20. Employees

Basic salaries and wages

15.1

13.9

Profit share and commissions

9.5

Wages and salaries

24.6

22.1

Social security costs

3.7

3.2

Other pension costs

0.9

Share-based payments

2.8

32.0

28.9

The monthly average number of employees (including Directors) for the year was 218

(2024: 206).

21. Key management compensation

The key management for the year ended 31 December 2025 comprised the Board of

Directors and the GEB members. Directors’ remuneration is contained in the Group’s

Remuneration Report on pages 114 to 140. See Note 12.3 of the Group’s consolidated

financial statements for further information on key management compensation.

22. Related party transactions

There were no significant related party transactions during the year.

272

APPENDICES

Constant currency

Information on non-GAAP measures

The Group refers to revenue and underlying profit on a constant currency basis

which are both non-GAAP measures. The Group generates revenues and profits

in various territories and currencies because of its international footprint. Those

results are translated on consolidation at the foreign exchange rates prevailing

at the time. These exchange rates vary from year to year, so the Group presents

some of its results on a constant currency basis. Constant currency results are

calculated by translating the current year revenue and underlying profit using the

prior year exchange rates. This measure allows the Group to assess the results of the

current year compared to the prior year, excluding the impact of foreign currency

movements. See Note 11 for further information on non-GAAP measures.

The constant currency effect on revenue, reported profit and underlying profit is

summarised below:

Constant

currency

effect

2025 at

constant

currency

2,550.9

(34.6)

2,585.5

Profit before tax

101.0

(0.4)

Underlying profit before tax

(0.9)

146.2

The Group’s segmental results for the current year are presented below in

constant currency:

North

America

Residential Transactional

276.4

20.2

296.6

Commercial Transactional

267.1

118.2

299.7

685.0

389.0

121.1

42.7

552.8

Property Management

479.7

477.1

956.8

89.7

94.3

1,501.9

741.2

342.4

2,585.5

Underlying profit/(loss) before tax

Residential Transactional

19.7

22.3

Commercial Transactional

16.3

3.0

5.8

25.1

42.7

4.7

47.7

Property Management

29.7

23.1

52.8

12.8

13.7

(15.4)

(15.4)

Underlying profit/(loss) before tax

105.8

34.3

6.1

146.2

273

APPENDICES

Constant currency

Information on non-GAAP measures

The constant currency effect on the Group’s segmental results for the current year is

presented below:

North

America

(2.3)

(3.0)

(4.6)

(8.7)

(12.4)

(5.3)

(1.3)

(6.2)

(13.8)

(13.5)

(24.5)

(10.0)

(34.6)

(0.6)

(0.6)

(0.9)

274

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Key dates for 2026

13 May 2026

Financial half-year end

30 June 2026

Announcement of half-year results

13 August 2026

Website

Visit our investor relations website www.savills.com for full up-to-date investor

relations information, including the latest share price, recent Annual and Half-Year

Reports, results presentations and financial news.

Shareholder enquiries

For Shareholder enquiries please contact our Registrar, Equiniti (see below). For

general enquiries please call our Shareholder Services helpline on: 0371 384 2018

(overseas holders need to call +44 (0) 371 384 2018. Lines are open from 8.30am

to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday, excluding bank holidays). For further administrative

queries in respect of your shareholding, please access our Registrar’s website at

www.shareview.co.uk.

Electronic communications

If you would prefer to receive Shareholder communications electronically in future,

including your Annual and Half-Year Reports and notices of meetings, please visit

our Registrar’s website, www.shareview.co.uk and follow the link to ‘Register for

e-communications’ under the Shareholder Services section.

Half-Year Report

Like many other listed public companies, we no longer circulate printed Half-Year

Reports to Shareholders. Rather, half-year results’ statements are published on the

Company’s website. We believe that this is of benefit to those Shareholders who do

not wish to be burdened with such paper documents, and to the Company, as it is

consistent with our target of saving printing and distribution costs.

Professional advisors and service providers

Solicitors

CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro

Olswang LLP

Cannon Place

78 Cannon Street

London EC4N 6AF

Registrar

Equiniti

Highdown House

Yeoman Way

Worthing

West Sussex BN99 3HH

Statutory auditor

Ernst & Young LLP

1 More London Place

London SE1 2AF

Joint stockbrokers

UBS Investment Bank

5 Broadgate

London EC2M 2QS

Deutsche Numis

21 Moorfields

London EC2Y 9DB

Principal bankers

Barclays Bank PLC

1 Churchill Place

London E14 5RB

275

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

Certain statements included in this Annual Report are forward-looking and are

therefore subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual

results to differ materially from those expressed or implied because they relate to

future events. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,

statements relating to the Company’s expectations. Forward-looking statements

can be identified by the use of relevant terminology including the words: ‘believes’,

‘estimates’, ‘anticipates’, ‘expects’, ‘intends’, ‘forecasts’, ‘plans’, ‘goal’, ‘target’, ‘aim’,

‘may’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘could’ or ‘should’ or, in each case, their negative or other

variations or comparable terminology and include all matters that are not historical

facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include

statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations and those of

our Officers, Directors and employees concerning, amongst other things, our results

of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the

businesses we operate.

Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated

by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

global economic business conditions;

monetary and interest rate policies;

foreign currency exchange rates;

equity and property prices;

the impact of competition, inflation;

changes to regulations, taxes;

changes to consumer saving and spending habits; and

our success in managing the above factors.

Consequently, our actual future financial condition, performance and results could

differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations set out in our forward-looking

statements. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that any particular expectation

will be met and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking

statements which speak only at their respective dates.

The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking

statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

276

CBP030752

Printed by a CarbonNeutral

®

Company certified to ISO

14001 environmental management system.

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC

®

certified

forests and other controlled sources.

100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based, 95%

of press chemicals are recycled for further use and,

on average 99% of any waste associated with this

production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used

to generate energy.

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust,

an international conservation charity, who offset carbon

emissions through the purchase and preservation

of high conservation value land. Through protecting

standing forests under threat of clearance, carbon is

locked-in that would otherwise be released.

33 Margaret Street

London W1G 0JD

T: +44 (0)20 7499 8644

Registered in England

No. 2122174

Annual Report and Accounts 2025